BIM 6.6 -Dr.D Disk Utility System Users Guide
Below you will find brief information for Disk Utility System 6.6 BIM-Dr.D. This users guide describes how to use BIM-Dr.D to save, restore, and copy volumes, logical disk files, and libraries. It also provides a number of miscellaneous functions for tasks such as relocating and/or resizing the VTOC, creating a VM minidisk, clearing disk, creating a VTOC label entry, and more.
Advertisement
Advertisement
B I M - D r . D
(also known as 'Doctor D')
DISK UTILITY SYSTEM
USERS GUIDE
Release 6.6
(COPYRIGHT © 2001, B I MOYLE ASSOCIATES, INC.)
BIM-Dr.D is a proprietary product of B I Moyle Associates, Inc. It cannot be reproduced, changed, copied, or stored in any form (including, but not limited to, copies on magnetic media) without the express prior written permission of B I Moyle Associates, Inc.
This documentation applies to Release
6.6 of the program product BIM-Dr.D.
Original Printing........................04/24/2001
Last Revised ...............................04/24/2001
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Selector Statements for Save and Function Commands.......................................... 26
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
II
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Standalone Restore Under VM Using a CMS Saved Segment........................................ 68
Restoring a BIM-Dr.D Backup Tape Using the CMS Saved Segment ...................... 69
An example of a restore using a CMS Saved Segment............................................ 70
III
TABLE OF CONTENTS
IV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
V
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Running Dr.D/ON-LINE under VSE Interactive Interface ............................................457
Example 1. Restore from a Westinghouse DUSP Format tape........................................459
Example 4. Restore from Maxback 2.01+ DUSP Format tape........................................460
Example 2. Maxback conversion with unique EOD specification ...........................464
Example 3. Convert multiple Maxback jobs for a VM/CMS user .............................465
Example 4.Convert Westinghouse Dump/Restore job...............................................466
VI
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Introduction
Overview
BIM-Dr.D, also known as Doctor D, is referred to throughout this manual as
Dr.D.
Dr.D is a fast and flexible disk utility system. It provides the fastest save
(backup) and restore functions currently available.
A very flexible package, Dr.D can be used to satisfy the needs of users in the following situations:
•
Disaster recovery backup with standalone/VM restore
•
Disk compacting
•
Library save and reorganization
•
Convert files and libraries to different disk types
•
VSAM/ISAM/PSAM save and reorganize
•
Test file creation
•
VSAM listcat, file definition, file delete and verify
•
Tape copy and tape test
•
Disk manager pool reorganization/defragmentation
•
Disk manager pool save/restore
•
Individual and pool list VTOC
Dr.D is especially useful and fast for a wide range of Save, Restore, and Copy functions. Dr.D can:
SAVE: Dr.D allows you to save any volume, VSAM catalog, logical disk file (VSAM or non-VSAM), or VSE library to a save tape or disk file.
RESTORE:
COPY:
Dr.D allows you to restore any volume, VSAM catalog, logical disk file (VSAM or non-VSAM), or VSE library from a save tape or disk file back to disk.
Dr.D allows you to copy any volume, logical disk file (VSAM or non-VSAM), or VSE library from disk to disk.
Dr.D manipulates the three entities most needed of a disk utility: disk volumes, data files, and libraries. In addition, it also provides a number of miscellaneous functions.
Volumes: Dr.D SAVES, RESTORES, or COPIES the entire or just specified portions of a disk. It can also create IPL records on the save tape so
Overview Page 7
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE the tape may later be IPLed and restored in a standalone fashion or under VM. The restored or copied portion does not have to be restored or copied to the same location, be the same size, or even reside on the same type or model of disk as the saved extent.
Data Files: Dr.D Saves, Restores, or Copies entire logical disk files. These files may be VSAM, direct access, sequential or indexed sequential, may be comprised of multiple full or split cylinder extents residing on one or more disk volumes, and may optionally contain user labels.
For maximum flexibility, the saved or copied file does not need to be restored to the same disk location; it need not be the same size; it need not contain the same number of extents; and it need not reside on the same type of disk as the saved file. Moreover, a DA file may be restored or copied as a SD and vice-versa. VSAM or ISAM files will be automatically reorganized upon being restored or copied.
Libraries: Dr.D Saves, Restores, or Copies all VSE libraries. The restored or copied library does not have to 1) be restored or copied to the same location, 2) be the same size, or 3) even reside on the same type or model of disk as the saved extent. A system library may be restored or copied as a private library and vice-versa. In addition, a library may be restored in a manner to add its contents to an already existing library, again without regard to it being a system or private library. All libraries are automatically condensed upon being restored or copied.
Miscellaneous: Dr.D offers several features for handling a variety of tasks, including:
•
Relocate and/or resize the VTOC
•
Create a VM minidisk
•
Clear Disk – entire volume or just a portion
•
Create a VTOC (Format-1) label entry
•
Altering the creation, expiration, and/or last access date of a
VTOC (Format-1) label entry
•
Delete a VTOC (Format-1) label entry
•
Create VTOC listing with optional customization
•
Punch DLBL and EXTENT statements based on existing
VTOC (Format-1) label entries
•
Create LISTCAT listing with optional customization
•
Punch IDCAMS DELETE and DEFINE control statements based on existing VSAM catalog entries
•
Test tapes to identify error-prone tape volumes
•
Tape copy feature, either logical or physical
Page 8 Introduction
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
A wide range of examples are provided to cover most processing situations. The user should note, however, that these examples and their JCL statements are for illustrative purposes only. Users are expected to modify them as required by their specific requirements and environment.
Compatibility
Dr.D is compatible with any IBM system MPxxxx, ES90xx, 30xx, 43xx, or plug compatible CPU operating under the VSE-ESA, VSE-SP, VSE, or MVT-VSE operating systems, and any disk or tape device supported by those operating systems.
Overview Page 9
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Installation and Configuration
BIM-Dr.D is distributed on a magnetic tape or cartridge and is installed using the
VSE Maintain System History Program (MSHP) for VSE/ESA systems and is installed using MAINT and LNKEDT for MVT systems. The files on the tape volume are as follows:
•
File 1: Installation program and dialog
•
File 2: Null file (tapemark)
•
File 3: Header File
•
File 4: History File
•
File 5: BIM-Dr.D Production Sublibrary
•
File 6: Null file (tapemark)
•
File 7: EOB (end of BACKUP information)
•
File 8: Null file (tapemark)
•
File 9: Null file (tapemark)
•
File 10: Pre-VSE/SP input to LNKEDT
•
File 11: Pre-VSE/SP input to MAINT
Page 10 Installation and Configuration
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Installing Under VSE Releases
The BIM-Dr.D Installation dialog asks you for site-specific information, installation options and desired optional components. Prior completion of the following entries will make the installation process much easier.
BIM-Dr.D Installation Library: All users must provide the library and sublibrary to contain BIM-Dr.D. If the specified sublibrary does not exist, it will be defined automatically during the installation process.
•
BIM-Dr.D resides in: lib_________________ sublib_____________________
BIM-Dr.D Message Help: VSE/ESA 2 users can install BIM-Dr.D message explanations directly into the VSE/ESA Message Explanation File. If label information for IESMSGS and its corresponding VSAM catalog is stored in standard labels, that label information can be used. Otherwise, specify the following:
•
IESMSGS file-id ___________________________ (i.e.,
VSE.MESSAGES.ONLINE)
•
VSAM Catalog filename _________________ (i.e.,IJSYSCT)
Users prior to VSE/ESA 2 can install BIM-Dr.D message explanations directly into the BIM-FAQS/ASO message file. Label information for FAQSMSG must be stored in standard labels. Specify the following:
•
BIM-FAQS/ASO resides in: lib __________________ sublib
_________________
CICS CSD Information: When installing BIM-Dr.D CICS programs for use under CICS/TS, you must use the CICS SYSTEM DEFINITION (CSD) file. If you are installing for use under CICS/VSE but you are not using a CICS SYSTEM
DEFINITION (CSD) file, you must update your PPT and PCT tables manually.
You will find copybook DRD$PPT.A which can be included in your existing PPT source and copybook DRD$PCT.A which can be included in your existing PCT source.
You may request that the BIM-Dr.D CICS programs are added to your CSD file automatically if label information for the CSD file is available. If label information for DFHCSD and its corresponding VSAM catalog is stored in standard labels, that label information can be used. Otherwise, specify the following:
•
CSD file-id _______________________________________(i.e.,
VSESP.CSD.FILE)
•
VSAM Catalog filename ________________ (i.e., VSESPUC)
Installing Under VSE Releases Page 11
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
MSHP History File: BIM-Dr.D only supports MSHP installation. We recommend the use of a private history file. A new private history file can be defined and formatted during the installation process.
•
File-id of the private history file
___________________________________________
•
Serial number of the disk volume on which it resides:
VOLSER _________________
•
Starting track/block and file length: start _______________length
______________
Installation Output: All users must provide the userid where to route the
SYSLST output.
•
The userid where to route SYSLST output to: userid
_______________________
(If your installation does not utilize the DEST parameter on the
VSE/POWER LST JECL statement, respond with ‘NONE’.)
Procedure
Step Action
1 As with any new software installation, back up your target libraries first.
2 Mount the BIM-Dr.D distribution tape. From the VSE console, type:
3
4
PSTART RDR,cuu where cuu
is the address of the tape drive on which the distribution tape has been mounted. A job named DRDINST is loaded into the VSE/POWER reader queue with CLASS=0. If DRDINST does not execute automatically, alter the
VSE/POWER job class to allow DRDINST to execute in a partition where the
Linkage Editor can be run.
If you do not have VSE/POWER on your system, contact BIM-Dr.D Technical
Support for special installation instructions.
Follow the instructions on the operator console. Use the entries completed above to assist you.
After the installation job is complete, dismount the distribution tape and save it.
Page 12 Installation and Configuration
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Installing Under MVT Systems
Procedure
Step Action
1 As with any new software installation, back up your target libraries first.
2 Execute similar JCL to deblock the first SYSIN file into the internal reader as Job
DRD66A. Lower case values and ellipses require substitution with user values:
// JOB DITTO
// RPT SYSLST,...
// RPT SYSPCH,DEST=R
// UPSI 1
// ASSGN SYS004,cuu
// MTC REW,SYS004
// MTC FSF,SYS004,9
// EXEC MVTDITTO,R=512K
$$DITTO TC INPUT=SYS004
$$DITTO EOJ
/*
// MTC REW,SYS004
/&
The following shows typical SYSLOG activity from Job DRD66A. It is assumed that DLBLs and EXTENTs for both IJSYS01 and IJSYSLN are stored in the standard label area and appropriate permanent assignments for each of these files (SYS001 and SYSLNK) already exist. Lower case values and ellipses require substitution with user values:
3
R2 --JOB-- nnnn –DRD66A -- mm/dd/yyyy hh.mm.ss
R2 * ENTER // RPT SYSLST,... IF APPROPRIATE
R2 // PAUSE
R2* // RPT SYSLST,...
R2* (eob)
R2 * ENTER // GOTO $EOJ TO BYPASS PHASE LNKEDT'S ELSE EOB)
R2 // PAUSE
R2* (eob)
R2 * ENTER DLBL, EXTENT AND LIBDEF CL,TO=... FOR SYSCLB
R2 // PAUSE
R2* // DLBL myclb,'...'
R2* // EXTENT ,volser
R2* // LIBDEF CL,TO=myclb
R2* (eob)
.
. (LNKEDT's occur here)
.
R2 mm/dd/yyyy hh.mm.ss EOJ nnnn,DRD66A ,DURATION hh.mm.ss
MAXRC=0000
Execute similar JCL to deblock the second SYSIN file into the internal reader as
Job DRD66B. Lower case values and ellipses require substitution with user values:
Installing Under MVT Systems Page 13
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Step Action
// JOB DITTO
// RPT SYSLST,...
// RPT SYSPCH,DEST=R
// UPSI 1
// ASSGN SYS004,cuu
// MTC REW,SYS004
// MTC FSF,SYS004,10
// EXEC MVTDITTO,R=512K
$$DITTO TC INPUT=SYS004
$$DITTO EOJ
/*
// MTC REW,SYS004
/&
The following shows typical SYSLOG activity from Job DRD66B. Lower case values and ellipses require substitution with user values:
R2 --JOB-- nnnn –DRD66B -- mm/dd/yyyy hh.mm.ss
R2 * ENTER // RPT SYSLST,... IF APPROPRIATE
R2 // PAUSE
R2* // RPT SYSLST,...
R2* (eob)
R2 * ENTER // GOTO SKIPOBJ TO BYPASS CATALR'S ELSE (EOB)
R2 // PAUSE
R2* (eob)
R2 * ENTER DLBL, EXTENT AND LIBDEF RL,TO=... FOR SYSRLB
R2 // PAUSE
R2* // DLBL myrlb,'...'
R2* // EXTENT ,volser
R2* // LIBDEF RL,TO=myrlb
R2* (eob)
.
. (CATALR's occur here)
.
R2 * ENTER // GOTO SKIPSRC TO BYPASS CATALS'S ELSE (EOB)
R2 // PAUSE
R2* (eob)
R2 * ENTER DLBL, EXTENT AND LIBDEF SL,TO=... FOR SYSSLB
R2 // PAUSE
R2* // DLBL myslb,'...'
R2* // EXTENT ,volser
R2* // LIBDEF SL,TO=myslb
R2* (eob)
.
. (CATALS's occur here)
.
R2 mm/dd/yyyy hh.mm.ss EOJ nnnn,DRD66B ,DURATION hh.mm.ss
MAXRC=0000
Page 14 Installation and Configuration
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Adding Dr.D On-Line to CICS
CICS updates are made automatically when installing on a VSE system. When installing on an MVT system or if the CICS system updates must be made again, use the following procedures.
When installing BIM-Dr.D CICS programs for use under CICS/TS, you must use the CICS SYSTEM DEFINITION (CSD) file. If you are installing for use under
CICS/VSE but you are not using a CICS SYSTEM DEFINITION (CSD) file, you
must update your PPT and PCT tables manually. You will find copybook
DRD$PPT.A which can be included in your existing PPT source and copybook
DRD$PCT.A which can be included in your existing PCT source.
If you are using a CSD file, you will find procedure P.DRDCSD that can be modified to prepare CICS for Dr.D On-Line.
For both VSE and MVT systems, the CICS interface requires the SPOOL=YES option in the CICS initialization (SIT).
Adding Dr.D On-Line to the VSE Interactive Interface
The Dr.D On-Line interface will also support the VSE Interactive Interface
(ICCF). The following steps illustrate the changes required to implement the
Interactive Interface support for Dr.D/On-Line:
1. Activate the Interactive Interface
2. Select the 'Resource Definition' panel
3. Select the 'User Interface Tailoring' panel
4. Add Dr.D/On-Line selection via 'Maintain Selection Panels':
Name=DRDCICS
Type=1
Text='Dr.D/On-Line Interface'
5. Add Dr.D/On-Line selection via 'Maintain Application Profiles':
Name=DRDCICS
Activate=DRD
Code=1
Case=1
Data=IESDRD$
Show=2
Adding Dr.D On-Line to CICS Page 15
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DRZAP Configuration Utility
Configure System Options
Dr.D system options are customized using the DRZAP phase modifier utility.
These options are stored in the phase DRD and in the past were customized by
DRZAP or other utilities such as the IBM MSHP program. DRZAP can now do this customization in a more 'user friendly'/interactive fashion, either under
CICS or in batch mode. If a corresponding Dr.D operand exists for any option, the value entered will be the same as the default value for that operand. As each existing option is displayed, enter the desired change or nothing to proceed to the next option or enter an asterisk (*) to backup to the preceding option. At any time you may enter ‘END’ to terminate the session and save the changes made or you may enter ‘QUIT’ to terminate the session without saving the changes.
It is usually prudent to make a copy of phase DRD in a test sublibrary before changing any options, in case any errors are made that could cause problems with jobs that might execute while the options are being changed.
Once DRZAP begins execution, enter the library, sublibrary, and ‘DRD’ in response to the ‘ENTER FUNCTION…’ message (e.g. USRLIB.DRDSLIB.DRD) followed by ‘OPT’ in response to the ‘ENTER LOCATION OR COMMAND’ message. DRZAP will then respond as follows:
..........DRZAP DISPLAY...............
....ALLOWABLE ENTRY....
OLD PRINT OPTION: NO , ENTER NEW
Changes the default value for PRINT operand.
OLD UPSI SETTINGS: 00000000 ,ENTER NEW
Changes the default value for UPSI operand.
NO LIST BOTH
00000000-11111111
OLD UPSI MASK: 11111111 ,ENTER NEW 00000000-11111111
Determines which UPSI switches will be used from the JCL // UPSI statement. For example, if 11111111 is set, all JCL UPSI switches will be honored, but if 00000000 is set, no JCL UPSI switches will be honored.
OLD TAPE BLOCKSIZE: 065496 ,ENTER NEW
Changes the default value for BLOCKSIZE operand.
016000-065496
OLD REWIND OPTION: NOREWIND ,ENTER NEW REWIND NOREWIND RUN
Changes the default for rewind option of the TAPE operand.
OLD TAPEIN SYS NUMBER: SYS008 ,ENTER NEW SYS000-SYSnnn
Changes the default value for TI operand. (SYSnnn is the user system limit.)
OLD TAPEIN DDNAME: TAPEIN ,ENTER NEW 1-7 CHARACTER STRING
Changes the default for TDDNAME operand’s input filename specification.
Page 16 Installation and Configuration
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
..........DRZAP DISPLAY...............
....ALLOWABLE ENTRY....
OLD TAPEOUT SYS NUMBER: SYS007 ,ENTER NEW SYS000-SYSnnn
Changes the default value for TO operand. (SYSnnn is the user system limit.)
OLD TAPEOUT DDNAME: TAPEOUT ,ENTER NEW 1-7 CHARACTER STRING
Changes the default for TDDNAME operand’s primary output filename specification.
OLD TAPETWO SYS NUMBER: SYS006 ,ENTER NEW SYS000-SYSnnn
Changes the default value for TT operand. (SYSnnn is the user system limit.)
OLD TAPETWO DDNAME: TAPETWO ,ENTER NEW 1-7 CHARACTER STRING
Changes the default for TDDNAME operand’s secondary output filename specification.
OLD TAPE003 SYS NUMBER: SYS005 ,ENTER NEW SYS000-SYSnnn
Changes the default value for T3 operand. (SYSnnn is the user system limit.)
OLD TAPE003 DDNAME: TAPE003 ,ENTER NEW 1-7 CHARACTER STRING
Changes the default for TDDNAME operand’s third output filename specification.
YES NO OLD FAST OPTION: YES ,ENTER NEW
Changes the default value for FAST operand.
OLD COMPRESS OPTION: NO ,ENTER NEW
Changes the default value for CP operand.
YES NO
OLD VSAM FILE DELETE FUNCTION: RESET ,ENTER
NEW
Changes the default value for FD operand.
RESET DELETE CONSOLIDATE
OLD AUTO ASSIGNMENT OPTION: YES ,ENTER NEW NO YES
This option should be 'NO' if a disk manager system is used.
OLD VARIABLE OPTION: NO ,ENTER NEW
Changes the default value for VARIABLE operand.
NO YES
OLD SYS001 SYS NUMBER: SYS001 ,ENTER NEW SYS000-SYSnnn
Changes the default value for SSYSNO operand. (SYSnnn is the user system limit.)
OLD SYS002 SYS NUMBER: SYS002 ,ENTER NEW SYS000-SYSnnn
Changes the default value for RSYSNO operand. (SYSnnn is the user system limit.)
OLD VUSE OPTION: CANCEL ,ENTER NEW CANCEL OPERATOR IGNORE
SAVE NULL
Changes the default value for VUSE operand.
OLD CONTROL TABLE SIZE: 004088 ,ENTER NEW 4088-65496
Changes the size of the table used to store control statements when UPSI xxxxxx1 is set. Allows more statements to be entered. The execute size must increase by the increase in size.
DRZAP Configuration Utility Page 17
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
..........DRZAP DISPLAY...............
....ALLOWABLE ENTRY....
OLD REPORT SYS NUMBER: SYSLST ,ENTER NEW SYS000-SYSnnn or SYSLST
Changes the default SYSnnn value for print output. (SYSnnn is the user system limit.)
OLD DOCTOR 126 PRINT OPTION: YES ,ENTER NEW YES NO
Determines whether the DOCTOR126 message prints.
OLD DOCTOR 149 PRINT OPTION: YES ,ENTER NEW YES NO
Determines whether the DOCTOR149 message prints.
OLD DRD POOL OPTION: NO ,ENTER NEW YES NO
Determines whether the Dr.D Disk Pool feature is to be invoked for non-VSAM file functions.
OLD ASSOCIATIONS OPTION: NO ,ENTER NEW YES NO
Changes the default value for ASSOCIATIONS operand.
000-999 OLD GETVIS RESERVE SIZE (K): 00000 , ENTER
NEW
Changes the default value for GR operand.
OLD RETURN CODE OPTION: ,ENTER NEW
Changes the default value for RP operand.
YES NO
OLD CTL LST SYS NUMBER: NONE ,ENTER NEW SYS000-SYSnnn
Changes the default value for LST operand. (SYSnnn is the user system limit.)
At this point you may restart the process by entering 'R' or hit enter to end the session.
Displaying System Options
Dr.D system options can be displayed using the DRZAP phase modifier utility in batch mode only. Once DRZAP begins execution, enter the library, sublibrary, and ‘DRD’ in response to the ‘ENTER FUNCTION…’ message (e.g.
USRLIB.DRDSLIB.DRD) followed by ‘SUM’ in response to the ‘ENTER
LOCATION OR COMMAND’ message. DRZAP will then list all the system options and their current settings followed by an indication of which, if any,
PTF’s have been applied to Dr.D both on SYSLOG and SYSLST.
Page 18 Installation and Configuration
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Dr.D POOLS Feature
For non-VSAM file functions, the DRDPOOLS feature allows up to ten pool identifiers, each with up to thirty disks assigned to it. Once established, and the
Dr.D pool option is set, Dr.D will convert any pool id, entered via the SVOLID or
RVOLID operands, to the disk volsers defined by the user.
The pool-ids and their associated disk volsers are entered via the DRZAP utility in much the same way that the default options are set, described earlier in this section. The entered data is stored in a PHASE called DRDPOOLS, provided with Dr.D.
To update the pool information in the DRDPOOLS PHASE, invoke DRZAP and enter the usual library.sublibrary.phase information, for example
USRLIB.DRDSLIB.DRDPOOLS. Then enter the command "POOL". DRZAP will then display the existing pool and ask for a pool update command. The "ADD" command is used to initially define a pool id, and to add additional disk volsers later. The "DELETE" command is used to fully delete a pool by entering
"DELETE POOLID,ALL" or to delete individual disk volsers by entering
"DELETE POOLID,VOLSR1,VOLSR2,....". No more than seven volsers may be added or deleted in each command, and the pool id and volsers must each be six characters long. The command "DELETE" may also be entered as "DEL".
To allow use of the entered pools, you must set the system Dr.D POOL OPTION to YES as specified under Configure System Options).
Dr.D can also interface with other disk management systems. When using BIM-
EPIC or CA-EPIC, Dr.D is capable of using their disk pools directly without requiring the definition of a Dr.D pool. When using CA-DYNAM or CA-SYSTEM
MANAGER, it is necessary to define corresponding Dr.D pools in order to use the disk pooling feature.
DRZAP Configuration Utility Page 19
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Using BIM-Dr.D
Operating Environment
Dr.D is compatible with any IBM plug compatible CPU operating under the
VSE/ESA or MVT-VSE operating systems, and any disk or tape device supported by those operating systems.
Dr.D may be invoked in any partition:
•
From the console (SYSLOG) where it will begin reading control statements from SYSLOG.
•
From the card reader (SYSRDR) where it will begin reading control statements from SYSIPT.
•
From a PROC library where it will begin reading control statements from the procedure if present, otherwise from SYSIPT.
Dr.D interfaces with most disk and tape management systems with little, if any, special considerations.
Page 20 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Job Control Language Requirements
Dr.D Job Stream Examples
Save Function
Member DRDEXAMP.Z can be found in the Dr.D installation sublibrary and contains a number of example job streams. These members should be loaded into your mainframe editor for reference and use. On MVT systems, member
Z.DRDEXAMP is found in the installation source library.
The following outlines the Job Control Language requirements, as established by the installed default options, when requesting a Dr.D save function:
When saving to a disk file:
// DLBL TAPEOUT
// EXTENT SYSnnn,…
When saving to a single tape file:
// ASSGN SYS007,cuu
// TLBL TAPEOUT
When saving to two tape files:
// ASSGN SYS007,cuu
// TLBL TAPEOUT
// ASSGN SYS006,cuu
// TLBL TAPETWO
When saving to three tape files:
// ASSGN SYS007,cuu
// TLBL TAPEOUT
// ASSGN SYS006,cuu
// TLBL TAPETWO
// ASSGN SYS005,cuu
// TLBL TAPE003
When saving to a disk file, the filename must be TAPEOUT and the SYSnnn used will be extracted from the EXTENT statement. When saving to a tape, the filename may be changed by use of the TDDNAME operand. The tape SYSnnn used may also be changed by use of the TO, TT and T3 operands.
Job Control Language Requirements Page 21
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Restore Function
The following outlines the restore file Job Control Language requirements, as established by the installed default options, when requesting a Dr.D restore function:
When restoring from a disk file:
// DLBL TAPEIN
// EXTENT SYSnnn,…
When restoring from a tape file:
// ASSGN SYS008,cuu
// TLBL TAPEIN
Invoking Dr.D
When restoring from a disk file, the filename must be TAPEIN and the SYSnnn used will be extracted from the EXTENT statement. When restoring from a tape, the filename may be changed by use of the TDDNAME operand. The tape
SYSnnn used may also be changed by use of the TI operand.
The following shows the Job Control Language requirements to invoke Dr.D:
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
Dr.D Control Statements
/*
The SIZE=nnnK should be specified on the Job Control EXEC statement where
nnnK typically ranges from 100K when using the minimum 16,000 blocksize up to 200K when using the maximum 65,496 blocksize. These specifications insure both adequate partition size for tables, buffers, etc., while leaving enough memory for functions requiring GETVIS space (VSAM, FBA access and VSE librarian).
NEVER EXECUTE Dr.D WITH SIZE=AUTO
All processing functions of Dr.D are requested via control statements.
Terminating Control Statements
An additional statement is required to terminate Dr.D control statements. Either a /@ or /* statement may be used. This terminator statement must be placed following the last control statement submitted, beginning in column 1. Because additional terminator statements are used in conjunction with some other Dr.D
operands (i.e. selector statements), it is recommended that the /* be used for terminating Dr.D control statements. By using the /* as the final DRD control statement terminator and the /@ for the terminator for other operand statements, your jobstreams will be easier to read.
Page 22 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Format
Dr.D performs one operation per logical request. A logical request is comprised of a command, SAVE, RESTORE, COPY or FUNCTION, and all its necessary operands (along with selector, rename, area, member and userexit statements, if appropriate). Each logical request may span several Dr.D control statements as long as the command, SAVE, RESTORE, COPY, or FUNCTION, is coded on the first control statement of a logical request. All additional operands necessary to fully qualify the request follow and may be specified in any order (unless otherwise documented). Any number of logical requests may be submitted to a single execution of Dr.D. If multiple save functions are submitted to a single execution of Dr.D, only one Logical File Save is physically written, regardless of the number of volumes necessary to contain the save file.
Dr.D reads 80-position control statements from either SYSIPT or SYSLOG. If
Dr.D is invoked from SYSRDR, control statements are initially read from SYSIPT.
If Dr.D is invoked from SYSLOG, control statements are initially read from
SYSLOG. To switch reading from SYSIPT to SYSLOG (or vice-versa), insert a control statement with '$$$$$$' in the first six positions of the control statement.
A '/*' from either SYSIPT or SYSLOG terminates execution.
All control statements (other than the ‘$$$$$$’ control statement) take on the following format
Col--> 1........10........20........30........40........50........60......
Data-> OPERAND1=value1,OPERAND2=value2,OPERAND3=value3,...,OPERANDX=valuen
Each operand is separated from its value by an equal sign (=). A comma must precede the second and subsequent operand on each control statement. A blank must follow the last operand value.
Control Statement Continuation
Control statements may be continued by specifying an asterisk (*) as the last operand (i.e. immediately after the last comma) on a control statement. This continuation technique may be repeated as many times as necessary. As an example, the following control statements comprise a single logical request:
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SCAT=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES,*
EXPIRED=NO,*
TSTAMP=>-30,*
VNULL=NO
/*
Control Statement Format Page 23
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviations
Most Dr.D operands and their values may be abbreviated to the first two positions. As an example, the following two statements are equivalent:
SAVE=CURRENT,SSYSNO=SYS005,EXPIRED=YES,OPERATOR=HELLO and
SA=CU,SS=SYS005,EX=YES,OP=HELLO
Logical selection/rejection/rename operands are an exception since most of these selector operands cannot be abbreviated.
Global Operands
Many Dr.D operands shown in this manual are of a global nature in that the specified value remains in effect for the duration of the Dr.D execution or until changed by a subsequent specification of the same operand with a different value. If an operand table entry shows it as a global operand (i.e., Yes next to the operand under the Global? column), that operand can also be specified on a
SAVE|RESTORE|COPY=NOPERATION control statement. Otherwise, the operand is specified directly on the control statement being described.
Page 24 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT Operand
The PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand is common to many Dr.D commands.
It allows files to be selected or rejected using various types of criteria including full and generic file-id’s and file characteristics. When applied to VSAM files, the selection process is applied to the file associations as well as to each cluster.
When restoring, PARTIAL=SELECT also allows files to be renamed using any of several techniques. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it MUST be on the last of the continued control statements.
One or more selector and/or rename statements must follow to identify which files are to be selected (PARTIAL=SELECT) or rejected (PARTIAL=REJECT). On selector statements involving the file-id, if the characters ‘@REVERSE@’ are placed following at least one blank after the file-id, the process for that statement only is reversed. For example, if PARTIAL=SELECT is in effect, a selector statement with ‘@REVERSE@’ will cause a match on that selector statement to reject. Similarly, if PARTIAL=REJECT is in effect, a selector statement with
‘@REVERSE@’ will cause a match on that selector statement to be selected.
It is important to note that once a file has been qualified by a selector statement, the appropriate action will be taken and no further evaluation for that file will be made.
Terminating Selector and Rename Statements
An additional statement is required to terminate selector and rename statements.
As with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement
may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector and rename statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements. If the selector or rename statements are at the end of a control statement, you must specify two terminators, one for the selector and one for the control statement.
Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process Page 25
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Selector Statements for Save and Function Commands
Selector
0-43 character file-id ending with ‘*’
1-44 character file-id
=S=searchstring
CCCHH-CCCHH
ALLOCS=nn
Function
Select/reject will occur when the fully qualified file-id up to but not including the ‘*’ (names beginning with % or %% will be expanded in accordance with VSAM partition/cpu dependent rules) matches. Remaining positions beginning with the ‘*’ will always be considered a match.
If only a single ‘*’ is specified, all file-id’s will match.
Any position containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match.
This selector is applicable to all commands which support the PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand.
Select/reject will occur when the fully qualified file-id (names beginning with % or %% will be expanded in accordance with VSAM partition/cpu dependent rules) matches.
Any position containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match.
This selector is applicable to all commands which support the PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand.
Select/reject will occur if searchstring is found in any file-id position.
This selector is applicable to all commands which support the PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand.
Use only with PARTIAL=REJECT. Valid with
CKD and ECKD devices only, it specifies start and end track addresses for selection. When used, it will reject any file outside the start and end address range. Specify the track addresses in cylinder (CCC) and 2-digit head (HH) format.
This selector applies to the following commands only:
SAVE=CURRENT
Use only with VSAM and PARTIAL=REJECT.
File will be selected (not rejected) only if the file
Page 26 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Selector
CASPLIT=nn
CISIZE<nn
CISIZE=nn
CISIZE>nn
CISPLIT=nn
Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process
Function
has a number of allocations equal to or greater than nn. ALLOCS=0 causes files having no allocations to be selected. This operand cannot be abbreviated. If more than one occurrence of this selector is submitted, only the last will apply.
This selector applies to the following commands only:
SAVE=LOGICAL (VSAM)
FUNCTION=LCAT
FUNCTION=DELETE
FUNCTION=VERIFY
Use only with VSAM and PARTIAL=REJECT.
File will be selected (not rejected) only if the file has a number of control area splits equal to or greater than nn. This operand cannot be abbreviated. If more than one occurrence of this selector is submitted, only the last will apply.
This selector applies to the following commands only:
SAVE=LOGICAL (VSAM)
FUNCTION=LCAT
FUNCTION=DELETE
FUNCTION=VERIFY
Use only with VSAM and PARTIAL=REJECT.
File will be selected (not rejected) only if the file’s data control interval size is less than (<), equal to (=), or greater than (>) nn. This operand cannot be abbreviated. If more than one occurrence of this selector is submitted, only the last will apply.
This selector applies to the following commands only:
SAVE=LOGICAL (VSAM)
FUNCTION=LCAT
FUNCTION=DELETE
FUNCTION=VERIFY
Use only with VSAM and PARTIAL=REJECT.
File will be selected (not rejected) only if the file has a number of control interval splits equal to
Page 27
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
Selector
Page 28
DD=filename
FILESIZE<nn
FILESIZE=nn
FILESIZE>nn
FILETYPE=E|K|R|S
FREESPACE>nn
USERS GUIDE
Function
or greater than nn. This operand cannot be abbreviated. If more than one occurrence of this selector is submitted, only the last will apply.
This selector applies to the following commands only:
SAVE=LOGICAL (VSAM)
FUNCTION=LCAT
FUNCTION=DELETE
FUNCTION=VERIFY
Select/reject will occur if the file-id matches the file-id found in the filename label.
This selector is applicable to all commands which support the PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand.
Use only with non-VSAM and
PARTIAL=REJECT. File will be selected (not rejected) only if the total number of CKD tracks/FBA blocks in all extents from the
VTOC’s of all the disks being accessed is less than (<), equal to (=), or greater than (>) nn.
This selector applies to the following commands only:
SAVE=LOGICAL (Volume)
Use only with VSAM and PARTIAL=REJECT.
File will be selected (not rejected) only if the file is entry-sequenced (E), key-sequenced (K), relative record (R), or SAM-managed (S). This operand cannot be abbreviated. If more than one occurrence of this selector is submitted, only the last will apply.
This selector applies to the following commands only:
SAVE=LOGICAL (VSAM)
FUNCTION=LCAT
FUNCTION=DELETE
FUNCTION=VERIFY
Use only with VSAM and PARTIAL=REJECT.
File will be selected (not rejected) only if the file freespace is equal to or greater than nn. This operand cannot be abbreviated. If more than
Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
Selector
USERS GUIDE
Function
one occurrence of this selector is submitted, only the last will apply. Freespace is defined as the percentage of unused allocated relative byte addresses.
This selector applies to the following commands only:
SAVE=LOGICAL (VSAM)
FUNCTION=LCAT
FUNCTION=DELETE
FUNCTION=VERIFY
Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process Page 29
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Selector Statements for Restore Commands
Selector
0-43 character file-id ending with ‘*’
1-44 character file-id
=S=searchstring
DD=filename
Function
Select/reject will occur when the fully qualified fileid up to but not including the ‘*’ (names beginning with % or %% will be expanded in accordance with
VSAM partition/cpu dependent rules) matches.
Remaining positions beginning with the ‘*’ will always be considered a match.
If only a single ‘*’ is specified, all file-id’s will match.
Any position containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match.
This selector is applicable to all commands which support the PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand.
Select/reject will occur when the fully qualified file-
Id (names beginning with % or %% will be expanded in accordance with VSAM partition/cpu dependent rules) matches.
Any position containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match.
This selector is applicable to all commands which support the PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand.
Select/reject will occur if searchstring is found in any file-id position.
This selector is applicable to all commands which support the PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand.
Select/reject will occur if the file-id matches the fileid found in the filename label.
This selector is applicable to all commands which support the PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand.
Page 30 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Rename Statements for Restore Commands
Rename statements can also be supplied to alter the file-id(s) of the files being restored. When utilized, a rename statement must follow the selector statement to which it applies. If necessary, more than one rename statement can follow a selector statement and they will be processed in the order submitted. When renaming a VSAM file during a RESTORE=LOGICAL command, the operand
NAME=GEN is forced.
Rename
0-43 character file-id ending with ‘*’ followed by one or more spaces followed by the 8-character literal ‘@RENAME@’
1-44 character file-id followed by one or more spaces followed by the 8-character literal ‘@RENAME@’
=P=prefixstring
=T=searchstring=replac
estring
Function
Immediately follows “selector” statement to which it applies and causes the file-id characters to be replaced by the specified characters up to but not including the ‘*’ (names beginning with % or %% will be expanded in accordance with VSAM partition/cpu dependent rules). Remaining positions beginning with the ‘*’ will always be left unchanged.
Any position containing a ‘/’ will not be changed.
This selector applies to the RESTORE=LOGICAL commands for either VSAM or VOLUME processing.
Immediately follows “selector” statement to which it applies and causes the file-id characters to be replaced by the specified characters (names beginning with % or %% will be expanded in accordance with VSAM partition/cpu dependent rules). Any position containing a ‘/’ will not be changed.
This selector applies to the RESTORE=LOGICAL commands for either VSAM or VOLUME processing.
Immediately follows “selector” statement to which it applies and causes prefixstring to be added to the front of (prefixed to) the file-id.
This selector applies to the RESTORE=LOGICAL commands for either VSAM or VOLUME processing.
Immediately follows “selector” statement to which it applies and causes searchstring found in the file-id to be replaced by replacestring (if replacestring is not specified, searchstring will be removed). Only the first occurrence of searchstring will be replaced – use multiple =T= rename statements to transform multiple occurrences.
This selector applies to the RESTORE=LOGICAL commands for either VSAM or VOLUME processing.
Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process Page 31
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Selective SAVE or RESTORE
Select only file-id’s that begin with ‘PAYROLL’ and ‘ACCOUNTS’. Specifically exclude file-id’s that begin with ‘ACCOUNTS.RECEIVE’. Also, include the fileid that is found on the DLBL Job Control statement SELECTD. This example applies to both a SAVE and a RESTORE.
// DLBL SELECTD,’GL.TRAN.FILE’
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
...=LOGICAL,. . .,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL*
ACCOUNTS.RECEIVE* @REVERSE@
ACCOUNTS*
DD=SELECTD
/@
/*
Example: Selective SAVE or RESTORE
Select file-id ‘TEST.CONTROL.FILE’ and all other file-id’s except those that begin with ‘TEST.’. This example applies to both a SAVE and a RESTORE.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
...=LOGICAL,. . .,PARTIAL=REJECT
TEST.CONTROL.FILE @REVERSE@
TEST.*
/@
/*
Example: Selective SAVE for VSAM only
Select only file-id’s with more than one CA split, more than five CI splits, or more than four allocations. Do not include ‘VERY.BIG.FILE’ since, due to its size, will always span more than four allocations. This example applies to VSAM
Logical SAVE only.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SA=LO,SC=. . .,PARTIAL=REJECT
VERY.BIG.FILE
CASPLIT=1
CISPLIT=5
ALLOCS=4
/@
/*
Page 32 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Selective SAVE or RESTORE
Select only file-id’s with the character string ‘PROD’ occurring in any position.
This example applies to both a SAVE and a RESTORE.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
...=LO,...,PARTIAL=SELECT
=S=PROD
/@
/*
Example: Restore with Rename
Restore all files prefixing each file-id with the characters ‘TEST.’. This example applies to a RESTORE only.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,...,PA=SE
*
=P=TEST.
/@
/*
Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process Page 33
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore with Rename
Restore certain files renaming them in the process. All file-id’s beginning with
CUR.STAT.FILE are to be prefixed with the character ‘TEST.’. The file-id
‘ONE.SPECIAL.FILE’ is to be changed to ‘ONE.COMMON.FILE’. All file-id’s containing the character string ‘.PRMASTER’ in any position are to have those characters removed and the remaining file-id is to be prefixed with the characters
‘PAYROLL.MASTER,’ resulting in the following file-id standardization:
Original Name
EMPLOYEE.PRMASTER
===
!
YTD.PRMASTER
===
!
QTD.PRMASTER
===
!
This example applies to a RESTORE only.
New Name After Restore
PAYROLL.MASTER.EMPLOYEE
PAYROLL.MASTER.YTD
PAYROLL.MASTER.QTD
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,...,PARTIAL=SELECT
CUR.STAT.FILE*
=P=TEST.
ONE.SPECIAL.FILE
ONE.COMMON.FILE @RENAME@
=S=PRMASTER
=T=.PRMASTER=
=P=PAYROLL.MASTER.
/@
/*
Example: Selective List of VSAM Catalog
Select only entries that have 15 or more cisplits.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LCAT,SC=BIMUCAT,PARTIAL=REJECT
CISPLIT=15
/@
/*
Page 34 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Posting a Message to the Operator
Using the OPERATOR operand causes Dr.D to log out an operator message on
SYSLOG. This operand may appear on any SAVE, RESTORE or COPY command statement or on a statement all by itself. If the message to be issued contains embedded blanks it must be enclosed in quotes.
Wrong:
Right:
OP=MOUNT pack 222222 on 131
OP='MOUNT pack 222222 on 131'
To cancel Dr.D at this point, type 'C'. To continue, perform an 'EOB' operation.
Example: Post a Message.
This example posts an informational message telling the operator to save SYSRES only after all links have been done. Two alternate job streams for achieving this goal follow:
// JOB ONE WAY
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SYSRES SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SA=NO,OPERATOR='SAVE SYSRES IF LINKS ARE DONE'
SAVE=IPL
SAVE=CURRENT,SSYSNO=SYSRES
/*
/&
// JOB ANOTHER WAY
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SYSRES SAVE'
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
OPERATOR='SAVE SYSRES IF LINKS ARE DONE'
SAVE=IPL
SAVE=CURRENT,SSYSNO=SYSRES
/*
/&
Posting a Message to the Operator Page 35
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Setting UPSI Bits
Dr.D tests nine UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These
UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the
Dr.D UPSI operand on an appropriate control statement. When using the Dr.D
UPSI operand, the bit settings are specified in the same manner as on the Job
Control UPSI statement: 0 = off, 1 = on, X = unchanged. Unspecified rightmost positions are assumed to be X.
UPSI=000000000 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. If both this operand and a Job Control UPSI statement are present, this operand will prevail. Your installation administrator can also cause Dr.D to ignore any or all Job Control UPSI bit settings and honor only those specified using this operand.
UPSI bit 6 should always be set using the Job Control UPSI statement. UPSI bit 8 can only be set using the Dr.D UPSI operand since the Job Control UPSI statement does not support such a setting.
When used, the UPSI operand is a global operand and remains in effect until it is subsequently specified with a different value.
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8
UPSI Bit Settings
Off (0) Wait for operator reply to DOCTOR016 and DOCTOR066 messages
On (1) Do not wait for operator reply to DOCTOR016 and DOCTOR066 messages
Off (0) Do not log control statements
On (1) Log all control statements
Off (0) Do not log Save statistics
On (1) Log Save statistics
Off (0) No second output tape
On (1) Create second output tape
Off (0) Do not log read data checks
On (1) Log read data checks to SYSLOG and wait for RETRY, CANCEL, or IGNORE operator response
Off (0) Do not ignore read data checks
On (1) Automatically ignore read data checks
Off (0) Do not table control statements
On (1) Table control statements to enable ordered matching of RFILENAME and
FIND operands (should always be set by Job Control UPSI)
Off (0) Do not override PRINT=LIST
On (1) Log control statements to SYSLOG even with PRINT=LIST
Off (0) No third output tape
On (1) Create third output tape (also forces UPSI Bit 3 On)
Page 36 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Simultaneous Creation of Multiple Save Tapes
Up to three save files on tape can be created simultaneously:
•
Two save tapes can be requested by turning UPSI bit 3 on in either the Job
Control UPSI statement (// UPSI xxx1) or with the Dr.D UPSI operand
(UPSI=XXX1).
•
Two save tapes can also be requested by specifying an entry at the
TDDNAME operand for either the second or third save tape.
•
Three save tapes can be requested by setting UPSI bit 8 on at the Dr.D UPSI operand only (UPSI=XXXXXXXX1) since the Job Control UPSI statement only supports UPSI bits 0-7. The setting of UPSI bit 8 on unconditionally sets
UPSI bit 3 on.
•
Three save tapes can also be requested by specifying an entry at the
TDDNAME operand for the third save tape. Any specification for the third save tape unconditionally sets UPSI bits 3 and 8 on.
Example: Simultaneous Creation of 3 Save Tapes
// JOB SAVE TO THREE TAPES
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIRST TAPE OUT'
// TLBL TAPETWO,'SECOND TAPE OUT'
// TLBL TAPE003,'THIRD TAPEOUT'
// ASSGN SYS007,180 TAPEOUT
// ASSGN SYS006,181 TAPETWO
// ASSGN SYS005,182 TAPE003
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UP=111100001,...
SAVE=...
/*
/&
Simultaneous Creation of Multiple Save Tapes Page 37
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Specifying Disk Volume Serial Numbers
The SVOLID, RVOLID and CVOLID operands are used to specify the disk volume serial number(s) for operations where normal LIOCS processing is not used. Whenever the operand is entered, Dr.D checks to see if there is a usable assignment for the disk(s), and attempts to make an assignment if necessary, thereby eliminating the need for JCL assign statements. If a proper assignment cannot be made, or the disk volser specified cannot be located, an error message is produced.
Example: Specify disk volume serial number.
This example uses the SVOLID operand to specify the volser to be processed.
Dr.D will make its own assignment to the requested volume.
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// TLBL TAPEOUT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=ALL,SVOLID=PACK01
/*
Example: Copy entire Cylinder.
This example copies the entire second cylinder on a 3380 device from volume
PACK01 to PACK02.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=PH,CBEGIN=100,CHALT=114,RM=I,SVOLID=PACK01,RVOLID=PACK02
/*
Tape and Processing Blocksize
The installed default tape blocksize is 65K (double buffered) but this default may
be changed by your installation administrator (see Configure System Options on
16). The default tape blocksize may be overridden at execution time by
specification of the BLOCKSIZE operand on a SAVE, RESTORE or COPY command. This operand may be used to set the blocksize to a 5-digit number less than 65,496 and equal to or greater than the largest physical disk block +16.
Once specified, the blocksize is in effect for the remainder of the program's execution, or until another BLOCKSIZE operand is submitted. The blocksize may be increased in order to get more data on a tape. For RESTORE operations, the
BLOCKSIZE operand is required only if the physical blocksize is greater than the default tape blocksize.
When used with a User Data File save operation, BLOCKSIZE specifies the blocksize of the tape record. It must be less than 65496 and at least as large as the
Page 38 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE logical record length plus 10. In no event will other than full logical records be written to tape.
When used during copy operations, memory requirements may be reduced or increased with a resulting change in performance. For VSE machines with limited memory, performance may actually be improved by a reduction in blocksize through elimination of excessive paging. With adequate real memory, a larger block size should prove beneficial. Do not use this operand on the same control card as the FIND or SKIP operands. Instead use a preceding
SAVE|RESTORE|COPY=NOPERATION control card to set the desired blocksize.
Tape Compression
When saving to tape, the CP=YES operand causes tape output to be compressed, thereby reducing tape usage and channel access, with improvement in backup speed (provided CPU time is adequate). Once invoked, it remains in effect until
CP=NO is specified, or execution ends. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D
but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3590, 3490E and
3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Example: Specify Tape Compression.
This example describes a specific tape compression.
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE.FILE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,BLOCKSIZE=65496,CP=YES
SAVE=. . .
/*
Tape Compression Page 39
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Tape Positioning
SKIP and FIND Operands
The use of SKIP or FIND allows users to specify which file within a Dr.D save file a restore operation is to begin with. This allows a user to restore selective files from the save tape.
The SKIP=nnn operand starts with the first file saved and reads until the skip
nnn is satisfied. SKIP may be used to reposition a save tape created by any
SAVE= command.
The FIND operand searches the Dr.D file until either the end of file is reached, or the find search argument matches a file on the tape. The search argument may be the DLBL name used during the save, the file ID, or the volume serial number of the saved disk/disk segment.
If FIND=filename is specified, the tape is positioned to the file matching the
DLBL name in the search argument. This format may be used when using a save tape created by SAVE=DATA, SAVE=LOGICAL, SAVE=SDISK or
SAVE=VSAM. To determine the correct filename to specify, use the name under the “DD NAME” column on a SAVE report or the name identified by
SFILENAM= on a LTAPE report.
If FIND='file-id’ is specified, the tape is positioned to the 44 character file ID field in the search argument. This format may be used when using a save tape created by SAVE=DATA, SAVE=LOGICAL, SAVE=SDISK or SAVE=VSAM. To determine which file-id’s are on a tape, look at the “FILE IDENTIFICATION” column on a SAVE report or the file-id identified by ID= on a LTAPE report.
If FIND=(volser) is specified, the tape is positioned to the volume serial of the saved disk/disk segment in the search argument. This format may be used when using a save tape created by SAVE=ALL, SAVE=CURRENT, or
SAVE=PHYSICAL. To determine which volsers are on a tape created by
SAVE=CURRENT, look for the “VTOC OF SAVED DISK. . .” entries under the
“FILE IDENTIFICATION” column on the SAVE report or VOLID= on a LTAPE report. With save tapes created by SAVE=ALL and SAVE=PHYSICAL, the volsers are easily identified under the “FILE IDENTIFICATION” column on the SAVE report or VOLID= on a LTAPE report.
For multivolume tape files, SKIP requires the tape volumes to be mounted in order, whereas FIND allows searching to begin with any volume. If FIND is used beginning with other than the first volume, the user must keep track of which files are on which volume. See 'DOCTOR616' in the message section for additional tape positioning.
Page 40 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore using the FIND operand
In this example, FIND is used to restore the first and third files only. The first
RESTORE command uses FIND to match against the DLBL name and the second
RESTORE command specifies a specific file-id via the FIND operand.
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
RESTORE=. . .,FIND=FILEX
RESTORE=. . .,FIND='FILE ID OF 3RD FILE'
/*
Example: Restore using the SKIP operand
In this example, SKIP is used to bypass the first 15 files on the save tape, thereby positioning the tape to the 16 th
file before restoring.
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
RESTORE=. . .,SKIP=015
/*
Tape Positioning Page 41
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Multiple Volume Save Files
While many different types of saves may be performed during the execution of
Dr.D, they are all embedded within one VSE tape file. The FIND and SKIP operands may then be used to position the tape.
Example: Multiple volumes saved to single file
This example creates a single file tape with 3 save files.
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'MULTI.PACK.SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=CURRENT,SV=PACK01
SAVE=CURRENT,SV=PACK02
SAVE=CURRENT,SV=PACK03
/*
Example: Restore from multiple save file tape
This example positions the save tape created in the prior example to the PACK02 save data and then restores only PACK02
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// TLBL TAPEIN,'MULTI.PACK.SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=CURRENT,FIND=(PACK02),RV=PACK02
/*
Stacking Multiple Files on a Tape
As an alternative to creating a single file from multiple save operations, multiple files may be created by using multiple DRD executions. Dr.D normally opens and closes both input and output with 'NO REWIND'. This allows you to stack multiple Dr.D save files onto the same tape with multiple executions. This may be desirable for save file identification or when interfacing with tape management systems. Once positioned by the file sequence number on the TLBL, the FIND and SKIP operands may also be used to further position the tape.
Note: The TAPE= operand may be used to change the default operation of Dr.D
to rewind and/or unload tapes.
Page 42 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Stack multiple files to tape
This example creates a multi-file tape with 3 files.
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'PACK01.SAVE',,,,1
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=CURRENT,SV=PACK01
/*
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'PACK02.SAVE',,,,2
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=CURRENT,SV=PACK02
/*
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'PACK03.SAVE',,,,3
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=CURRENT,SV=PACK03
/*
Example: Restore from multiple file tape
This example restores only the first and third files from the tape created in the prior example.
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// TLBL TAPEIN,'PACK01.SAVE',,,,1
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=CURRENT,RV=PACK01
/*
// TLBL TAPEIN,'PACK03.SAVE',,,,3
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=CURRENT,RV=PACK03
/*
Tape Positioning Page 43
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
TAPE Operands
To further facilitate tape handling you may use the TAPE operand. Dr.D will not open the TAPEOUT file until it hits a SAVE command. Likewise, Dr.D will not open the TAPEIN file until it hits a RESTORE command. When Dr.D reads a '/*' denoting the end of control cards, it will close any open tape files before terminating. You may override the normal sequence of events by specifying:
TAPE=REW
TAPE=RUN
TAPE=NOR
The TAPE operand may be used on any SAVE or RESTORE command. When specified on a SAVE|RESTORE=NOPERATION command, tape repositioning will occur immediately. For best control of tape positioning, this is the recommended specification. If specified on any other SAVE or RESTORE command, the tape will be closed with the appropriate REWIND, REWIND and
UNLOAD, or NO REWIND, and reopened before saving or restoring.
Example: Reposition tape with TAPE operand
This job stream performs two save operations using two different tapes, both created on cuu=280. Before the first save begins, the “SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW” command insures the tape on 280 is positioned at load point. Between the first and second save operation, the operator will also be informed that a new tape will be needed. Following the second save operation, the tape is unloaded.
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
SAVE=ALL,SVOLID=PACK01
SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN,OPERATOR='MOUNT NEXT TAPE'
SAVE=ALL,SVOLID=PACK02
SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Page 44 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Copy using intermediary scratch tape.
This example combines save and restore operations in a single execution in order to copy a disk on 131 to one on 132 and a disk on 133 to one on 134. It makes extensive use of the TAPE operand to reposition an intermediary scratch tape.
Although a COPY=ALL command would be more efficient, this example was chosen to use an intermediary scratch tape instead.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SCRATCH'
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SCRATCH'
// ASSGN SYS010,131
// ASSGN SYS011,132
// ASSGN SYS012,133
// ASSGN SYS013,134
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=ALL,SSYSNO=SYS010
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
RESTORE=ALL,RSYSNO=SYS011
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
SAVE=ALL,SSYSNO=SYS012
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
RESTORE=ALL,RSYSNO=SYS013
/*
Tape Positioning Page 45
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Unattended Backup
The backup created by a SAVE= function can take place after hours with no mounting or dismounting of tapes required , avoiding the necessity to stop online processing for backups. Additionally, VSAM reorganization can be accomplished without operator intervention. Later, the disk file can be copied to tape for archival storage while online processing continues.
DOCTOR58 Save File Disk to Tape Utility
Dr.D provides the DOCTOR58 utility to copy a file saved on disk to tape. The input disk file must be specified using a DLBL/EXTENT with the filename
TAPEIN. The output tape file is specified using a TLBL with the filename
TAPEOUT. If a tape management system is not used, the TAPEOUT file will be created using SYS007.
A detailed log about each file/object copied to tape will be written to SYSLOG if
UPSI bit 1 is on (x1x). If UPSI bit 1 is off (x0x), only summary totals will be written to SYSLOG.
Example: Create backup tape from disk save file and generate detailed log
// ASSGN SYS007,180
// DLBL TAPEIN,'EMULATED.SAVE.FILE'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’ARCHIVED.SAVE.FILE’
// UPSI X1X
// EXEC DOCTOR58
/*
Page 46 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
User Data File Feature
The User Data File feature (DTAPE=YES operand) allows users to SAVE or
RESTORE data files in user format with standard labels. User Data Files may be created by SAVE=DATA, SAVE=SDISK, SAVE=VSAM and FUNCTION=SORT operations. Data files created using this feature may be used by non-Dr.D
applications or as input to RESTORE=DATA, RESTORE=SDISK and
RESTORE=VSAM operations. When used as input to RESTORE=VSAM operations, the cluster must be pre-defined before the restore is started (i.e. the
VSAM Automatic Definition feature is not available when using Data Files as input). Specification of DTAPE=YES on a restore function is only allowed when the save file was created with DTAPE=YES. FUNCTION=SORT is used to create a User Data File from a Dr.D save file that was not originally created with
DTAPE=YES.
When saving to or restoring from disk, only one save/restore request per execution of Dr.D is allowed. When saving to or restoring from tape, multiple save/restore requests per execution of Dr.D are allowed since the tape is closed at the completion of each save/restore then re-opened at the start of the next file.
For the first tape file only, you may specify a unique filename using the
TDDNAME operand or allow Dr.D to use the default TAPEIN/TAPEOUT filename. Thereafter the filenames are generated in the format of 'TDInnnn'
(input tape) or 'TDOnnnn' (output tape) allowing Dr.D to stack multiple files on the tape, if so desired. In either case the 'nnnn' represents a sequential number starting at 0001. This technique may be applied to any file type that is in fixed
(blocked or unblocked) or variable (blocked or unblocked) format, VSAM, SAM, or any other file organization processed by Dr.D on a logical block or logical record basis.
Once saved, the data may be restored to any desired file type, allowing, for example, conversion of SAM files to VSAM files. When restoring, both the
LRECSIZE and NRECDS operands must be specified for fixed length records and the LBLOCKSIZE and VARIABLE=YES operands must be specified for variable length records. When restoring to SAM files, reblocking may be accomplished by adjusting the value specified for the NRECDS operand (for fixed length records) or the LBLOCKSIZE operand (for variable length records).
Although intended for use by Dr.D only, user written programs can read the
SAVE file created with the User Data File feature. The actual blocksize found in the SAVE file will approach the value specified (or defaulted) for the
BLOCKSIZE operand, but never actually reach that value. Dr.D always builds internal buffers with all potential control information, which varies with the file organization and file format as well as the device type on which the file resides.
All that control information, however, is removed before the buffer is actually written to the save file. If you choose to read the SAVE file for fixed length records, choose a blocksize value equal to the largest multiple of the logical record size that does not exceed the value specified (or defaulted) for the
BLOCKSIZE operand. If you choose to read the SAVE file for variable length records, choose a blocksize value equal to the value specified (or defaulted) for
User Data File Feature Page 47
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE the BLOCKSIZE operand. Use of these techniques will always satisfy Logical
IOCS requirements.
Example 1. Save four VSAM files to tape with User Data File Feature.
This example saves four VSAM files using the Data File Feature. It assumes the files are all defined with fixed length records.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL FIL1,'AR.CUST.NA',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUJ
// DLBL FIL2,'ASSISAM',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUJ
// DLBL FIL3,'CAMAST.FOUR.SIX',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUJ
// DLBL FIL4,'LABS.SAMPLES.FILE',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUJ
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'AR.CUST.NA'
// TLBL TDO0001,'ASSISAM'
// TLBL TDO0002,'CAMAST.FOUR.SIX'
// TLBL TDO0003,'LABS.SAMPLES.FILE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
SAVE=VSAM,SF=FIL1,DTAPE=YES,FAST=YES
SAVE=VSAM,SF=FIL2,DTAPE=YES,FAST=YES
SAVE=VSAM,SF=FIL3,DTAPE=YES,FAST=YES
SAVE=VSAM,SF=FIL4,DTAPE=YES,FAST=YES
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example 2. Restore four VSAM files with User Data File feature.
This example restores four VSAM files saved in example 1. It assumes all the
VSAM files are either null or have been defined as reusable.
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,'AR.CUST.NA'
// TLBL TDI0001,'ASSISAM'
// TLBL TDI0002,'CAMAST.FOUR.SIX'
// TLBL TDI0003,'LABS.SAMPLES.FILE'
// DLBL FIL1,'AR.CUST.NA',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUJ
// DLBL FIL2,'ASSISAM',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUJ
// DLBL FIL3,'CAMAST.FOUR.SIX',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUJ
// DLBL FIL4,'LABS.SAMPLES.FILE',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUJ
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
RESTORE=VSAM,RF=FIL1,DTAPE=YES
RESTORE=VSAM,RF=FIL2,DTAPE=YES
RESTORE=VSAM,RF=FIL3,DTAPE=YES
RESTORE=VSAM,RF=FIL4,DTAPE=YES
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Page 48 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example 3. Save two SD Files with User Data File Feature.
This example saves two SD files using the User Data File Feature.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300
// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FB.SAM.FILE'
// TLBL TDO0001,'VB.SAM.FILE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
SAVE=DATA,SF=FIL1,DTAPE=YES
SAVE=DATA,SF=FIL2,DTAPE=YES
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example 4. Restore SD files saved with the User Data File Feature.
This example restores the two SD files saved in example 3 reblocking each file.
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300
// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000
// TLBL TAPEIN,'FB.SAM.FILE'
// TLBL TDI0001,'VB.SAM.FILE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
RESTORE=DATA,RFILE=FIL1,DTAPE=YES,LRECSIZE=100,NRECDS=100
RESTORE=DATA,RFILE=FIL2,DTAPE=YES,VARIABLE=YES,LBLOCK=16000
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
User Data File Feature Page 49
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Verifying Accurate Control Card Submission
Verify Number of Commands
To prevent accidental loss or insertion of control cards into the JCL, a card count feature is provided. All cards that have SAVE=, RESTORE= or COPY= on them are countable cards. Not included in the count are their logical continuation cards if they have any '$$$$$$' cards or the end-of-data statements (‘/@’ and
'/*'). The card count is communicated to Dr.D by the CARDCOUNT operand. It may appear anywhere in the sequence of control cards, but may only appear once. The count starts with the card on which CARDCOUNT appears and ends with the last one. The following are some correct examples of saving five data files.
A
// EXEC DRD
SA=DA,SF=FIL01,CA=05
SA=DA,SF=FIL02
SA=DA,SF=FIL03
SA=DA,SF=FIL04
SA=DA,SF=FIL05
/*
B
// EXEC DRD
SA=DA,SF=FIL01
SA=DA,SF=FIL02
SA=DA,SF=FIL03
SA=DA,SF=FIL04,CA=02
SA=DA,SF=FIL05
/*
In example A, the operator would be informed if any card was missing or added.
In example B, the same holds true with the last two cards. Insertions or deletions before card number four would go undetected.
Page 50 Using BIM-Dr.D
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Verify Command Sequence
It is very important to keep the save and restore control cards in the same sequence. In order to prevent accidental permutation of the control cards, use the
SEQNO operand. On the save side the sequence number (if specified) is checked against the one internally generated for the Dr.D HDR record. A no match indicates an error.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=DATA,SF=FILEX,SEQNO=01,CARDCOUNT=03
SAVE=DATA,SF=FILEZ,SEQNO=03 <---ERROR INDICATED
SAVE=DATA,SF=FILEY,SEQNO=02
/*
Likewise, on the restore side, the sequence number (if specified) is checked against the one in the Dr.D HDR record.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=DATA,RF=FILEX,SEQNO=01,CARDCOUNT=03
RESTORE=DATA,RF=FILEZ,SEQNO=03 <---ERROR INDICATED
RESTORE=DATA,RF=FILEY,SEQNO=02
/*
Verifying Accurate Control Card Submission Page 51
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Working with VSAM Catalogs and Files
Dr.D provides a comprehensive set of functions to aid in the saving, restoring, copying, managing and tuning of VSAM catalogs and files.
Saving VSAM Catalogs
Use the SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM command (see page 417) when saving a
VSAM catalog. Only the VSAM catalog need be identified to Dr.D which is used to select the files (both SUBALLOCATED and UNIQUE) to be saved. All files may be saved or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be saved. No additional Job Control statements are required identifying the files to be saved. The output may be either tape or disk. When requested, in addition to automatically saving the VSAM definition, all associated objects and their definitions (PATH’s and AIX’s) can be automatically saved. Save files created using SAVE=LOGICAL may be used as input to
RESTORE=LOGICAL – VSAM and RESTORE=VSAM operations.
Restoring VSAM Catalogs
Use the RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM command (see page 301) when restoring
a VSAM catalog. Input to a RESTORE=LOGICAL must be created by a VSAM
SAVE=LOGICAL command. All files saved or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be restored as well as all associated files. Files may be automatically defined, renamed and/or be restored with a wide array of attributes modified.
Saving Individual VSAM Files
Individual VSAM files (either SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE) can be saved using either the VSAM Logical File Save or the VSAM Data File Save feature.
VSAM Logical File Save Feature
The VSAM Logical File Save feature is invoked by using the SAVE=LOGICAL -
VSAM command (see page 417). Due to its flexibility and ease in usage, this is
the preferred method. The VSAM Logical File Save Feature matches the information in the VSAM catalog to the selection criteria when determining the file(s) to be saved. As with saving a VSAM catalog, no additional Job Control statements are required identifying the file(s) to be saved and the output may be either tape or disk. Only the VSAM catalog and the appropriate selection criteria need be identified to Dr.D. The VSAM definition is also automatically saved and all associated objects and their definitions (PATH’s and AIX’s) can be automatically saved. Save files created using SAVE=LOGICAL may be used as input to RESTORE=LOGICAL – VSAM and RESTORE=VSAM operations.
Page 52 Working with VSAM Catalogs and Files
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VSAM Data File Save Feature
The VSAM Data File Save feature is designed to create either a Dr.D save file
(format suitable for Dr.D utilities only) or User Data File (data only without Dr.D
control information). It is invoked by using the SAVE=VSAM command (see
page 445). When using this feature, each object being saved requires a unique
Job Control DLBL and its own SAVE=VSAM control statement. Unlike the
VSAM Logical File Save Feature which is driven by information in the VSAM catalog, the VSAM Data File Save Feature is driven by Job Control and control statement information.
When saving to a Dr.D. save file, the VSAM Catalog cluster definition is automatically saved. Associated objects (PATH’s and AIX’s) are not automatically saved when using this feature.
When saving to a User Data File (rather than a Dr.D save file), only the data in the specified object is saved and Dr.D is prevented from saving the VSAM
Catalog cluster definition.
Save files created using SAVE=VSAM may be used as input only to a
RESTORE=VSAM operation.
Restoring Individual VSAM Files
Individual VSAM files (either SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE) can be restored using the either the VSAM Logical File Restore or the VSAM Data File Restore feature.
VSAM Logical File Restore Feature
The VSAM Logical File Restore feature is invoked using the
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM command (see page 301). Input to a
RESTORE=LOGICAL must be created by a VSAM SAVE=LOGICAL command.
All files saved or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be restored as well as all associated files. Files may be automatically defined, if necessary, be renamed and/or be restored with a wide array of attributes modified.
VSAM Data File Restore Feature
The VSAM Data File Restore feature is invoked using the RESTORE=VSAM
command (see page 345). It is used to restore individual VSAM files with data
saved using any of the following techniques:
•
The VSAM Logical Save feature (SAVE=LOGICAL command)
•
The VSAM Data File Save feature (SAVE=VSAM command)
•
User Data File
Restoring Individual VSAM Files Page 53
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
•
Other backup software tape (see Conversion From Other Backup Software
Products on page 458 for additional information)
During the restore, the entire file or only a portion of the file may be restored.
may be automatically defined, renamed and/or restored with a wide array of attributes modified.
Copying VSAM Files
The COPY=VSAM command (see page 128) is designed to copy a single VSAM
data file (either SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE) to another VSAM file (either
SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE). Either the entire file or only a portion of the file may be copied. Only one file per Dr.D control statement is copied. Job Control
DLBL statements are required to identify the input and output files. If necessary, the output file may be automatically defined using the attributes associated with the input file. These attributes may also be modified during the copy.
Building Alternate Indexes
The FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command (see page 145) is a high speed,
automatic alternative to the IDCAMS BLDINDEX function. Alternate indexes can be built while a VSAM cluster is being saved, restored, or copied. The Dr.D
VSAM build alternate index feature:
•
Builds up to 99 separate alternate indexes via a single pass of the base cluster
•
Builds alternate indexes up to 10 times faster than the IDCAMS BLDINDEX facility.
•
Builds alternate indexes for KSDS and ESDS files
•
Allows cluster records for build to be selected using record selector statements.
•
Allows non-unique AIX keys to be made unique by the addition of a binary suffix to each key.
Converting VSAM-TO-SAM or SAM-TO-VSAM
If the 'TAPEIN' or 'TAPEOUT' file is disk and the 'DTAPE' (data tape) option is in effect, the file is created or read as a user format file (Fixed block or Variable block format). This allows files to be copied from one format to another. If the
DTAPE operand is not specified, the file is created in Dr.D 'segmented' format and cannot be processed by user programs.
For a CKD disk, use the DLBL BLOCKSIZE parameter to specify an appropriate disk blocksize (use track length if possible). The disk blocksize is independent of the default or specified Dr.D 'BLOCKSIZE=' operand (continue to use
BLOCKSIZE as though tape was in use), and tape compression (CP=YES) will reduce the size of the disk file required to contain the backup. Standard IBM
Page 54 Working with VSAM Catalogs and Files
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
LIOCS is used, allowing disk manager control of the TAPEIN/TAPEOUT disk file.
Create IDCAMS Delete/Define Statements
The FUNCTION=PUNCH command (see page 214) will create IDCAMS control
statements for deleting and defining VSAM files. Only the VSAM catalog need be identified to Dr.D which is used to select the files for which the IDCAMS control statements are to be created. All files may be punched or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be punched.
Deleting/Resetting a VSAM Data File
The FUNCTION=DELETE command (see page 176) allows VSAM files to be
deleted or reset to empty status. Only the VSAM catalog need be identified to
Dr.D which is used to select the files to be deleted or reset. All files may be deleted or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be deleted. An operand on the FUNCTION=DELETE command controls whether the selected file(s) will be reported only (not deleted), if they should actually be deleted or if the file should simply be reset and all secondary allocations recovered.
Listing the Contents of a VSAM Catalog
The FUNCTION=LCAT command (see page 189) provides a compact yet
comprehensive report of the objects (files, paths, alternate indices, etc.) in a specified VSAM user or master catalog. Only the VSAM catalog need be identified to Dr.D which is used to select the files for reporting. All files may be reported or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be reported. A space map and gap map report follows the listing of files showing how much space is allocated and available on each disk assigned to the specified catalog.
Migrating Files and Catalogs to Different Device Types
The VSAM Automatic Definition Feature fully supports device independence between the DASD device type used when the file was saved and the DASD device type used when the file is restored.
If the DASD device type is different when the restore begins, the space allocations for the file are adjusted in proportion to the relative track capacities
(or FBA blocksize) of the two DASD device types. Full independence between
CKD, ECKD and FBA architecture is supported.
Create IDCAMS Delete/Define Statements Page 55
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Tuning VSAM Files
Dr.D provides several features that allow VSAM files to be reorganized and/or have their definitions altered to improve efficiency and/or disk utilization. This is achieved by selecting files for saving (via SAVE=LOGICAL command) based on their condition (e.g., CI/CA splits, allocations, etc.) and/or definition characteristics (e.g., CISIZE, freespace, etc.). Refer to Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process Section for a detailed description of the available selection/rejection criteria.
Once the files have been saved, they may be tuned using the Automatic
Definition Feature during a RESTORE=LOGICAL, RESTORE=VSAM or
COPY=VSAM operation. Although a standard restore operation will eliminate
CI/CA splits in a file, the Automatic Definition Feature provides an easy method of recalculating space to eliminate secondary allocations and for altering the actual definitions.
Verify a VSAM Data File
The FUNCTION=VERIFY command (see page 228) allows VSAM files to be
verified using the IDCAMS VERIFY function. Due to constraints imposed by
VSAM Access Methods Services, only files identified in the VSAM catalog identified as IJSYSUC can be selected for verification. All files may be verified or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be verified.
Page 56 Working with VSAM Catalogs and Files
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Working with Disk Volumes, Disk Pools and Non-VSAM Files
Dr.D provides a comprehensive set of functions to aid in the saving, restoring, copying, managing and tuning of disk volumes. In addition to support for VSE initialized volumes, some commands also support non-VSE initialized (e.g. VM minidisk) volumes.
Saving Disk Volumes
Dr.D provides several methods for saving a disk volume. These are Device,
Logical and Physical. The method chosen is dependent upon the requirements.
Device Volume Saves
Use the SAVE=ALL command (see page 366) to save a disk volume image to
tape or disk. This method saves every track/block (both used and unused) on a disk. SAVE=ALL supports both VSE initialized disk volumes and non-VSE initialized disk volumes (e.g. VM minidisk). Only one disk at a time may be saved and the volser or the SYSnnn assigned to the disk pack must be specified in the control statements. The entire volume may be saved or only a selected portion. Save files created by SAVE=ALL can only be used as input to
RESTORE=ALL operations but may be used as input to standalone restore operations.
Use the SAVE=CURRENT command (see page 375) to save only active areas to
tape or disk. This method uses the VTOC to select data files to be saved in addition to saving the IPL track/block and the VTOC extent. SAVE=CURRENT supports VSE initialized disk volumes only. Only one disk at a time may be saved and the volser or the SYSnnn assigned to the disk pack must be specified in the control statements. The selection of data files may be restricted to specific area(s) on the volume and/or based upon expiration date. Once selected, the entire extent of the data file may be saved or only up to the current end-of-file
(EOF). Save files created by SAVE=CURRENT can only be used as input to
RESTORE=CURRENT operations but may be used as input to standalone restore operations. Because unused extents are not saved with this method, it is faster than SAVE=ALL and is better suited for normal processing.
Logical Volume Saves
Use the SAVE=LOGICAL - Volume command (see page 406) to save disk
volumes based solely upon the datasets on the volume. This method uses the
VTOC to select data files to be saved to tape or disk. The IPL track/block and
VTOC extent are not saved with SAVE=LOGICAL. Up to 30 disks may be saved in a single operation. All files may be saved or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be saved. No additional Job Control statements are required identifying the files to be saved. Save files created by
SAVE=LOGICAL can be used as input to RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume,
RESTORE=DATA and RESTORE=SDISK operations and may be used for migration to different device types. This method is the most flexible for normal
Saving Disk Volumes Page 57
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE processing because it only saves data files and has the most options available for determining what will be saved.
Physical Volume Saves
Use the SAVE=PHYSICAL command (see page 429) to save disk volumes based
solely upon physical track/block location, independent of VTOC information.
The output save file may be put on either tape or disk. SAVE=PHYSICAL supports both VSE initialized disk volumes and non-VSE initialized disk volumes (e.g. VM minidisk). Only one disk at a time may be saved and the volser or the SYSnnn assigned to the disk pack and the track/block address range must be specified in the control statements. This allows the entire volume or only a selected portion to be saved. Save files created by SAVE=PHYSICAL can only be used as input to RESTORE=PHYSICAL operations but may also be used for migration to different device types. They may also be used in standalone restore processing. This method is extremely useful for saving corrupted disk volumes and for saving non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk).
Restoring Disk Volumes
Dr.D provides several methods for restoring a disk volume. These are Device,
Logical and Physical. The method chosen is dependent upon the requirements.
Device Volume Restores
Use the RESTORE=ALL command (see page 235) to restore a save file created by
a SAVE=ALL command. This method restores every track/block (both used and unused) on a disk volume to its saved status. It will also restore the IPL track/block and the VTOC extent. The volser of the disk volume will be changed to the same volser of the save file data or it may be changed to a different volser.
Only the current volser of the target disk pack or the SYSnnn assigned to the target disk pack must be specified in the control statements. The entire volume may be restored or only a selected portion. Because this method is restoring an image of the saved volume, the target volume for the restore must be the same device type as the save volume. RESTORE=ALL also supports non-VSE initialized disk volumes (e.g. VM minidisk).
Use the RESTORE=CURRENT command (see page 244) to restore a save file
created by a SAVE=CURRENT command. This method restores all the active areas including IPL track/block and VTOC extent on a disk volume to its saved status. The volser of the disk volume being restored will be set to the same volser of the saved volume or it may be changed to a different volser. Only the current volser of the target disk pack or the SYSnnn assigned to the target disk pack must be specified in the control statements. The entire volume may be restored or only a selected portion. Because this method is restoring an image of the saved volume, the target volume for the restore must be the same device type as the save volume.
Page 58 Working with Disk Volumes, Disk Pools and Non-VSAM Files
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Logical Volume Restores
Use the RESTORE=LOGICAL - Volume command (see page 286) to restore a
save file created by a Volume SAVE=LOGICAL command. This method restores only data files (the IPL track/block and VTOC extent are not restored and the volume serial number is not changed) to their saved status. All files may be restored or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be restored. Files may be restored to a specific disk or pool of disks. No additional Job Control statements are required identifying the files to be restored.
Files may be restored to their original disk volume or to any other disk volume of any device type. The VTOC of the restore volume(s) will be updated to reflect any file(s) being restored to it. This method also has additional control statement operands to allow interfacing with Disk Management systems.
Physical Volume Restores
Use the RESTORE=PHYSICAL command (see page 320) to restore a save file
created by a SAVE=PHYSICAL command. This method may be used to restore a single disk volume on a physical track/block basis. The volser or the SYSnnn assigned to the disk pack and the track/block address range must be specified in the control statements. This allows the entire volume or only a selected portion to be restored. RESTORE=PHYSICAL operations may also be used for migration to different device types and for restoring non-VSE volumes (e.g. VM minidisk).
Copying Disk Volumes
Dr.D provides two methods for copying a disk volume. These are Device and
Physical. The method chosen is dependent upon the requirements.
Device Volume Copies
Use COPY=ALL command (see page 80) to create an image copy of a disk
volume onto another disk. This method copies every track/block (both used and unused) on a disk volume. The volser of the target disk volume will be changed to the same volser as the source disk or it may be changed to a different volser.
Either the entire volume or only a selected portion may be copied. Because this method is creating an image copy of the saved volume, the target volume for the restore must be the same device type as the source volume. COPY=ALL also supports non-VSE initialized disk volumes (e.g. VM minidisk).
Use COPY=CURRENT command (see page 87) to copy the IPL track/block,
VTOC extent and data files identified in the VTOC onto another disk. The volser of the target disk volume will be changed to the same volser as the source disk or it may be changed to a different volser. The selection of data files may be restricted based upon expiration date. Once selected, the entire extent of the data file may be copied or only up to the current end-of-file (EOF). Because this method also copies the IPL track/block and the VTOC from the source disk, the target volume for the restore must be the same device type as the source volume.
Copying Disk Volumes Page 59
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Physical Volume Copies
Use COPY=PHYSICAL command (see page 109) to copy disk volumes based
solely upon physical track/block location, independent of VTOC information.
The volser or the SYSnnn assigned to the disk pack and the track/block address range need to be specified in the control statements. This allows the entire volume or only a selected portion to be copied. COPY=PHYSICAL can be used to copy disk volumes between device types and for copying non-VSE volumes (e.g.
VM minidisk).
Saving and Restoring Disk Pools
The SAVE=LOGICAL Volume and RESTORE=LOGICAL Volume commands are designed to use either disk volsers or disk pool names. Up to 30 disk volsers may be specified for a single save or restore operation. Dr.D also provides its
own disk pooling feature (see Dr.D POOLS Feature on page 19 for additional
information) to enable access to up to 30 disk volsers via 1 pseudo-volser. Dr.D
pools may be used in both the save and restore operations. SAVE=LOGICAL
Volume and RESTORE=LOGICAL Volume can also interface with Disk
Management systems. BIM-EPIC and CA-EPIC disk pools can automatically be used in both save and restore operations. CA-DYNAM and CA-SYSTEM
MANAGER pools can be used in restore operations only.
Saving Individual Non-VSAM Files
Individual files can be saved using either the Non-VSAM Logical File Save or
Non-VSAM Data File Save feature.
Non-VSAM Logical File Save Feature
Use the SAVE=LOGICAL Volume command (see page 406) to save non-VSAM
files via the Logical File Save feature. This method uses the VTOC to select data files to be saved to tape or disk. Files on up to 30 disks may be saved in a single operation. All files may be saved or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be saved. No additional Job Control statements are required identifying the files to be saved. Save files created by
SAVE=LOGICAL can be used as input to RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume,
RESTORE=DATA and RESTORE=SDISK operations and may be used for migration to different device types.
Non-VSAM Data File Save Feature
The Non-VSAM Data File Save feature is designed to create either a Dr.D save file (format suitable for Dr.D utilities only) or User Data File (data only without
Dr.D control information). It is invoked by using the SAVE=DATA command
(see page 385) or SAVE=SDISK command (see page 437). Unlike the Logical File
Save Feature which is driven by information in the VTOC, the Non-VSAM Data
File Save Feature is driven by Job Control and control statement information.
Page 60 Working with Disk Volumes, Disk Pools and Non-VSAM Files
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=DATA may be used to save direct access (DA) files, sequential disk (SD) files or ISAM files. It uses PIOCS to access the disk file. When using this feature, each file being saved requires a unique Job Control DLBL to identify the input file and its own SAVE=DATA control statement. Both Dr.D save files and User
Data Files may be created by SAVE=DATA. Output files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=DATA operations. Sequential disk files on a SAVE=DATA save file may also be used as input to a
RESTORE=SDISK operation.
SAVE=SDISK may be used to save sequential disk (SD) files only. It uses LIOCS with a DTFSD to access the disk file. When using this feature, each file being saved requires a unique Job Control DLBL to identify the input file and its own
SAVE=SDISK control statement. Both Dr.D save files and User Data Files may be created by SAVE=SDISK. Output files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=DATA and RESTORE=SDISK operations.
Restoring Individual Non-VSAM Files
Individual files can be restored using the either the Non-VSAM Logical File
Restore or the Non-VSAM Data File Restore feature.
Non-VSAM Logical File Restore Feature
The Logical File Restore feature is invoked using the RESTORE=LOGICAL
Volume command (see page 286). Input to a RESTORE=LOGICAL must be
created by a Volume SAVE=LOGICAL command. All files saved or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be restored. Files may be restored to the same location as when saved or restored to different disk locations. Files may also be renamed during the restore.
Non-VSAM Data File Restore Feature
The Non-VSAM Data File Restore feature is invoked using the
RESTORE=CURRENT command (see page 244), RESTORE=DATA command
(see page 257) or the RESTORE=SDISK command (see page 333).
Use the RESTORE=CURRENT command to restore individual files from a save file created by a SAVE=CURRENT operation. A unique Job Control DLBL to identify the output file is required. When restoring to ECKD or CKD devices, multiple files may be restored via a single control statement. When restoring to an FBA device, each file being restored required it own RESTORE=CURRENT control statement
RESTORE=DATA and RESTORE=SDISK are used to restore individual non-
VSAM files with data saved using any of the following techniques:
•
The Volume Logical Save feature (SAVE=LOGICAL command)
•
The Non-VSAM Data File Save feature (SAVE=DATA or SAVE=SDISK command)
Restoring Individual Non-VSAM Files Page 61
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
•
User Data File
•
Other backup software tape (see Conversion From Other Backup Software
Products on page 458 for additional information)
Both commands are similar in usage with the exception that RESTORE=DATA uses PIOCS to write the data files and supports all filetypes (DA, SD, ISAM) whereas RESTORE=SDISK uses LIOCS with a DTFSD to write the data files and supports only sequential disk (SD) files. Because RESTORE=SDISK uses a
DTFSD to write the data files, it provides a better interface to disk managers.
When using either command, each file being restored requires a unique Job
Control DLBL to identify the output file and its own RESTORE=DATA|SDISK control statement. Unlike the Logical File Restore Feature which generates its own DLBL/EXTENT information, the Non-VSAM Data File Restore Feature is driven by Job Control and control statement information.
Copying Non-VSAM Files
Non-VSAM files may be copied disk to disk using the COPY=DATA command
(see page 93) or the COPY=SDISK command (see page 120).
Both commands are similar in usage with the exception that COPY=DATA uses
PIOCS to access and write the data files and supports all filetypes (DA, SD,
ISAM) whereas COPY=SDISK uses LIOCS with a DTFSD to access and write the data files and supports only sequential disk (SD) files. Because COPY=SDISK uses a DTFSD to write the data files, it provides a better interface to disk managers.
When using either command, each file being copied requires a unique Job
Control DLBL to identify both the input and output files and its own
COPY=DATA|SDISK control statement.
Changing VTOC Expiration Dates
Once a disk file’s expiration date is equal to the current date, it may be written over without any warning. Normally, the expiration date in the VTOC is only
updated when the file is created. FUNCTION=DFIX (see page 185) may be used
to protect disk files from accidentally being written over as a result of the expiration date being equal to or less than the current date. When used,
FUNCTION=DFIX will set the expiration date to 2099/366 for all selected files.
This modification is performed without any data movement.
Compacting/Reorganizing Disks
Compacting/reorganizing a disk volume on ECKD or CKD disk can be achieved with a minimal impact on processing by using the
RESTORE=CURRENT,AREA=COMPACT command (see page 244). This
method may also be used with the Disk Management systems BIM-EPIC, CA-
EPIC, CA-DYNAM and CA-SYSTEM MANAGER.
Page 62 Working with Disk Volumes, Disk Pools and Non-VSAM Files
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
The SAVE=LOGICAL Volume (see page 406) and RESTORE=LOGICAL
Volume (see page 286) commands may also be used when
compacting/reorganizing a disk or disk pool on any device type. Options are available to provide for full reorganization, full in place reorganization and partial in place reorganization. This method may also be used with the Disk
Management systems BIM-EPIC, CA-EPIC, CA-DYNAM and CA-SYSTEM
MANAGER.
Creating DLBL/EXTENT Labels
The FUNCTION=PUNCH command (see page 214) will create Job Control
DLBL and EXTENT statements from information contained in a volume’s VTOC.
All files may be punched or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be punched. The punch operation may be executed against
1-30 volumes or a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk pool.
Deleting Files From a Disk Pack
The FUNCTION=DELETE command (see page 176) allows non-VSAM files and
VSAM data spaces to be deleted from the VTOC. All files may be deleted or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be deleted.
The delete operation may be executed against 1-30 volumes or a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk pool. An operand on the FUNCTION=DELETE command controls whether the selected file(s) will be reported only (not deleted) or if they should actually be deleted.
Erasing Portions of a Disk
Sometimes it is necessary to clear portions of a disk for security reasons. The
RESTORE=ERASE command (see page 270) will accomplish this goal. Standard
CKD R0 records are written and the tracks are erased; FBA blocks are cleared.
Listing the Contents of a Volume Table of Contents (VTOC)
The FUNCTION=LVTOC command (see page 204) provides a compact yet
comprehensive report of the files in the VTOC of one or more disks volumes. Up to 30 disks or disk pools may be listed in a single operation. All files or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria may be listed.
The standard report is produced in FILE ID sequence, with all files selected sorted together, allowing a complete alphabetic list of all files on a single disk or within a pool of disks.
At the end of file listing, a space map is printed showing the location and size of each available space on each disk in the pool of disks specified.
Creating DLBL/EXTENT Labels Page 63
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Migrating to Different Device Types
Entire or partial disk volumes may be copied to different device types by using:
•
SAVE=LOGICAL Volume to save the data files on a disk followed by a
RESTORE=LOGICAL Volume to load the data files to the new disk. The disk allocations will automatically be recalculated during the restore operation.
•
SAVE=PHYSICAL to save the disk followed by a RESTORE=PHYSICAL with the RMODE operand to load the new disk.
•
COPY=PHYSICAL with the RMODE operand to directly copy from one disk to another
Warning: Do not use Dr.D or any other backup software products to migrate
DOSRES or SYSWK1 to different device types because of IBM PTF service and procedure dependencies.
Moving/Resizing a Volume Table of Contents (VTOC)
The usual method of VTOC relocation or resizing is to save the individual files, reinitialize the disk, and then restoring the files. The FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE
command (see page 232) allows the VTOC of a disk to be quickly and easily
moved to a new location and/or resized.
Warning: Do not use this function on DOSRES or SYSWK1 because of IBM
PTF service and procedure dependencies.
Rebuilding a Format-1 VTOC Label
Sometimes you know you have valid data on a pack but you can't access it because the Format-1 Label isn't there. It could have been accidentally deleted or the File-ID incorrectly specified, or it may have never existed.
RESTORE=PUTLABEL (see page 330) will recreate the format-1 label in a
VTOC.
Page 64 Working with Disk Volumes, Disk Pools and Non-VSAM Files
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Stand-alone Processing
Preparing for Standalone Restore
The standalone restore function allows volume type backups
(SAVE=CURRENT|ALL|PHYSICAL) to be restored under VM or in Native
Mode. Multiple disks may be restored from one or more save tape sets, using one
or two tape drives. The SAVE=IPL command (see page 393) is required to place
the standalone program on at least one of the save tapes. Multiple disks may be restored and other backup types may be present, intermixed with the volume backups.
Save tapes created with the standalone program may be used in non-standalone restore operations by either forward spacing 3 tape marks (2 if LABEL=NO is used when creating the save tape) or by using a TLBL specifying file=2 for the save tape.
Standalone Restore- Native or VM
The following procedure is used:
1. Load the save tape on any tape drive, use any disk drive. (If running under
VM, do not put disk and tape on same virtual channel.)
2. The standalone supervisor must operate in 3270 console mode if in native mode, either 3215 or 3270 mode under VM, or 3215 if running under
VM/CMS. Use the VM 'TERM CON' command to change console mode under non-CMS VM.
3. Set the IPL load address in the load screen (or load dial/ switches if appropriate). Skip this step if restoring under VM.
4. Press the enter key/load key four times. (For some tape drives, three hits on the enter key works better). Since the tape has standard labels this will space the tape over the VOL, HDR(s),and TAPE MARK preceding the Dr.D
standalone supervisor. For 4300 type systems, an error message will appear until the supervisor loads. If the 'LABEL=NO' operand is used, only one load is needed since the VOL and HDR records are not present. If under VM, enter 'I CUU' as many times as needed to space over the tape labels (until the
DOCTOR035 message appears).
5. After waiting for load to complete, hit the PA1/enter key if using a 3270 type console, or hit the request key. If running under VM, this step is not needed.
6. Message 35 appears: <-DOCTOR035 ENTER RESTORE DISK TYPE
Reply with: 2311
2314
3330
334A
334B
3350 for 2311 disk for 2314,2319 disk for 3330 disk for 3340 disk mod 35 for 3340 disk mod 70 for 3350 disk
Preparing for Standalone Restore Page 65
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
3375
3380
3390
9340
9345
FBA for 3375 disk for 3380 disk for 3390 disk for 9340 disk for 9345 disk for any FBA disk type
7. MESSAGE 997 APPEARS: <-DOCTOR997 ENTER ALTERNATE TAPE CUU
.. If you do not wish to use an alternate tape drive and will restore from the drive you IPL'd, hit enter to continue. If you want to use the IPL drive as the primary and another drive as the alternate, enter just the CUU of the alternate drive and restore will begin from the IPL'd drive. If you wish to begin restoring from a drive other than the IPL drive enter either 'CUU,CUU' for the primary and alternate drives, or enter 'CUU,' to indicate that restoring is to be done using the one drive. This can allow the IPL'd drive to be released for other use once restoring begins.
8. Message 36 appears: <-DOCTOR036 ENTER RESTORE DISK CUU Enter the
CUU of the disk to be restored to and overwritten by the saved disk. If the
VOLSER of the restored disk is to be changed from that saved, enter
CUU,VOLSER.
9. Message 996 appears:<-DOCTOR996 ENTER VOLSER OF DISK TO
RESTORE If the disk to be restored is not the next thing on the tape you must enter the VOLSER of the saved disk as a search argument. (Enter it anyway if you're not sure.)
10. Message 16 appears: DOCTOR016 RESTORING TO PACK VOL SER NO....
Hit enter to RESTORE, type 'C' to terminate.
11. Message 66 appears: DOCTOR066 SAVE TAPE CREATED ON........ Hit enter to RESTORE, type 'C' to terminate.
12. The RESTORE continues until an EOJ MSG appears: <-DOCTOR040
VOLUME RESTORE COMPLETED-TYPE END OR HIT ENTER.. If another disk is to be restored, hit enter, or type 'END' to terminate processing. If you wish to restore from another tape, mount it on the drive currently in use. You may also type 'U' (for unload) if you want Dr.D to unload the tape just completed before restoring from another tape you mount on the same drive.
*Warning* Remember that only SAVE=ALL|CURRENT|PHYSICAL backups may be restored standalone.
Note: Whenever possible the restore should be run under VM or VSE to insure the greatest possible recovery from non-permanent disk errors.
Page 66 Stand-alone Processing
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Standalone Restore Under VM/CMS
The following job stream creates a "SAVE=IPL" tape containing the Dr.D
standalone supervisor and restore programs. The tape is punched into TEXT cards into the VM reader of the user (JIM in the example). The reader file can then be "received" into CMS, then renamed to be DRDVMIPL TEXT A1. Once this is done, a CMS LOAD and START can be used to execute the Dr.D
standalone restore. The terminal from which the LOAD and START are issued must be set to 3215 mode (i.e. CP TERMINAL CONMODE 3215).
* $$ JOB JNM=DRDVMIPL,DISP=D,CLASS=0
* $$ LST CLASS=X,DISP=K,JSEP=0
* $$ PUN CLASS=V,DEST=(*,JIM),JSEP=0
// JOB DRDVMIPL PUNCH SA=IP TAPE INTO TEXT CARDS
*
* STEP 1 – CREATE STANDALONE PROGRAM
*
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// MTC REW,SYS007
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=IPL
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
*
* STEP 2 - PUNCH TEXT CARDS TO VM USER
*
// ASSGN SYS008,SYS007
// EXEC DRDPUNVM,SIZE=600K
/*
/&
* $$ EOJ
Standalone Restore Under VM/CMS Page 67
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Standalone Restore Under VM Using a CMS Saved Segment
Create a CMS Saved Segment for the Dr.D Standalone Restore program.
After this has been done, the saved segment can be IPL’d from a CMS Guest and the standalone restore done without the need of having the standalone program at the beginning of the backup tape.
Creating the CMS Saved Segment
1. Under VSE, create a BIM-Dr.D standalone. IPL tape using this JCL as a model
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// MTC REW,SYS007
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=IPL
/*
2. Insert the data on the IPL tape into a CMS Saved Segment
ATT 580 * 181 Attach a tape drive to a CMS Guest
Mount a scratch tape on that drive
TAPE REW
TAPE FSR,4 Skip over the VOL/HDR label set
If message DMSP2C110S Error reading TAP1(181) is displayed after the FSR is issued, ignore it
If the save tape was created on an older VSE used and the label set is VOL
HDR1 rather than VOL HDR1 HDR2, use TAPE FSR,3 instead
Or just keep repeating the “IPL 181” command described below until all
VOL/HDR records have been bypassed and the IPL begins. Be sure to enter the “PER INS RANGE 1000” instruction prior to any “IPL 181” commands.
PER INS RANGE 1000
IPL 181
The IPL will stop at the first instruction in the standalone program. Then do the following
DEFSYS DRDVMIPL 1-A7 EW MINSIZE=700K
SAVESYS DRDVMIPL
#CP IPL CMS Return to a CMS environment
The CMS Saved Segment is now ready for use.
Page 68 Stand-alone Processing
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Restoring a BIM-Dr.D Backup Tape Using the CMS Saved Segment
Attach a tape drive to the CMS Guest that will be used.
Insure that you have WRITE access to the DASD volume that is being restored.
The Standalone Restore program does not provide an error message if this is not the case. It will appear to work, but no data will be restored.
If the DASD is LINKED to the CMS Guest from which the restore will be done:
Q V cuu cuu is the address of the volume that is being restored.
You should see a display similar to
DASD 0163 3380 CKDP13 R/W
If the “R/W” is not present, you do not have Write access to the DASD. Correct this before proceeding.
If the DASD is ATTACHED to the CMS Guest from which the restore will be done:
Q cuu
You should see a display similar to
restored)
DASD 063 name-of-CMS-guest CKDP13 (CKDP13 is volser being
If the “name-of-CMS-guest” is not the one from which the Saved Segment IPL will be done, you do not have Write access to the DASD. Correct this before proceeding.
SPOOL CONSOLE * START Provides an audit trail of activity
ATT 580 * 181 Attach a tape drive to a CMS Guest
Mount the input tape
TAPE REW
IPL DRDVMIPL PARM SSIPL
Restore will fail unless the PARM SSIPL is present
A series of questions will be asked. When answered, the restore process will begin.
When the restore has completed
#CP SPOOL CONSOLE CLOSE
#CP IPL CMS Return to a CMS environment
Standalone Restore Under VM Using a CMS Saved Segment Page 69
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
An example of a restore using a CMS Saved Segment
USERS GUIDE
SPOOL CONSOLE * START
Q V 163
DASD 0163 3380 CKDP13 R/W
"
==== Write access is present
ATT 583 * 181
TAPE REW
IPL DRDVMIPL PARM SSIPL
DOCTOR035 ENTER RESTORE DISK TYPE
3380
DOCTOR991 ENTER INPUT TAPE DRIVE CCUU, OR CCUU,CCUU IF USING ALTERNATE
181
DOCTOR036 ENTER RESTORE DISK CCUU
163
DOCTOR996 ENTER VOLSER OF DISK TO RESTORE
CKDP13
DOCTOR016 RESTORING TO PACK VOL SER NO CKDP13 SYS002= 0163
Press ENTER if this is the correct volser and cuu
DOCTOR066 SAVE TAPE CREATED ON 02/03/00 AT 11:32:23
Press ENTER if this is the correct tape
DOCTOR100 RESTORE DATA=SD BLKS:WRITTEN =1
DOCTOR100 ID=CKDP13.QDAS.REL4.SHARE.FILE
DOCTOR100 RESTORE DATA=SD BLKS:WRITTEN =10
………
…… a series if DOCTOR100 messages until the restore is complete.
DOCTOR040 VOLUME RESTORE COMPLETED-TYPE "END" IF THROUGH RESTORING OR,
<-PRESS ENTER OR TYPE "U" (UNLOAD TAPE) TO RESTORE MORE VOLUMES.
END
DOCTOR993 STANDALONE RESTORE PROCESSING COMPLETED
HCPGIR450W CP entered; disabled wait PSW 000A0000 000BDEAD
#CP SPOOL CONSOLE CLOSE
#CP IPL CMS Return to a CMS environment
Page 70 Stand-alone Processing
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Working with VSE Libraries
Saving VSE Libraries
Use the SAVE=LIBRARY command (see page 398) when saving a VSE library.
All sublibraries and members may be saved or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be saved. The output may be either tape or disk. Save files created using SAVE=LIBRARY may only be used as input to RESTORE=LIBRARY operations.
Restoring VSE Libraries
Use the RESTORE=LIBRARY command (see page 274) when restoring a VSE
library. Input to a RESTORE=LIBRARY must be created by a SAVE=LIBRARY command. All sublibraries and members saved or only those identified through uniquely flexible user selection criteria can be restored. Sublibraries and their members may be restored to the same sublib or a different sublib.
Copying VSE Libraries
The COPY=LIBRARY command (see page 101) is designed to copy VSE
libraries. Either the entire library or only a portion of the file may be copied.
Listing the VSE Library
The FUNCTION=LDIR command (see page 196) provides a compact (two-up
format) directory listing of a VSE library. Members can be selected for listing by their library, sublibrary, type, specific or generic member name, and by the time stamp. A library recap is produced giving statistics by library, sublibrary, and member type.
Saving VSE Libraries Page 71
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Miscellaneous Functions
Creating VM Minidisks from VSE
The usual method of VM minidisk creation requires that the DSF utility be used to initialized the minidisk, a function not currently in VSE. The FUNCTION=MC
command (see page 210) eliminates that limitation by allowing the creation of the
minidisk directly under VSE. VM minidisks created by this function are capable of being attached and used immediately under VSE without the need for an IPL.
Extract Data Files From Save File
The FUNCTION=SORT command (see page 221) allows the data portion of a
Dr.D save file on tape or disk to be extracted and passed as input to the user’s
SORT program. Multiple sort functions may be requested within a single Dr.D
execution but only one data file is extracted per request.
List Contents of a Save File
The FUNCTION=LTAPE command (see page 202) will create a report
displaying the contents of a Dr.D save file. All of the following is noted on the printer and/or SYSLOG:
(1) presence of standalone IPL records on the front of the tape,
(2) the time and date the tape was created,
(3) a description of each save that was done to create the tape.
Tape Copy Feature
The FUNCTION=CTAPE command (see page 169) can copy tapes in two
different modes. The first copies at the logical tape file level, with an open and close for each input and output tape. The second copies in 'image' mode- does not open or close tapes, and expects each input tape to fit within the limits of its corresponding output tape. In either mode, tape blocks can be modified by supplying pairs of scan and replace control cards.
Tape Test Feature
The FUNCTION=TAPETEST command (see page 225) will test tapes by writing
a block of data continuously over the length of the reel or cartridge. A report is produced showing the number of 'erase gaps' and 'unrecoverable errors' encountered for each cartridge or reel.
Page 72 Miscellaneous Functions
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Command Reference
Overview of Commands
Save Commands
Command
SAVE=ALL
SAVE=CURRENT
SAVE=DATA
SAVE=IPL
SAVE=LIBRARY
SAVE=LOGICAL
(Volume)
SAVE=LOGICAL
(VSAM)
SAVE=NOPERATION
SAVE=PHYSICAL
SAVE=SDISK
SAVE=VSAM
Usage
Save all tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk. Save files may be used only by RESTORE=ALL and standalone operations.
Save only used tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk. Save files may be used only by RESTORE=CURRENT and standalone operations.
Save individual non-VSAM file using PIOCS. Save files may be used by RESTORE=DATA and
RESTORE=SDISK operations. May also be used to create User Data Files.
Save only IPL bootstrap. This file is used to initiate standalone operations.
Save VSE libraries, sublibraries and/or individual members. Save files may be used only by
RESTORE=LIBRARY operations.
Save one or more data files on one or more disks.
Save files may be used by RESTORE=LOGICAL –
Volume, RESTORE=DATA and RESTORE=SDISK operations.
Save one or more VSAM clusters in a VSAM catalog. Save files may be used by
RESTORE=LOGICAL – VSAM and
RESTORE=VSAM operations.
Used to perform “immediate “ operations and to establish globals.
Save tracks/blocks on a disk by specification of absolute track/block addresses. Save files may be used only by RESTORE=PHYSICAL and standalone operations.
Save individual non-VSAM file using LIOCS. Save files may be used by RESTORE=DATA and
RESTORE=SDISK operations. May also be used to create User Data Files.
Save individual VSAM clusters. Save files may be used by RESTORE=VSAM. May also be used to create User Data Files.
Overview of Commands Page 73
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Restore Commands
Command Usage
RESTORE=ALL
RESTORE=CURRENT
RESTORE=DATA
Restore all tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk. May also be executed standalone. Uses as input only save files created by SAVE=ALL operations.
Restore only used tracks/blocks (including vol1,
IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk. May also be executed standalone. Uses as input only save files created by SAVE=CURRENT operations.
Restore individual non-VSAM file using PIOCS.
Uses as input save files created by:
•
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume
•
SAVE=DATA
•
SAVE=SDISK
•
User Data File
•
Other Backup Product Tape
Physically erase a portion of a disk.
RESTORE=ERASE
RESTORE=EXPIRATION Change expiration date for files in VTOC, modify
VSAM data space VTOC entries from DA back to
RESTORE=LIBRARY
VSAM specification and delete files in VTOC.
Restore, create or extend a VSE library. Will restore entire VSE library or selected sublibraries and/or members. Uses as input only save files
RESTORE=LOGICAL
(Volume)
RESTORE=LOGICAL
(VSAM) created by SAVE=LIBRARY operations.
Restore one or more data files on one or more disks. Uses as input only save files created by
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume operations.
Restore one or more VSAM clusters in a VSAM catalog. Uses as Input only save files created by
SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM operations.
RESTORE=NOPERATION Used to perform “immediate “ operations and to establish globals.
RESTORE=PHYSICAL Restore tracks/blocks on a disk by specification of absolute track/block addresses. May also be executed standalone. Uses as input only save files
RESTORE=PUT
RESTORE=SDISK created by SAVE=PHYSICAL operations.
Updates VTOC with new Format-1 label without opening a file.
Restore individual non-VSAM file using LIOCS.
Uses as input save files created by:
•
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume
•
SAVE=DATA (SD files only)
•
SAVE=SDISK
•
User Data File
•
Other Backup Product Tape
RESTORE=VSAM Restore individual VSAM clusters. Uses as input save files created by:
Page 74 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Command Usage
•
SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM
•
SAVE=VSAM
•
User Data File
•
Other Backup Product Tape
Copy Commands
Command
COPY=ALL
COPY=CURRENT
COPY=DATA
COPY=LIBRARY
COPY=NOPERATION
COPY=PHYSICAL
COPY=SDISK
COPY=VSAM
Usage
Copy all tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk to another disk.
Copy only used tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk to another disk.
Copy individual non-VSAM file using PIOCS to another disk.
Copy VSE libraries, sublibraries and/or individual members to another VSE library.
Used to perform “immediate “ operations and to establish globals.
Copy tracks/blocks on a disk by specification of absolute track/block addresses to another disk or different area on the same disk.
Copy individual non-VSAM file using LIOCS to another disk.
Copy individual VSAM clusters to another VSAM catalog.
Overview of Commands Page 75
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Function Commands
Command Usage
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX
FUNCTION=CTAPE
FUNCTION=DELETE
FUNCTION=DFIX
High speed operation for building VSAM alternate indices.
Tape to tape copy.
Delete one or more VSAM clusters, VSAM data spaces and non-VSAM files.
Makes files permanent by changing expiration date in VTOC to 2099/366
List contents of a VSAM catalog.
FUNCTION=LCAT
FUNCTION=LDIR
FUNCTION=LTAPE
FUNCTION=LVTOC
FUNCTION=MC
FUNCTION=PUNCH
FUNCTION=SORT
List contents of a VSE library.
List contents of a Dr.D save file.
List contents of a VTOC.
Create VM minidisks under VSE.
Punch IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE statements for one or more VSAM clusters and punch Job
Control DLBL/EXTENT statements for entries in a VTOC.
Extract data portion from a saved tape and optionally sort it.
FUNCTION=TAPETEST
FUNCTION=VERIFY
Test tape and produce a tape error map.
Invoke IDCAMS VERIFY function for one or more
VSAM clusters in a VSAM catalog.
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE Move or resize an existing VTOC.
Page 76 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION
The COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION command is used to communicate with Dr.D without performing a real copy, save or restore process.
It may be used before and/or after the actual process command. On it, global operands and other operands requiring immediate processing may be specified.
Values set by global operands remain in effect for the duration of the Dr.D
execution or until changed by a subsequent specification of the same operand with a different value. Refer to the Global? Column associated with each individual command to determine the available global options that may be specified. As many COPY| RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION statements may be used as needed. The operands listed here are the non-global operands that will be processed immediately upon submission.
COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Global?
COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION Yes No
CARDCOUNT=nn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TAPE=F1|F2|F3|F4|F5|F6
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
COpy|REstore|SAve=NOperation
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: CO|RE|SA=NO
CArdcount=nn
Specify a 2-digit decimal number (leading zero) representing a count of Saves,
Copies, and Restores commands. While this operand, if specified, does not have to appear on the first control card, it can't appear more than once. It represents a count of control cards including the one it appears on until the last one that should be in the job stream. This count excludes continuation cards, '$$$$$$' cards, the ‘/@’ card and the '/*' card. If the specified count is either exceeded or not fulfilled, the operator is informed.
Abbreviation: CA=nn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION Page 77
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, or Restore function, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used on a NOPERATION command to force immediate tape positioning.
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw Immediately rewind the tape.
RUn Immediately unload the tape.
This operand may be specified twice on a statement during restore operations; once for tape positioning and once to specify the Product Identifier when using a backup tape created by anther product..
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TApe=F1|F2|F3|F4|F5|F6
This operand indicates the use of another software product’s backup tape as input to a RESTORE=DATA, RESTORE=SDISK or RESTORE=VSAM command.
The values for each tape are:
Disk Utility System
Westinghouse Disk Utility System Product (DUSP)
Product Identifier
F1
Westinghouse Disk Utility (DUS)
Computer Associates DYNUTIL
Disk Utility System Product (DUSP 2.0.1) /MAXBACK
Computer Associates Faver VSAM Utility
Computer Associates Faver2 Disk Utility
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
Abbreviation: TA=F1|F2|F3|F4|F5|F6
Page 78 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Position Tape and Issue Operator Message
Rewind tape before the restore and then unload it after the restore. When tape is unloaded, tell operator where to put the tape.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RE=NO,TA=REW
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,AUTO=YES,FD=D
RE=NO,TA=RUN,OP=’PLEASE TAKE TAPE TO LIBRARY’
/*
COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION Page 79
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COPY=ALL
The COPY=ALL command is designed to copy every track/block on a disk to another disk. A disk may be copied to a disk whose size and location of VTOC differs from the input disk. However, at the conclusion of the COPY the output disk's volume label, size and location of the VTOC will be identical to the input disk. Use the VOLOUT operand to set the volume serial number of the output disk to a value different from the volume serial number of the input disk.
The input disk is determined by the volume assignment associated with the
SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
SVOLID operand. If neither SVOLID nor SSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default SSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the copy. The default SSYSNO as supplied is SYS001 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of SVOLID is recommended allowing Dr.D to automatically make the assignment
The output disk is determined by the volume assignment associated with the
RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as output of the copy. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of RVOLID is recommended allowing Dr.D to automatically make the assignment.
For additional protection, it is recommended that UPSI bit 0 be set to 0. This allows you to insure the correct disk volume is being copied. If UPSI bit 0 is set to
1, the copy operation will occur without operator intervention. Additionally, the
HV operand may be used to insure no other applications update the VTOC until after the copy is complete.
The SHALT operand can be used to set the upper/ending disk address to be copied. AREA=SELECT may be used to define the track/blocks on the input disk that are to be copied. AREA=REJECT may be used to copy the volume with the exception of specific track/block addresses. The AREA operand should only be used when copying non-VSE initialized disk (e.g. VM minidisk). Without
SHALT or AREA, the entire volume will be copied. When not copying an entire disk, caution must be exercised because the VTOC extent from the input disk is also copied. If there are additional files which resided outside the area restricted for copy, those files will still be reflected in the VTOC. The Dr.D
FUNCTION=DELETE command (refer to page 176) may be use to remove any
unwanted VTOC entries.
Page 80 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
COPY=ALL Operand Summary
Operand
COPY=ALL
AREA=SELECT|REJECT
CK=YES|NO
GR=nnn
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
RSYSNO=SYSnnn
RVOLID=xxxxxx
SEQNO=nn
SHALT=ccchh|block
SSYSNO=SYSnnn
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
UPSI=012345678
VM=NO|YES
VOLOUT=xxxxxx
Note 1
Note 1
No
No
Note 2
Note 2
No
No
No
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of
RSYSNO.
Note 2: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.
COpy=ALL
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: CO=AL
ARea=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more area selector statements immediately follow this statement. It allows volume copy operations to be selective down to the cylinder/head or FBA block level. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the last of the continued control statements.
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Global?
No
No
No
Yes
COPY=ALL Page 81
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
One or more selector statements must follow to identify the tracks/blocks to be selected (AREA=SELECT) or rejected (AREA=REJECT).
Each area selector consists of a start and end address pair. The start address is separated from the end address by a hyphen (-). For ECKD and CKD addresses, specify the addresses in cylinder and head (ccchh) format. For FBA devices, specify the block number. If an R follows the start and end address pair, it indicates the process is reversed for that statement only.
As an example on a 3390, the following area selector statements will select from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 and reject cylinder 4, head 0 when used with AREA=SELECT. When used with AREA=REJECT, it will reject all data from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 but will select cylinder 4, head
0.
100-1200
400-400R
You may also specify ‘TO=ccchh’ on an AREA selector statement. This allows the selected area to be copied to a new cylinder and head location. If the 'cccchh' is preceded by the letter 'K', the cylinder number of the input (source) area is retained. This optional operand must be separated from the start and end address pair by at least 1 space.
An additional statement is required to terminate area selector statements. As
with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement
may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Abbreviation: AR=SE|RE
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during copy of volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Page 82 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
This operand is used during volume copy to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. HV=NO is default.
HV=YES should be used on the first disk copy within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
COPY=ALL Page 83
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a copy operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the copy operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of
RSYSNO.
Either RSYSNO or RVOLID is required on the copy control statement.
Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn
RVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the current volser of the output (target) volume during a copy operation.
Either RSYSNO or RVOLID is required on the copy control statement.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this copy among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SHalt=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block on the source device during a copy operation. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8digit block number.
Abbreviation: SH=ccchh|block
SSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the input (source) disk during a copy operation. SSYSNO=SYS001 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the copy operation, it is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used in place of
SSYSNO.
Either SSYSNO or SVOLID is required on the copy control statement.
Page 84 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn
SVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the volser of the input (source) volume during a copy operation.
Either SSYSNO or SVOLID is required on the copy control statement.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VM=NO|YEs
Use this operand to copy non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk) on CKD and
ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks.
Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES
VOlout=xxxxxx
VOLOUT is used to set the volume serial number of the output (target) disk being restored. The default, if this operand is omitted, is to change the output volume serial number to be the same as the volume serial number as the input disk volser.
Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx
COPY=ALL Page 85
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Copy all tracks/blocks on disk
This job stream copies all tracks/blocks on the volume CKDP12 to CKDP17.
Following the restore, the disk volser will be CKDP17.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST
COPY=ALL,SV=CKDP12,RV=CKDP17,VO=CKDP17
/*
Example: Selective copy of all tracks/blocks
This example copies only the first 100 cylinders on a 3380 to another pack. The output pack is setup to retain its original volser.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST
COPY=ALL,SV=CKDP12,RV=CKDP17,VO=CKDP17,SHALT=9914
/*
Page 86 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COPY=CURRENT
The COPY=CURRENT command is designed to copy the IPL track/block, VTOC extent and data files identified in the VTOC onto another disk. A disk may be copied to another disk whose size and location of VTOC differs from the input disk. However, at the conclusion of the COPY the output disk's volume label, size and location of the VTOC will be identical to the input disk. Use the
VOLOUT operand to set the volume serial number of the output disk to a value different from the volume serial number of the input disk.
The input disk is determined by the volume assignment associated with the
SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
SVOLID operand. If neither SVOLSID nor SSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default SSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the copy. The default SSYSNO as supplied is SYS001 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of SVOLID is recommended. When using SVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment
The output disk is determined by the volume assignment associated with the
RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLSID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as output of the copy. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.
For additional protection, it is recommended that UPSI bit 0 be set to 0. This allows you to insure the correct disk volume is being copied. If UPSI bit 0 is set to
1, the copy operation will occur without operator intervention. Additionally, the
HV operand may be used to insure no other applications update the VTOC until after the copy is complete.
Files may be selected based upon the expiration date using the EXPIRED operand. Without EXPIRED, the entire volume will be copied. When not copying an entire disk, caution must be exercised because the VTOC extent from the input disk is also copied. If there are additional files which reside outside the area restricted for copy, those files will still be reflected in the VTOC. The Dr.D
FUNCTION=DELETE command (refer to page 176) may be used to remove any
unwanted VTOC entries.
COPY=CURRENT Page 87
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
COPY=CURRENT
CK=YES|NO
EOF=YES
COPY=CURRENT Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
No
No
No
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
No
No
No
No
No
RSYSNO=SYSnnn
RVOLID=xxxxxx
SEQNO=nn
SSYSNO=SYSnnn
SVOLID=xxxxxx
UPSI=012345678
VOLOUT=xxxxxx
Note 1
Note 1
No
Note 2
Note 2
No
No
Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of
RSYSNO.
Note 2: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.
COpy=CUrrent
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: CO=CU
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during copy of volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Global?
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Page 88 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
EOf=YEs
Use this operand on CKD and ECKD devices to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until an EOF is detected. If this operand is omitted, the entire extent of each file, as denoted in the VTOC, will be copied.
Abbreviation: EO=YE
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value
Y
N
Action
Select all files regardless of expiration date.
Select only unexpired files (default).
O
O+n
O-n
yyddd
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
yyddd+n yyddd-n
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
COPY=CURRENT Page 89
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a copy operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the copy operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of
RSYSNO.
Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn
RVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the current volser of the output (target) volume during a copy operation.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this copy among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job
Page 90 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the input (source) disk during a copy operation. SSYSNO=SYS001 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the copy operation, it is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used in place of
SSYSNO.
Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn
SVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the volser of the input (source) volume during a copy operation.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VOlout=xxxxxx
VOLOUT is used to set the volume serial number of the output (target) disk being restored. The default, if this operand is omitted, is to change the output volume serial number to be the same as the volume serial number as the input disk volser.
Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx
COPY=CURRENT Page 91
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Copy active tracks/blocks on disk
This job stream copies only active tracks/blocks on the volume CKDP12 to
CKDP17. Following the restore, the disk volser will be CKDP17.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST
COPY=CURRENT,SV=CKDP12,RV=CKDP17,VO=CKDP17
/*
Page 92 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COPY=DATA
COPY=DATA is designed to perform a disk to disk copy of a single non-VSAM file. It supports direct access (DA) files, sequential disk (SD) files and ISAM files.
It uses PIOCS to read and write the data. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify both the input and output files. The SFILENAME operand identifies the input DLBL filename and RFILENAME identifies the output DLBL filename. Both operands are required and cannot reference the same filename.
Only one file may be copied per control statement.
Dr.D will interrogate the RFILENAME DLBL to ascertain whether the output file is SD, DA or ISAM. For ECKD and CKD disk, an SD file may be copied as a DA and vice-versa. The output file’s extents are completely independent of the input file’s; they may differ in size, placement and device type.
Usually all sequential files and some direct access files have an EOF record after the last data record of the last prime data extent. If this is so, specifying EOF=YES will cause Dr.D to stop copying after reading an EOF record. When copying sequential disk files between device types, EOF=YES is needed because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different. Specification of EOF=YES will insure proper placement and format of the EOF.
For SD files, a logical record count may be obtained through use of the LR=
(Logical Record Length) operand and specification of UPSI bit 2 (UPSI XX1) specified via Job Control, UPSI operand or default UPSI value. For variable blocked files, only the UPSI is required.
Using The RMODE Operand
The RMODE (Restore Mode) is an internal switch in Dr.D that is set and used when writing the output file. Set RMODE to either an 'I' for image or 'S' for squeeze.
When set to 'I', Dr.D writes the output file as a mirror image of the input file.
Partially used tracks, unused tracks, records out of sequence on a track, all appear copied in the same format.
When RMODE is set to 'S', the full track capacity of the output disk is employed.
If there are any partial or unused tracks in the input extent, that unused area is dropped and ignored. As many data records as can be accommodated are written on each track. Also, any records that are out of sequence on a input track are written in the physical order they appear on the input track. However, all records written on a track are sequentially numbered.
When copying a DA data file, RMODE is set to 'I' to accommodate the majority of applications using DA files. Thus, if relative track addressing is used, the DA file may be relocated and still accessed.
When copying an SD file, RMODE is set to 'S' if it is copied to a new disk type.
COPY=DATA Page 93
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Specifying RMODE=I or RMODE=S will override the default as described above.
The only reason for specifying this override is in conversion of direct access from one disk type to another.
Using The SYNC Operand
Dr.D processes multi-extent data files as normally expected under VSE. The size and number of extents of the input file and output file are independent of each other. Upon copying, Dr.D will fill each extent in order, switching to the next extent as the current one becomes full (the input and output extents are treated asynchronously).
However, sometimes you might want to switch output extents before each fills up. Using the SYNC=YES operand will cause the input and output files' extents to become 'SYNCHRONIZED'.
As an example, if there were 100 and 200 records respectively in the first and second extents of a input file, then there will be exactly 100 and 200 records, respectively, in the first and second extents of the output file (even though they might be able to hold more). Whenever SYNC=YES is specified, the output file must have as many extents as the input file and each output extent must be able to accommodate at least as many records as its corresponding input extent.
Putting SYNC=YES for an ISAM file will be ignored.
Control Statement Operands
COPY=DATA Operand Summary
Operand
COPY=DATA
BLOCKSIZE=n
CK=YES|NO
EOF=YES
GR=nnn
LRECSIZE=n
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RFILENAME=filename
RMODE=I|S
RP=YES|NO
R0=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SFILENAME=filename
SYNC=YES
UPSI=012345678
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Page 94 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COpy=DAta
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: CO=DA
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the size of a copy work area. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D
execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using
CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
EOf=YEs
Use this operand on CKD and ECKD devices to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until an EOF is detected. Because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different between device types, the EOF=YES operand is needed to insure proper placement and format of the EOF when copying SD files between device types.
Abbreviation: EO=YE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LRecsize=n
Specify this operand to enable display of both the number of records copied in addition to the number of blocks copied. It identifies the length of each logical
COPY=DATA Page 95
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE record found in an input file containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.
Abbreviation: LR=n
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement for the output file. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
Page 96 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RMode=I|S
This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the copy.
Value Action
I Copy file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks.
S Copy file in Squeeze mode. In this mode, as many input blocks as possible are written to each output track. Unused tracks or portions of track on the saved extent are skipped over, and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device, using the full capacity of the track.
This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.
Suppose your input file resides on a 3375 and it is to be copied it to a 3380. If the
3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.
Likewise, if the 3375 had a completely blank track, so will the 3380. In other words, RMODE=I copies on a track by track basis exactly mirroring the input extent. On the other hand, specifying RMODE=S informs Dr.D to use the full track capacity of the output device.
RMODE defaults to 'IMAGE' (RMODE=I) unless the file type is SD and the disk type changes, it may be necessary to override that assumption due to a peculiarity in the nature of the file. For SD files, RMODE defaults to ‘SQUEEZE’
(RMODE=S).
Abbreviation: RM=I|S
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
R0=YEs|NO
'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved or restored. If the R0 records are in standard format, then it is usually not necessary to restore them, and restore time can be reduced substantially. Certain file types (COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.
Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO
COPY=DATA Page 97
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this copy among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be copied. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: SF=filename
SYnc=YEs
Normally Dr.D will treat a multi-extent output disk area as one contiguous prime data area. Specifying SYNC=YES will cause the same number of records to be written in each extent as were read from the saved extent (the save and restore extents are synchronized). Thus, when SYNC=YES operand is used the number of extents in the saved and restored files must be the same and each restore extent must be large enough to contain the number of records to contain its corresponding save extent.
Abbreviation: SY=YE
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
Page 98 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Copy SD file
This example copies a sequential disk (SD) file from PACK01 to PACK02. If both devices are the same device type, the output file will be a “mirror image” of the input file (RMODE=I is default when device types are the same). If the device types are different, Dr.D will “squeeze” the output file thereby maximizing the capacities of the output device type (RMODE=S is default when device types are different). The copy will stop when the end-of-file (EOF) is read on the input file.
Because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different between device types, the EOF=YES operand is needed to insure proper placement and format of the EOF.
// ASSGN SYS001,132
// ASSGN SYS002,2C2
// DLBL INPUT,'INPUT.FILE'
// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,0,20,380
// DLBL OUTPUT,'OUTPUT.FILE',2099/365
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,0,19,380
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=DATA,SFILENAME=INPUT,RFILENAME=OUTPUT,EOF=YES
/*
Example: Copy DA file
This example assumes a DA file organized in the following manner: While the records are randomly scattered throughout the disk, the entire extent has been, in fact, originally pre-formatted with 'X' number of 'EMPTY' blocks per track. As a result, there are only 'EMPTY' blocks containing no data. Each record is accessed by randomizing its key to a relative track and record address. One file resides on a 3350. The example transfers it to a 3380.
Note: If 'RM=S' is not on the control card, it will produce the same number of blocks per track on both devices. This program is modified to use the full capacity of the 3380 track. As a result, the example squeezes as many blocks per track as possible onto the 3380.
// ASSGN SYS001,132
// ASSGN SYS002,1C2
// DLBL F3350,'F3350',,DA
// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,20,380
// DLBL F3380,'F3380',2099/365,DA
// EXTENT SYS002,111111,1,0,19,380
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=DATA,SFILENAME=F3350,RFILENAME=F3380,RMODE=SQUEEZE
/*
COPY=DATA Page 99
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Copy multiple extents to a single extent
This example creates a job stream to copy a three extent file to a single extent file.
// ASSGN SYS001,111
// DLBL MULTI,’MULTI.EXTENT’
// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,20,20
// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,1,40,20
// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,2,60,20
// DLBL SINGLE,’SINGLE.EXTENT’,2099/365
// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,1000,60
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=DATA,SFILENAME=MULTI,RFILENAME=SINGLE
/*
Example: Split one extent into three
This example splits a single extent file into three.
// ASSGN SYS001,111
// DLBL SINGLE,’SINGLE.EXTENT’
// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,1000,60
// DLBL MULTI,’MULTI.EXTENT’,2099/365
// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,20,20
// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,1,40,20
// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,2,60,20
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
CO=DA,SF=SINGLE,RF=MULTI
/*
Example: Copy multi-extent file with SYNC=YES
This example takes a 3-extent random file on a 3350 and transfers it over to three larger extents on a 3380. At the same time, it keeps all the records in their corresponding extents.
// ASSGN SYS001,111
// DLBL INPUT,'F3350',,DA
// EXTENT SYS001,654321,1,0,20,100
// EXTENT SYS001,654321,1,1,120,100
// EXTENT SYS001,654321,1,2,220,100
// ASSGN SYS001,112
// DLBL OUTPUT,'F3380',2099/365,DA
// EXTENT SYS002,987654,1,0,19,114
// EXTENT SYS002,987654,1,1,133,114
// EXTENT SYS003,987654,1,2,247,114
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=DATA,SFILENAME=INPUT,RFILENAME=OUTPUT,SYNC=YES
/*
Page 100 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COPY=LIBRARY
The COPY=LIBRARY command may be used to copy libraries, sublibraries and/or library members from one library to another (pre-sp2 format libraries are not supported). All sublibraries and members may be copied or only those identified through selection criteria may be copied. Sublibraries and their members may be copied to the same sublib or a different sublib.
Job Control DLBL statements are required to identify the input and output libraries. The filename of the input library is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. The filename of the output library is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the RFILENAME operand.
Both the SFILENAME and RFILENAME operands are required.
The MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT and TSTAMP operands may be used to selectively copy sublibraries and/or members. The MEMBER operand uses library selector statements to select or reject by sublib, member type and/or member name. Library selector statements also allow a sublib and its members to be copied to a different sublib in the output library. The TSTAMP operand bases its selection upon the “last update” date and time.
Dr.D uses two different methods for copying library members. The LIBRARY operand controls the method to use. The default method uses Dr.D's own member and directory input/output routines. The second method invokes LIBR for member and directory input/output. This is accomplished by specifying
LIBRARY=LIBR. The two methods differ in several aspects: 1) The LIBR method requires more GETVIS memory and more free space in the library, but may be more suitable for libraries in active use. 2) The LIBR method changes the dates of the each member copied to the current date while Dr.D’s input/output routines retains the dates of the input member during the copy.
When using Dr.D’s own member and directory input/output routines, you may specify the ADD or NEW values with the LIBRARY operand. The ADD value is the default and will merge the input sublib(s) and member(s) into an existing library. The NEW value informs Dr.D that the output library is to be created prior to the copying of sublibraries and members.
Listing of sublibrary and member names can be controlled by use of the
FORMAT and PRINT operands.
COPY=LIBRARY Page 101
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
COPY=LIBRARY
BLOCKSIZE=n
UPSI=012345678
COPY=LIBRARY Operand Summary
Operand
FORMAT=A|B|C|D|E
GR=nnn
LIBRARY=ADD|NEW|LIBR
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH|YES
RFILENAME=filename
RP=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SFILENAME=filename
TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
COpy=LIbrary
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: CO=LI
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length for a work area. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Page 102 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FOrmat=A|B|C|D|E
Specify this operand to control the listing of sublibrary and members names as they are being processed and where the information will be issued (SYSLOG or
SYSLST).
Value Action
A
B
C
Enable display of member names and sublib names on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.
Enable display of member names on SYSLST only. Sublib names are displayed on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.
Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLST only.
D
E
Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLOG only.
Do not display member names or sublib names on either SYSLOG and
SYSLST. This is the default.
This operand works in conjunction with the PRINT operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FO=A|B|C|D|E
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LIbrary=Add|New|Libr
Use this operand to define how data will be copied to the output library.
Value Action
ADD
NEW
Merges sublibraries and members selected from the input library into an existing library. Any existing members being copied|restored are replaced. Any sublib or member not currently in the library will be added. All existing sublibraries and members not being copied|restored will not be modified. This is the default.
Deletes all existing sublibraries and members in the output library prior to the copy.
LIBR Uses the LIBR i/o routines in place of the Dr.D physical i/o routines.
COPY=LIBRARY Page 103
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: LI=A|N|L
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MEmber=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more library selector statements immediately follow this statement. The library selector statements may be used to specify the sublibrary(s), member type(s) and/or member name(s) to be selected
(MEMBER=SELECT) or rejected (MEMBER=REJECT).
There are several types of library selector statements. Sublibrary selectors are prefixed by a ‘+’ sign. Member type selectors are prefixed by a ‘!’ sign. For COPY and RESTORE operations, a “to-sublib” name may be specified by prefixing the
“to-sublib” name with a ‘&’ sign. All other selector statements, without an above mentioned prefix, will be considered member name selectors.
All selector statements, with the exception of the “to-sublib” specification, may be either the full or generic name. When specifying a generic name, any position containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match. An asterisk (*) may be used at the end of the name to cause the matching selection to be based upon only those characters preceding the ‘*’. A single ‘*’, without any preceding characters, will result in selecting all.
An additional statement is required to terminate library selector statements. As
with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement
may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Abbreviation: ME=SE|RE
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Page 104 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|Both|YEs
LIST enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on
SYSLST only. YES enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be displayed on SYSLOG. BOTH causes the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on SYSLST and the same report to be displayed on
SYSLOG. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the library to be restored, defined or extended. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this copy among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the VSE library’s Job Control DLBL statement.
The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas. If omitted, filename defaults to SYSLIB.
Abbreviation: SF=filename
TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting
COPY=LIBRARY Page 105
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value). Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.
The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean
Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day
2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.
The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:
TS=-0
TS=>-1.1200
TS=>-6
TS=01100
TS=>01100.1450
TS=<01100
TS=99100
TS=>99100.1450
TS=<99100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100
Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
Page 106 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Copy entire library to an existing library
This example copies the entire PROD library to the TEST library. The TEST library must already exist. Because the LIBRARY operand is omitted, it defaults to ADD. No report is generated.
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA251
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=LIBRARY,SFILENAME=PROD,RFILENAME=TEST
/*
Example: Create a new library using copy
This example copies the entire PROD library to the TEST library. The TEST library does not exist, it will be created immediately prior to the copy. No report is generated.
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY',2099/365
// EXTENT SYS002,FBA251,1,0,1500,100000
// ASSGN SYS002,251
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=LIBRARY,SFILENAME=PROD,RFILENAME=TEST,LIBRARY=NEW
/*
Example: Copy a library with report generation
This example copies the entire PROD library to the TEST library. The sublibraries that are copied will be displayed on the console and both the sublib names and member names copied will be reported on SYSLST.
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA251
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=LIBRARY,SF=PROD,RF=TEST,FORMAT=B,PRINT=YES,UP=111
/*
COPY=LIBRARY Page 107
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Copy selected sublib to different sublib
This example copies all members of the PROD.PR$260 sublibrary to
TEST.PR$261 sublibrary. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA251
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=LIBRARY,SF=PROD,RF=TEST,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT
+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY PR$260
&PR$261 COPY-TO PR$261
/@ TERMINATES SELECTION
/*
Example: Copy selected members to different sublib
This example copies all phases starting with IJZ which reside in the
PROD.PR$260 sublibrary to TEST.PR$261 sublibrary. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA251
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=LIBRARY,SF=PROD,RF=TEST,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT
+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY PR$260
&PR$261 COPY-TO PR$261
!PHASE SELECT TYPE 'PHASE'
IJZ///// SELECT MEMBERS PREFIXED BY 'IJZ'
/@ TERMINATES SELECTION
/*
Page 108 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COPY=PHYSICAL
Dr.D enables users to copy portions of a disk on a physical track/block basis, independent of Volumes, Data Files, or Libraries.
This function is valuable for its ability to manipulate data at the physical level.
This poses some risk in terms of security and possible inadvertent damage to critical data. For that reason, it may be wise to limit its use to qualified authorized personnel. This can be achieved by limiting access to one Dr.D
module, DOCTOR02. If a security package is available, the use of DOCTOR02 can be easily controlled, otherwise DOCTOR02 can be placed in a restricted library, or kept on tape and only restored by authorized persons.
This function offers some useful benefits. For example, consider a disk where the third track in the VTOC has been corrupted. All of the VTOC labels are in the first two tracks, but even though the files are accessible, no new files can be added. If we could restore track 4 to track 3, then the VTOC would be fixed and usable. Using Dr.D on a physical track basis, the VTOC can be repaired quickly without unloading/reloading the disk's files.
The disk to be restored is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLSID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.
Dr.D uses the RBEGIN operand to determine the track/block address where the restore will begin. The RHALT operand is used to dictate the track/block address where the restore will cease. The disk addresses entered are one to eight numeric digits in length.
If the target disk is a ECKD or CKD type, the two digits at the extreme right are assumed to be the head number, with the rest of the number as the cylinder number. If the target disk is an FBA type, the whole number is the FBA block number. In any case, leading zeros are not required. If an ending address is not entered, it is made equal to the start address and a single track/FBA block operation is performed.
Whenever you are restoring in the physical mode, you must specify the Restore
Mode operand, RMODE. There are four options available for RMODE.
The default is Image mode (RMODE=I). Under this mode, the restore is performed on a track by track basis so that the output mirrors the input. Because of the architecture on FBA devices, Image mode is the only mode needed.
Squeeze mode (RMODE=S), applicable to ECKD and CKD restores only, will cause Dr.D to restore the extent putting the maximum number of records it can fit on each track. Consider the following:
COPY=PHYSICAL Page 109
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Three tracks on a 3380 are saved that look like:
TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC
TRACK 2 NO RECORDS - ERASED TRACK
TRACK 3 15000-BYTE REC, 5000-BYTE REC
Restoring those three tracks with RMODE=I would yield the exact same layout:
TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC
TRACK 2 NO RECORDS - ERASED TRACK
TRACK 3 15000-BYTE REC, 5000-BYTE REC
However, if the same operation is done with RMODE=S, the restored tracks would look like:
TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC
TRACK 2 5000-BYTE REC
TRACK 3 UNTOUCHED
Add-on mode (RMODE=A) will cause Dr.D to restore the input blocks adding them at the CCHHR address specified by RBEGIN.
If Update mode (RMODE=U) is specified, the contents of each input block is
'UPDATED' into the existing blocks of the output extent, allowing individual blocks on a track to be updated without erasing other blocks on that track.
Because Add-on and Update modes (RMODE=A|U) can operate at the record level, a suffix must be appended to the RBEGIN and RHALT operands. Use the suffix Rnnn if record (block) level processing is required. Both Add-on and
Update modes are applicable to ECKD and CKD restores only.
For additional protection, it is recommended that UPSI bit 0 be set to 0. This allows you to insure the correct disk volume is being restored and the correct input tape is being used. If UPSI bit 0 is set to 1, the restore operation will occur without operator intervention.
When restoring non-VSE initialized disk (e.g. VM minidisk), the AREA operand is required. AREA=SELECT may be used to define the track/blocks on the save tape that are to be restored to the RBEGIN/RHALT addresses. AREA=REJECT may be used to restore the all tracks/blocks between the RBEGIN/RHALT addresses with the exception of specific track/block addresses. The RBEGIN operand is always required.
*WARNING*: You should never copy the first track of the VTOC of one disk to the same track of a VTOC on another disk unless neither disk has alternate tracks assigned. If either disk has alternate tracks, it could result in two or more defective tracks assigned to the same alternate.
Page 110 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
COPY=PHYSICAL
CK=YES|NO
COPY=PHYSICAL Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
CBEGIN=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
CHALT=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
Note 1
Note 2
No
CSYSNO=SYSnnn
CVOLID=volser
GR=nnn
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
Note 3
Note 3
No
No
No
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RBEGIN=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RHALT=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RMODE=I|S|U|A
RP=YES|NO
RSYSNO=SYSnnn
RVOLID=xxxxxx
SBEGIN=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
SEQNO=nn
SHALT=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
SSYSNO=SYSnnn
SVOLID=xxxxxx
UPSI=012345678
VM=NO|YES
No
No
Note 1
Note 2
Yes
No
Note 3
Note 3
Note 1
No
Note 2
Note 3
Note 3
No
No
Note 1: RBEGIN and SBEGIN are required. If both reflect the same track/block addresses, they may be replaced by the CBEGIN operand.
Note 2: RHALT and SHALT are required if copying multiple tracks/blocks. If only copying a single track/block, they are optional. When used, if both reflect the same track/block addresses, they may be replaced by the CHALT operand.
Note 3: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required for the source disk and either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required for the target disk. If both the source and target disk are the same, you may use either
CSYSNO or CVOLID. It is recommended that the xVOLID operand be used at all times in place of xSYSNO.
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Global?
No
No
No
No
COPY=PHYSICAL Page 111
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COpy=PHysical
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: CO=PH
CBegin=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
Use this operand when the starting track/block of a copy operation is the same on both the source and target packs. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to
6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn (where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
Abbreviation: CB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
CHalt=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
Use this operand when the stopping track/block of a copy operation is the same on both the source and target packs. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to
6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn (where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
Abbreviation: CH=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using
CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
CSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand when copying from one portion of a disk to another on the same disk. The value specified may be any valid system number.
Abbreviation: CS=SYSnnn
CVolid=volser
Use this operand to specify the 6-character volume serial number when copying from one portion of a disk to another on the same disk.
Page 112 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: CV=volser
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
This operand is used during volume backup/restore to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space. HV=NO is default. HV=YES should be used on the first disk save/restore within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This
COPY=PHYSICAL Page 113
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RBegin=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where a copy is to begin on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn
(where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with
RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
This operand is required unless the RBEGIN value is the same as the SBEGIN value. In this case CBEGIN may be used.
Abbreviation: RB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RHalt=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block where a copy is to stop on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn
(where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with
RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
This operand is required unless the RHALT value is the same as the SHALT value. In this case CHALT may be used.
If SHALT is not specified because only a single track/block is being copied, do not specify either RHALT or SHALT.
Abbreviation: RH=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RMode=I|S|U|A
This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the copy.
Value Action
I
S
Copy data in Image mode. The output tracks/blocks will be a mirror image of the input tracks/blocks. This is the default option.
Copy data in Squeeze mode. In this mode, as many input blocks as possible are written to each output track. Unused tracks or portions of track on the input extent are skipped over, and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device, using the full capacity of the track.
This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.
U Copy data in Update mode. The contents of each input block is
'UPDATED' into the existing blocks of the output extent, allowing individual blocks on a track to be updated without erasing other blocks on that track. This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD
Page 114 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Value Action
devices.
A Copy data in Add-on mode. In this mode, input blocks are added to existing data by adding them at the CCHHR address specified by
RBEGIN. This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.
Suppose the input disk is a 3375 and it is being copied to a 3380. If the 3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.
Likewise, if the 3375 had a completely blank track, so will the 3380. In other words, RMODE=I copies on a track by track basis exactly mirroring the input extent. On the other hand, specifying RMODE=S informs Dr.D to use the full track capacity of the output device.
Abbreviation: RM=I|S|U|A
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a restore operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D
but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the restore or copy operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.
If this operand is used, it is required unless copying from one location on a disk to another location on the same disk. In this case CSYSNO may be used.
Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn
RVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the volser of the output (target) volume during a restore operation.
If this operand is used, it is required unless copying from one location on a disk to another location on the same disk. In this case CVOLID may be used.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx
SBegin=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where the copy is to begin on the source device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder
COPY=PHYSICAL Page 115
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and
ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn (where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
This operand is required unless the SBEGIN value is the same as the RBEGIN value. In this case CBEGIN may be used.
Abbreviation: SB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this copy among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SHalt=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block on the source device during a save or copy operation. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn (where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
If copying only a single track/block, omit the SHALT specification. In all other instances, SHALT is required. If the SHALT value is the same as the RHALT value, CHALT may be used.
Abbreviation: SH=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
SSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the input (source) disk during a copy operation. SSYSNO=SYS001 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the copy operation, it is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used in place of
SSYSNO.
If this operand is used, it is required unless copying from one location on a disk to another location on the same disk. In this case CSYSNO may be used.
Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn
SVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser during a copy operation.
If this operand is used, it is required unless copying from one location on a disk to another location on the same disk. In this case CVOLID may be used.
Page 116 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VM=NO|YEs
Use this operand to when restoring non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk) on CKD and ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks.
Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES
COPY=PHYSICAL Page 117
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Physically copy tracks to same location on different pack
This example copies tracks 100 through 119 from a 3380 (volser=PCK1C1) to the same location on a different 3380 (volser=PCK1C2). The tracks are copied in
“image” mode.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=PHYSICAL,SVOLID=PCK1C1,RVOLID=PCK1C2,CBEGIN=610,CHALT=714,RMODE=I
/*
Example: Physically copy tracks to different location on different pack
This example copies tracks 100 through 119 from a 3380 (volser=PCK1C1) to tracks 200 through 219 on a 3390 (volser=PCK1C2). Because the copy is being done between different device types, “squeeze” mode is being used.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
CO=PH,SV=PCK1C1,RV=PCK1C2,SB=610,SH=714,RB=1305,RH=1409,RM=S
/*
Example: Physically copy tracks to different location on same pack
This example copies 1 track from track 100 on a 3380 (volser=PCK1C1) to track
101 on the same pack. The track is copied in “image” mode.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
CO=PH,CV=PCK1C1,SB=610,RB=611,RM=I
/*
Example: Physically copy in add-on mode (RM=A)
This example copies a single block from cylinder 6 head 1 record 5, adding it to cylinder 9 head 2 at record 7. The rest of the receiving track is erased. Using this method, it is possible to gather blocks from various disk locations and put them together at a desired location. If SHALT and RHALT are used, multiple blocks can be copied by one command.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
CO=NO,UP=111,PR=BOTH
CO=PH,CV=CKD476,SB=601R5,RB=902R7,RM=A
/*
Page 118 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Physically copy in update mode (RM=U)
This example copies the data in a single block at cylinder 6 head 1 record 5 into the single block at cylinder 9 head 2 record 7. No other blocks on the receiving track are affected. If SHALT and RHALT are used, multiple blocks can be updated by one command. If the copied block is larger than the updated block, only the data that will fit is copied. If it is smaller, then the remainder of the receiving block is left as found.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
CO=NO,UP=111,PR=BOTH
CO=PH,CV=CKD476,SB=601R5,RB=902R7,RM=U
/*
Example: Physically copy entire cylinders
This example copies the entire second cylinder from a 3380 (volser=PCK131) to a different 3380 (volser=PCK132).
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
CO=NO,UP=111,PR=LIST
CO=PH,SVOLID=PCK131,RVOLID=PCK132,CBEGIN=100,CHALT=114
/*
COPY=PHYSICAL Page 119
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COPY=SDISK
COPY=SDISK is designed to perform a disk to disk copy of a single non-VSAM file. It only supports sequential disk (SD) files and uses LIOCS to read and write the data. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify both the input and output files. The SFILENAME operand identifies the input DLBL filename and
RFILENAME identifies the output DLBL filename. Both operands are required and cannot reference the same filename. Only one file may be copied per control statement.
The output file’s extents are completely independent of the input file’s; they may differ in size, placement and device type.
Usually all sequential files have an EOF record after the last data record of the last prime data extent. If this is so, specifying EOF=YES will cause Dr.D to stop copying after reading an EOF record. When copying sequential disk files between device types, EOF=YES is needed because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different. Specification of EOF=YES will insure proper placement and format of the EOF.
A logical record count may be obtained through use of the LRECSIZE= (Logical
Record Length) operand and specification of UPSI bit 2 (UPSI XX1) specified via
Job Control, UPSI operand or default UPSI value. For variable blocked files, only the UPSI is required.
Using The RMODE Operand
The RMODE (Restore Mode) is an internal switch in Dr.D that is set and used when writing the output file. Set RMODE to either an 'I' for image or 'S' for squeeze.
When set to 'I', Dr.D writes the output file as a mirror image of the input file.
Partially used tracks, unused tracks, records out of sequence on a track, all appear copied in the same format.
When RMODE is set to 'S', the full track capacity of the output disk is employed.
If there are any partial or unused tracks in the input extent, that unused area is dropped and ignored. As many data records as can be accommodated are written on each track. Also, any records that are out of sequence on a input track are written in the physical order they appear on the input track. However, all records written on a track are sequentially numbered.
When copying an SD file, RMODE is set to 'S' if it is copied to a new disk type.
Specifying RMODE=I or RMODE=S will override the default as described above.
The only reason for specifying this override is in conversion of direct access from one disk type to another.
Page 120 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Using The SYNC Operand
Dr.D processes multi-extent data files as normally expected under VSE. The size and number of extents of the input file and output file are independent of each other. Upon copying, Dr.D will fill each extent in order, switching to the next extent as the current one becomes full (the input and output extents are treated asynchronously).
However, sometimes you might want to switch output extents before each fills up. Using the SYNC=YES operand will cause the input and output files' extents to become 'SYNCHRONIZED'.
As an example, if there were 100 and 200 records respectively in the first and second extents of a input file, then there will be exactly 100 and 200 records, respectively, in the first and second extents of the output file (even though they might be able to hold more). Whenever SYNC=YES is specified, the output file must have as many extents as the input file and each output extent must be able to accommodate at least as many records as its corresponding input extent.
Control Statement Operands
COPY=SDISK Operand Summary
Operand
COPY=SDISK
BLOCKSIZE=n
CK=YES|NO
EOF=YES
GR=nnn
LRECSIZE=n
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RFILENAME=filename
RMODE=I|S
RP=YES|NO
R0=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SFILENAME=filename
SYNC=YES
UPSI=012345678
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
COPY=SDISK Page 121
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COpy=SDisk
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: CO=SD
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the size of a copy work area. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D
execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using
CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
EOf=YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue copying an extent on CKD and ECKD devices continues until a EOF is detected. Because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different between device types, the EOF=YES operand is needed to insure proper placement and format of the EOF when copying SD files between device types.
Abbreviation: EO=YE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
Page 122 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
LRecsize=n
Specify this operand to enable display of both the number of records copied in addition to the number of blocks copied. It identifies the length of each logical record found in an input file containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.
Abbreviation: LR=n
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement for the output file. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
COPY=SDISK Page 123
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RMode=I|S
This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the copy.
Value Action
I Copy file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks.
S Copy file in Squeeze mode. In this mode, as many input blocks as possible are written to each output track. Unused tracks or portions of track on the saved extent are skipped over, and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device, using the full capacity of the track.
This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.
Suppose your input file resides on a 3375 and it is to be copied it to a 3380. If the
3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.
Likewise, if the 3375 had a completely blank track, so will the 3380. In other words, RMODE=I copies on a track by track basis exactly mirroring the input extent. On the other hand, specifying RMODE=S informs Dr.D to use the full track capacity of the output device.
RMODE defaults to 'IMAGE' (RMODE=I) unless the file type is SD and the disk type changes, it may be necessary to override that assumption due to a peculiarity in the nature of the file. For SD files, RMODE defaults to ‘SQUEEZE’
(RMODE=S).
Abbreviation: RM=I|S
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
R0=YEs|NO
'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved or restored. If the R0 records are in standard format, then it is usually not necessary to restore them, and restore time can be reduced substantially. Certain file types (COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.
Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO
Page 124 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this copy among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be copied. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: SF=filename
SYnc=YEs
Normally Dr.D will treat a multi-extent output disk area as one contiguous prime data area. Specifying SYNC=YES will cause the same number of records to be written in each extent as were read from the saved extent (the save and restore extents are synchronized). Thus, when SYNC=YES operand is used the number of extents in the saved and restored files must be the same and each restore extent must be large enough to contain the number of records to contain its corresponding save extent.
Abbreviation: SY=YE
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
COPY=SDISK Page 125
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Copy SD file
This example copies a sequential disk (SD) file from PACK01 to PACK02. If both devices are the same device type, the output file will be a “mirror image” of the input file (RMODE=I is default when device types are the same). If the device types are different, Dr.D will “squeeze” the output file thereby maximizing the capacities of the output device type (RMODE=S is default when device types are different). The copy will stop when the end-of-file (EOF) is read on the input file.
Because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different between device types, the EOF=YES operand is needed to insure proper placement and format of the EOF.
// ASSGN SYS001,132
// ASSGN SYS002,2C2
// DLBL INPUT,'INPUT.FILE'
// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,0,20,380
// DLBL OUTPUT,'OUTPUT.FILE',2099/365
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,0,19,380
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=SDISK,SFILENAME=INPUT,RFILENAME=OUTPUT,EOF=YES
/*
Example: Copy multiple extents to a single extent
This example creates a job stream to copy a three extent file to a single extent file.
// ASSGN SYS001,132
// ASSGN SYS002,2C2
// DLBL MULTI,’MULTI.EXTENT’
// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,0,20,20
// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,1,40,20
// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,2,60,20
// DLBL SINGLE,’SINGLE.EXTENT’,2099/365
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,0,1000,60
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=SDISK,SFILENAME=MULTI,RFILENAME=SINGLE
/*
Page 126 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Split one extent into three
This example splits a single extent file into three.
// ASSGN SYS001,2C2
// ASSGN SYS002,132
// DLBL SINGLE,’SINGLE.EXTENT’,2099/365
// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,0,1000,60
// DLBL MULTI,’MULTI.EXTENT’
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,0,20,20
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,1,40,20
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,2,60,20
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
CO=SD,SF=SINGLE,RF=MULTI
/*
Example: Copy multi-extent file with SYNC=YES
This example takes a 3-extent SD file on a 3350 and transfers it over to three larger extents on a 3380. At the same time, it keeps all the records in their corresponding extents.
// ASSGN SYS001,150
// ASSGN SYS002,280
// DLBL INPUT,'F3350'
// EXTENT SYS001,PACK50,1,0,20,100
// EXTENT SYS001,PACK50,1,1,120,100
// EXTENT SYS001,PACK50,1,2,220,100
// DLBL OUTPUT,'F3380',2099/365
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK80,1,0,19,114
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK80,1,1,133,114
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK80,1,2,247,114
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=SDISK,SFILENAME=INPUT,RFILENAME=OUTPUT,SYNC=YES
/*
COPY=SDISK Page 127
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COPY=VSAM
The COPY=VSAM command is designed to copy a single VSAM data file (either
SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE) to another VSAM file (either SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE). Only one file per Dr.D control statement is copied.
A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the input file and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. A Job Control DLBL statement is also required to identify the output file and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the
RFILENAME operand. An alternative to the specification of a Job Control DLBL for a suballocated output file is to use the RCAT and RIDENT operands in place of the RFILENAME operand.
When copying to a VSAM unique file where Dr.D is required to invoke VSAM for file definition, two additional label sets are required for a unique KSDS file and one additional label set is required for a unique ESDS or RRDS file:
// DLBL UNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM
"
DLBL for RFILENAME operand
// DLBL DNIQUE,,,VSAM
"
DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS ESDS RRDS
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
// DLBL XNIQUE,,,VSAM
"
DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS only
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
The filename to be used is the value specified through the RFILENAME operand where the first character is altered to the letter ‘D’ (to identify the data component) or to the letter ‘X’ (to identify the index component). Therefore, do not specify an RFILENAME value beginning with the letter ‘D’ or ‘X’. Any specified file-id will be ignored since VSAM always uses the name of the component as the file-id. Extent information is required to identify where on the target volume each component is to reside. No additional label set is required for the VSAM internally created index component of RRDS files containing variable-length records since that component requires suballocation data space.
VSAM Automatic Definition Feature
The Dr.D VSAM Automatic Definition Feature simplifies copying VSAM files by eliminating the need for a separate IDCAMS job step. The definition associated with the input may be used as the basis for defining the output file during the process. The use of this feature is optional and is controlled using the AUTO= operand. The default for this operand is AUTO=YES.
With the AUTO=YES operand in effect, Dr.D examines the target VSAM catalog
(after adjusting for any requested name changes) and selects one of the following actions:
•
If the file does not exist in the target catalog, Dr.D defines a new file using the definition associated with the input.
Page 128 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
•
If the file does exist in the target catalog but contains no records, Dr.D will copy into the empty file.
•
If the file does exist in the target catalog but is not empty, Dr.D will reuse the file if possible (even if the file is not defined as reusable). If the file cannot be reused, Dr.D deletes and defines a new file.
Use of the FD= operand allows this logic to be altered to allow files to be redefined unconditionally, optionally with the primary allocation recalculated.
In addition, the listing generated when IDCAMS is invoked for a delete/define can also be obtained by specifying the IDCAMS=PRINT operand.
When the cluster names of the input and output are the same, the component
(data and index) names will be maintained by the Automatic Definition Feature.
If the cluster names are different, the component names of the file created by the
Automatic Definition Feature will be VSAM generated system names. These may be overridden by use of IDCAMS style overrides described under Automatic
Definition Override Feature.
VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature
Users of the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature can override several attributes when the file is defined using the additional operands for modifying definitions.
The available operands are:
Operand Function
BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N
CDATA=dataprimaryusecls/
datasecondaryusecls|N
Override the BUFFERSPACE specification.
Override the data allocation classes.
CFACTOR=n|0
DATE=yyddd|+n|0
Change the space occupied.
CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N
Change the data and index CI sizes.
CX=idxprimaryusecls/
idxsecondaryusecls|0
Override the index allocation classes.
Override VSAM TO/FOR specification.
FD=C|D|M
FREESPACE=cifreespace/
cafreespace|N
RVOLID=xxxxxx|
(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Primary allocation recalculation.
Override the FREESPACE specification.
Override the VOLUME specification.
SOPTION=datashroptions/
idxshroptions|N
VCOMPRESS=YES
XL=YES|NO
Override the SHAREOPTION specification.
Set the “COMPRESSED” attribute.
Set the “EXTRALARGEDATASET” attribute.
COPY=VSAM Page 129
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
In addition, nearly any definition attribute may be overridden by supplying
IDCAMS style parameters. This option of override is invoked by specifying the
AUTO=OVERRIDE (rather than AUTO=YES).
When using IDCAMS style overrides, each override statement must begin with
‘CLUSTER’, ‘DATA’, or ‘INDEX’ to denote which component the override applies to and the operands and their values must be wholly contained within positions 1 through 72 of the statement. More than one operand and its value can be contained on one statement but an operand and its value can not be split across statements.
Multivolume VSAM Catalogs
If all the volume serial numbers in the input definition are currently volumes owned by the target catalog, the same volume serial numbers are used in the definition. If any of the volume serial numbers in the input definition are not currently volumes owned by the target catalog, only the catalog owned volume serial numbers are used in the definition This action can be influenced by:
•
Use the RVOLID= operand to direct the definition to one or more particular volume serial numbers.
•
Use the VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature.
•
Use the AUTO=ROTATE operand to spread allocations across candidate volumes.
VSAM Device Independence
The VSAM Automatic Definition Feature fully supports device independence between the DASD device type used for the input and the DASD device type used when the file is copied.
If the DASD device type is different when the copy begins, the space allocations for the file are adjusted in proportion to the relative track capacities (or FBA blocksize) of the two DASD device types. Full independence between CKD,
ECKD and FBA architecture is supported
Control Statement Operands
Operand
COPY=VSAM
COPY=VSAM Operand Summary
Required?
AUTO=YES|NO|ROTATE|OVERRIDE
BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N
Yes
No
No
CDATA=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
CFACTOR=n|0
No
No
Global?
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 130 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Operand
COPY=VSAM Operand Summary
Required?
CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N
CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
No
No
DATE=yyddd|+n|0
DELETE=pppphh
EOF=S
FAST=YES|NO|CI
FD=C|D|M|N|R
FREESPACE=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
GR=nnn
HIKEY=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
IDCAMS=PRINT
INSEQUENCE=NO
LOWKEY=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MRECORDS=n
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RCAT=filename
RFILENAME=filename
RIDENT=’file-id’
RP=YES|NO
RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
RWORD=filepassword
SEQNO=nn
SFILENAME=filename
SOPTION=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
SWORD=filepassword
UPSI=012345678
VARIABLE=YES
VBUFF=n
VCOMPRESS=YES
VSTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P
VUSE=CA|IG|NU|SA|OP
XL=YES|NO
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
No
No
No
Note 2
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
COPY=VSAM Page 131
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Note 1: RFILENAME= is required or, if not used, both RCAT= and RIDENT= would be required.
Note 2: VARIABLE= is required when input file is variable length.
Page 132 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COpy=VSam
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: CO=VS
AUto=YEs|NO|ROtate|OVerride
Use this operand to control the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature.
Value Action
YES
NO
ROTATE
OVERRIDE
Invoke automatic file definition as necessary (default).
Do not invoke automatic file definition (the target file must be predefined and ready to accept data).
Invoke automatic file definition as necessary rotating the definition for each file component on the next candidate volume (this technique allows the index component to reside on a different volume from the data component causing a more even spread over the candidate volumes).
Modify the file definition using the IDCAMS style operands supplied on subsequent statements. Be sure to also specify the
FD=D operand to assure that the file will be redefined using these modifications.
Each override statement must begin with ‘CLUSTER’,
‘DATA’, or ‘INDEX’ and the operands and their values must be wholly contained within positions 1 through 72 of the statement. More than one operand and its value can be contained on one statement but an operand and its value can not be split across statements. IDCAMS continuation characters are allowed but have no effect. If the ‘VOLUME’ operand cannot be contained within one statement, use multiple statements each beginning with ‘DATA(VOLUMES(‘ or ‘INDEX(VOLUMES(‘.
The override statements are terminated by an end-of-data (/* or /@) statement before the next Dr.D control statement.
Operands are checked for correct spelling. Misspelled operands are ignored without notification. Also, operands are ignored without notification unless specified on the appropriate override statement. For example, specifying the
FREESPACE operand on a CLUSTER override statement will be ignored since the FREESPACE operand applies individually to the DATA and INDEX components.
Abbreviation: AU=YE|NO|RO|OV
COPY=VSAM Page 133
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
BUfferspace=n|1|N
Use this operand to override the bufferspace value for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
If a value greater than 256 is specified, that value is used as the bufferspace for each file.
If a value of 2-256 is specified, the existing bufferspace is multiplied by that value.
If a value of 1 is specified, no bufferspace will be specified when a define is accomplished for this file.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: BU=n|1|N
CData=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
Use this operand to override the data allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CD=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
CFactor=n|0
Use this operand to change the data component space occupied for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. The value specified is a percentage change. A value of 110 would increase the allocation by 10%; a value of 90 would decrease the allocation by 10%. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of 0 is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CF=n|0
CNsize=datacisize/idxcisize|N
Use this operand to override the CISIZE(s) for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CN=datacisize/idxcisize|N
Page 134 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
Use this operand to override the index allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation:
CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
DAte=yyddd|+n|0
Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being defined by the Dr.D
Automatic Definition Feature. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy) Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. Specify 0 to cause no ‘TO’ date to be generated for the VSAM file definition. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n|0
DElete=pppphh
Use this operand to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the copy function. pppp is a 4-digit decimal number (relative to 1 with leading zeros specified and less than 4097) denoting the position in an input record where the single character is located (if used with variable-length records, this position must be in the leading fixed portion of the record). hh is the hexadecimal value of the single character code.
Abbreviation: DE=pppphh
EOf=S
Specify S to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until a software EOF is found, without regard to the input file’s high used RBA (relative byte address).
Abbreviation: EO=S
FAst=YEs|NO|CI
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical
IOCS when copying VSAM files. The output file is identical regardless of this operand being specified as YES or NO. Specify CI to cause Dr.D to copy VSAM files in CI-format. Files saved in CI-format will not be reorged during the copy function. FAST=YES is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO|CI
COPY=VSAM Page 135
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FD=C|D|M|N|R
Use this operand in conjunction with AUTO=YES/ROTATE/OVERRIDE to identify the condition under which file definition should be accomplished. FD=R is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
C
D
The output file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation increased so the output file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.
The output file is deleted and redefined.
M
N
R
The output file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation recomputed based on the high-used RBA of the input file so the output file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.
The file is deleted and redefined unless it is empty or defined as reusable.
The existing definition is to be reset if the file exists (even if not defined as reusable). Otherwise, the file is defined.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FD=C|D|M|N|R
FReespace=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
Use this operand to override the freespace specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: FR=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HIghkey=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the highest key to be selected. If the key contains spaces,
Page 136 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as HI=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the LOWKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If HI= is used by itself, it will select all records from the beginning of the file up to and including the specified key.
Abbreviation: HI=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
IDcams=PRint
Use this operand in conjunction with the PRINT operand to cause printing of
Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature IDCAMS DELETE and DEFINE commands and their corresponding results.
Abbreviation: ID=PR
INsequence=NO
Specify NO to cause a KSDS file to be copied without using the file’s sequence set. Specification of this operand is only effective when FAST=YES is also specified or
defaulted. This technique is useful for recovering a file whose sequence set has been corrupted. Be aware that this operand may cause the file to be saved out of sequence and, if so, it is the user’s responsibility to rebuild the file purging duplicate records and placing the records back into ascending sequence. This task can be accomplished by either:
1. Copying the file to an ESDS, sorting it and then copying it back to the KSDS
2. Save the file to a data tape (DTAPE=YES), sorting it and then restoring it back to the KSDS.
Abbreviation: IN=NO
LOwkey=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the lowest or only key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as LO=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the HIGHKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If LO= is used by itself, it will select records starting with the specified key and continue to end of file.
COPY=VSAM Page 137
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: LO=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MRecords=n
Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records to be copied. Specify MRECORDS=0 to cause the output file to be defined or modified only (with no records copied), depending upon the setting of the FD operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: MR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console before any processing is performed. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RCat=filename
Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog to receive the file to be copied. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.
This operand is required when also specifying RIDENT in place of specifying a
DLBL statement and RFILENAME for the output file.
Page 138 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: RC=filename
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the VSAM file to be restored. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
This operand is required when specifying a DLBL statement for the output file. If using RCAT and RIDENT, do not specify this operand.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
RIdent=’file-id’
Specify the full file-id enclosed in single quotes to indicate the name of the new file being restored.
This operand is required when also specifying RCAT in place of specifying a
DLBL statement and RFILENAME for the output file.
Abbreviation: RI=’file-id’
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RVolid=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to override the VOLUME specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Specify up to 30 volsers
(of those assigned to the RCAT catalog) enclosed in parentheses. If a value of
NO is specified, the file definitions will exclude any data or index volume specification.
Abbreviation: RV=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
RWord=filepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character password of the VSAM file being restored to.
Abbreviation: RW=filepassword
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this copy among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore
COPY=VSAM Page 139
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be copied. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: SF=filename
SOption=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
Use this operand to override the share option specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. The share options are entered as 2 single digit pairs, where the first digit specifies how the component is shared within a single VSE system and the second digit specifies how the component is shared across multiple VSE systems. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: SO=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
SWord=filepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character file read password of the file being copied only if it has a read password defined.
Abbreviation: SW=filepassword
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VAriable=YEs|NO
Dr.D considers a file to contain variable length records if the VSAM catalog definition for RECORDSIZE shows the average record length differing from the maximum record length, regardless of the length of the record(s) actually stored in the file.
Specification of VARIABLE=YES is required if the input file contains variable length records. Specification of VARIABLE=YES for files containing fixed length records will cause no harm. VARIABLE=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D
but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: VA=YE|NO
Page 140 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VBuff=n
For potential enhanced performance, use this operand to increase the amount of internal buffer space used by Dr.D when restoring a VSAM file. The value specified indicates the number of thousands of bytes desired. For example,
VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).
Note: this operand defines the space to allocated for use as Dr.D internal buffers and not the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to be restored (to override the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to restored, see the
BUFFERSPACE operand).
Abbreviation: VB=n
VCompress=YEs
Use this operand to have the compressed attribute specified for the output qualifying VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature.
Dr.D accomplishes qualification for the output using the rules as delineated by
VSAM. This allows files to be copied into compressed format with no need to pre-qualify those files. The FD= operand should be used to assure that file redefinition is performed.
Abbreviation: VC=YE
VStype=K|E|R|N|S|P
Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when copying a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.
Value Action
K
E
Indicates KSDS file.
Indicates ESDS file.
S
P
R
N
Indicates RRDS file.
Indicates non-CI format file.
Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.
Indicates PATH.
Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P
VUse=CAncel|IGnore|NUll|OPerator|SAve
Use this operand to specify the action to be taken when a VSAM file about to be copied is currently in use (i.e., open for update) by another task.
VUSE=CANCEL is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
COPY=VSAM Page 141
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
CANCEL
IGNORE
NULL
OPERATOR
SAVE
Cancel the job.
Do not copy the file.
Copy the file as a null file.
Issue message DOCTOR175 and wait for operator response
(allowed only with FAST=YES).
Copy the file anyway knowing that the results are unpredictable and may cause subsequent access to fail
(allowed only with FAST=YES - with FAST=NO, this value functions the same as VUSE=NULL).
Abbreviation: VU=CA|IG|NU|OP|SA
XL=YEs|NO
This operand specifies whether KSDS files are to be defined with the
'EXTRALARGEDATASET' attribute. If 'NO' is specified, then the attribute is suppressed even if it was present in the saved file. This operand is effective only if an IDCAMS define is initiated- use the FD operand to force delete/define in case the file exists in the receiving catalog.
Abbreviation: XL=YE|NO
Examples
Example: Copy a VSAM file using DLBLs for input and output
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL INPFILE,’INP.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// DLBL OUTFILE,’OUT.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=INPFILE,RFILENAME=OUTFILE
/*
Example: Copy a VSAM file using only input DLBL
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL INPFILE,’INP.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=INPFILE,RCAT=OURCAT,RIDENT=’OUT.VSAM.FILE’
/*
Page 142 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Copy a VSAM file with AUTO=OVERRIDE
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL INPFILE,’INP.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// DLBL OUTFILE,’OUT.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=INPFILE,RFILENAME=OUTFILE,AUTO=OVERRIDE,FD=D
INDEX(NAME(OUT.VSAM.FILE.INDEX))
INDEX (CISZ(512))
DATA(NAME(OUT.VSAM.FILE.DATA))
DATA(CISZ(4096) RECORDS(250 0))
DATA(VOLUMES(FBA240 FBA241 FBA242 FBA243 FBA244 FBA245))
DATA(VOLUMES(FBA251 FBA252 FBA253 FBA254 FBA255))
/@
/*
COPY=VSAM Page 143
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Copy a unique KSDS without Automatic File Definition
Copy a unique VSAM KSDS file. The output file currently exists and, therefore, need not be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.
// DLBL OUNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// DLBL IUNIQUE,’ANOTHER.UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=IUNIQUE,RFILENAME=OUNIQUE
/*
Example: Copy a unique KSDS with Automatic File Definition
Copy a unique VSAM KSDS file. The output file does not currently exist as desired and, therefore, needs to be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.
// DLBL IUNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// DLBL OUNIQUE,’ANOTHER.UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// DLBL DUNIQUE,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
// DLBL XUNIQUE,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=IUNIQUE,RFILENAME=OUNIQUE,AUTO=YES,FD=D
/*
Page 144 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX
The VSAM Build Alternate Index Feature allows the user to build alternate indexes automatically with Dr.D. Alternate indexes can be built while a VSAM cluster is being saved, restored, or copied. The Dr.D VSAM build alternate index feature:
•
Builds up to 99 separate alternate indexes via a single pass of the base cluster
•
Builds alternate indexes up to 10 times faster than the IDCAMS BLDINDEX facility.
•
Builds alternate indexes for KSDS and ESDS files
•
Allows cluster records for build to be selected using record selector statements.
•
Allows non-unique AIX keys to be made unique by the addition of a binary suffix to each key.
Building Alternate Indexes
The alternate indexes to be built by Dr.D must first be defined by IDCAMS. The
Dr.D FUNCTION=BUILDAIX is then used to build the alternate indexes. If the
AIX is defined but not empty, Dr.D will reset it to empty status, even if it is not defined as reusable. While the build function is being performed, the base cluster may also be saved, restored, or copied. Whether save, restore, or copy is performed is determined by the key words used on the FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command statement:
•
If SFILENAME only is present, a save is assumed.
•
If RFILENAME only is present, a restore is assumed. Restore operations accept the same input as is valid for a RESTORE=VSAM command.
•
If both SFILENAME and RFILENAME are present, a copy is assumed and the AIX is built from the output cluster. This allows a file to be reorganized at the same time AIX(s) are being created.
The BUILDAIX function is dependent on information generated by the VSAM
Automatic Definition Feature, so 'AUTO=YES' must be in effect. Refer to the corresponding details on the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature associated with the COPY=VSAM and RESTORE=VSAM commands.
Partition and execute size will vary depending on which sort program is used and whether SVA eligible phases are in the SVA. If a RESTORE or COPY method is used, more GETVIS space is needed for VSAM buffers. For best performance, use the largest partition possible and the VBUFF and ABUFF operands.
Along with the SFILENAME and RFILENAME operands, the AFILE operand must be used to specify the Job Control DLBL name(s) for the AIX (s) to be built.
If a one or two digit number is entered, then it specifies the number of alternate
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 145
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE indexes to be built and causes Dr.D to generate DLBL names in the following format:
AIXaabb where:
aa
is the number of the FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command. This is a sequential number that is reset at each EXEC DRD statement and incremented by 1 at each FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command.
bb
is the AIX file number. This is a sequential number that is reset at each FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command and incremented by
1 for each AIX built by that command.
If the AFILE operand is not a one or two digit numeric, then it is assumed to be the actual Job Control DLBL name to be used.
Build AIX Record Selection
The cluster records used to build the AIX may be selected by adding
PARTIAL=SELECT to the control card and including a record selector card for each AIX to be built selectively. If multiple AIX's are built, then each selector must be prefixed by the relative AIX number (the first AIX is 1, the second is 2, etc.).
Selection of base cluster records for the build AIX function allows selection based on fields not included in the AIX data fields. Selection takes place before the AIX records are passed to the sort, greatly improving the efficiency of the sort process both in processing time and sort work area requirements.
Record selection is specified by use of the Dr.D SELECT statement rather than the sort INCLUDE/OMIT statements. One SELECT statement is allowed for each
AIX to be built and has the following format:
Bytes 0-1
Bytes 2-7
Bytes n-80
A two digit number indicating the AIX being selected. IF blank,
01 is assumed.
SELECT (or just SEL)
The record selection formula.
The record selection formula consists of one or more field selectors, each made up of three sub-fields: the field locator, a logical operator, and a constant for comparison. The field locator consists of a one byte type field allowing character
(C), hexadecimal (X), or packed decimal (P). Following the type field is a number specifying the starting position in the record (relative to one). Some examples are:
P12 - specifies a packed decimal field starting at position 12
C5 - specifies a character field starting at position 5
X37 - specifies a hexadecimal field starting at position 37
Page 146 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Select Logical Operators
The logical operator specifies the type of comparison to be made between the record field and a specified constant. It may be the '=' sign for comparing equal, the '<' for less than, the '>' for greater than, and 'NE' for not equal.
Following the logical operator is the constant data to be compared to the record field. This constant must be of an appropriate format to match the type field specified by the field locator. If packed decimal is specified, the length of the record field is determined by scanning for the sign in the rightmost position. If a character field includes blanks, enclose the constant in single quotes (').
Hexadecimal fields must have an even number of proper hexadecimal digits (0-
F).
The following are examples of the SELECT statement:
1. Select records containing 'FLORIDA' starting in position 45:
SELECT C45 = FLORIDA
2. Select records having a value greater than 512 in the packed decimal field starting in position 12:
SELECT P12 > 512
3. Select records having a value less than x'0000B800' in the field starting in position 138:
SELECT X138 < 0000B800
4. Select records that do not have 'DEAD' in position 1000:
SELECT C1000 NE DEAD
Complex Record Selection
Complex record selection can be specified by using the logical connectors 'V' (or) and '&' (and), and if necessary, parentheses to insure correct evaluation of the expression. Some examples are:
1. Select records having 'FLORIDA' in position 45 and a value greater than 512 in position 12:
SELECT C45 = FLORIDA & P12 > 512
2. Select records having either 'FLORIDA' or 'GEORGIA' in position 45:
SELECT C45 = FLORIDA V C45 = GEORGIA
3. Select records having 'A' in positions 5 and 10, or where the packed decimal field in position 20 is in the range 100 through 499:
SELECT (C5 = A & C10 = A) V (P20 > 99 & P20 < 500)
Note that spaces must separate field locators, logical operators, constants and logical connectors, but spaces are not required after the '(' or before the ')'.
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 147
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Building Non-Contiguous Key AIX’s
Non-contiguous key AIX's may be built by specifying PARTIAL=SELECT on the
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX control card and then including one or more KEY definition statements for each AIX to be built. It has the following format:
Bytes 0-1
Bytes 2-7
A two digit number indicating the AIX being selected. IF blank,
01 is default.
KEY=P1,L1,P2,L3,...Pn,Ln
The 'P' represents the relative position in the base cluster while the 'L' is the length of the key data at the 'P' position, relative to one (e.g. KEY=1,3 means position 1 length 3). Since IDCAMS and VSAM do not support non-contiguous keys directly, the AIX must be defined as 'NOUPGRADE', and the key specified need only have a length great enough to contain the total length of key segments specified.
Duplicate Key Processing
AIX records may be made 'unique' by use of the UNIQUE=YES operand. This is achieved by appending a four byte key suffix to each AIX key. The suffix is a sequential binary number that thereby makes each key unique. The defined size of the AIX key must therefore be four bytes larger to accommodate the suffix, and it must be defined as NOUPGRADE. If UNIQUE=A is specified and the AIX is defined as UNIQUE, then duplicate keys are dropped. The default,
UNIQUE=NO, results in no tailoring of the keys.
Besides specification of the UNIQUE operand on the FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command statement, it may also be specified in conjunction with
PARTIAL=SELECT operand. When specified on the FUNCTION=BUILDAIX control statement, UNIQUE then applies to each of the AIX's created by that statement. When specified with PARTIAL=SELECT control data, then each AIX can have its own 'UNIQUE=' keyword, allowing for instance, the default to be
'UNIQUE=YES' with some being 'UNIQUE=NO' or 'UNIQUE=A'. When specified as part of PARTIAL=SELECT data, it has the following format:
Bytes 0-1
Bytes 2-7
A two digit number indicating the AIX being selected. If blank,
01 is default.
UNIQUE=YES|NO|A
Page 148 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
Operand
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX
ABUFF=nnn
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Operand Summary
Required?
AFILE=nn|filename
Yes
No
Yes
AUTO=YES|ROTATE
BLOCKSIZE=n
BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N
CDATA=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
CFACTOR=n|0
CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N
CP=NO|YES
CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
DATE=yyddd|+n|0
DELETE=pppphh
EOF=S
FAST=YES|NO
FD=C|D|M|N|R
FIND=filename|’file-id’
FREESPACE=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
GR=nnn
HIKEY=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
IDCAMS=PRINT
LABEL=NO
LOWKEY=lowkey|’lowestkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MRECORDS=n
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RFILENAME=filename
RP=YES|NO
RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
RWORD=filepassword
SFILENAME=filename
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 2
No
No
No
Note 2
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Global?
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 149
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Operand
SKIP=nnn
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Operand Summary
Required?
SOPTION=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
SWORD=filepassword
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TI=SYSnnn
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UNIQUE=YES|NO|A
UPSI=012345678
VARIABLE=YES
VBUFF=n
VCOMPRESS=YES
VRTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P
VSTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P
VUSE=CA|IG|NU|SA|OP
WAIT=n
WORK=n[/n]
WR=catalogwritepassword
WS=catalogreadpassword
XL=YES|NO
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 3
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1: FIND= is required if the input was created by the VSAM Logical Save feature, Logical Volume Save feature, Save Current command or if it is a backup tape created by another backup software product.
Note 2: SFILENAME= is required for save and copy processing. RFILENAME= is required for restore and copy processing.
Note 3: VARIABLE= is required when input file is variable length.
FUnction=BUildaix
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=BU
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Page 150 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
ABuf=nnn
Use this operand to specify the buffer size. The value coded is a 1 to 3-digit buffer size specified in thousands (K) (e.g. abuf=20 = 20K).
Abbreviation: AB=nnn
AFile=nn|filename
Use this operand to specify the either the filename identifying the Job Control
DLBL statement of the AIX or the number of AIX files to be created. If the value is a 1 – 2 digit numeric, it is assumed to be the number of AIX files to be created, otherwise it is assumed to be a specific Job Control DLBL filename.
Abbreviation: AF=nnn|filename
AUto=YEs|ROtate
Use this operand to control the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature.
Value Action
YES
ROTATE
Invoke automatic file definition as necessary (default).
Invoke automatic file definition as necessary rotating the definition for each file component on the next candidate volume (this technique allows the index component to reside on a different volume from the data component causing a more even spread over the candidate volumes).
Abbreviation: AU=YE| RO
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save or restore operations only.
Abbreviation: BL=n
BUfferspace=n|1|N
Use this operand to override the bufferspace value for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
If a value greater than 256 is specified, that value is used as the bufferspace for each file.
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 151
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
If a value of 2-256 is specified, the existing bufferspace is multiplied by that value.
If a value of 1 is specified, no bufferspace will be specified when a define is accomplished for this file.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: BU=n|1|N
CData=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
Use this operand to override the data allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: CD=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
CFactor=n|0
Use this operand to change the data component space occupied for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. The value specified is a percentage change. A value of 110 would increase the allocation by 10%; a value of 90 would decrease the allocation by 10%. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of zero is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: CF=n
CNsize=datacisize/idxcisize|N
Use this operand to override the CISIZE(s) for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: CN=datacisize/indexcisize|N
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this
Page 152 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
Use this operand to override the index allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
DAte=yyddd|+n|0
Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being defined by the Dr.D
Automatic Definition feature. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy) Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. Specify 0 to cause no ‘TO’ date to be generated for the VSAM file definition. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n|0
DElete=pppphh
Use this operand to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the restore or copy function. pppp is a 4-digit decimal number (relative to 1 with leading zeros specified and less than 4097) denoting the position in a record where the single character is located
(if used with variable-length records, this position must be in the leading fixed portion of the record). hh is the hexadecimal value of the single character code.
This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore or copy operations only.
Abbreviation: DE=pppphh
EOf=S
Specify S to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until a software EOF is found, without regard to the input file’s high used RBA (relative byte address). This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save or copy operations only.
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 153
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: EO=S
FAst=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical
IOCS when saving, restoring or copying VSAM files. The output file is identical regardless of the setting of this operand. FAST=YES is the default shipped with
Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO
FD=C|D|M|N|R
Use this operand in conjunction with AUTO=YES|ROTATE to identify the condition under which file definition should be accomplished. FD=R is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Value Action
C
D
M
The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation increased so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.
The file is deleted and redefined.
N
R
The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation recomputed based on the high-used RBA of the so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.
The file is deleted and redefined unless it is empty or defined as reusable.
The existing definition is to be reset if the file exists (even if not defined as reusable). Otherwise, the file is defined.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FD=C|D|M|N|R
FInd=filename|’file-id’
Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD
NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file or the full file-id enclosed in single quotes. If this operand is not specified, Dr.D does not reposition the save file and the next saved file will be used as the input dataset.
This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore operations only.
Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’
Page 154 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FReespace=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
Use this operand to override the freespace specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: FR=cifreespace/cafreespace
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HIghkey=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the highest key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as HI=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the LOWKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If HI= is used by itself, it will select all records from the beginning of the file up to and including the specified key. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: HI=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
IDcams=PRint
Use this operand in conjunction with the PRINT operand to cause printing of
Dr.D Automatic Definition feature IDCAMS DELETE and DEFINE commands and their corresponding results. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: ID=PR
LAbel=NO
Specifies creation of an unlabeled output tape (when used in conjunction with save operations) or the use of an unlabeled tape as input (when used in conjunction with restore operations).
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 155
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LOwkey=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
Use this operand to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the lowest or only key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as
LO=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the HIGHKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If LO= is used by itself, it will select records starting with the specified key and continue to end of file. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: LO=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MRecords=n
Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records saved, restored or copied. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: MR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect
PARTIAL=SELECT indicates that one or more statements follow for AIX record selection (SELECT statements), building non-contiguous keys (KEY statement)
and/or UNIQUE statements follow. For additional information, refer to “Build
AIX Record Selection” on page 146, “Building Non-Contiguous Key AIX’s” on
page 146 and “Duplicate Key Processing “ on page 146.
Page 156 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
An additional statement is required to selector statements. As with terminating
control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement may be used. For
clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the
/@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Abbreviation: PA=SE
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the VSAM file to be restored or the output file from a copy. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
This operand is required when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RVolid=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to override the VOLUME specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Specify up to 30 volsers
(of those assigned to the VSAM catalog where the output file will be created) enclosed in parentheses. If a value of NO is specified, the file definitions will exclude any data or index volume specification. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 157
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: RV=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
RWord=filepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character password of the VSAM file being restored or copied to. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: RW=filepassword
SFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be saved or copied. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
This operand is required when building AIX’s in conjunction with save and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: SF=filename
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore operations only.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
SOption=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
Use this operand to override the share option specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. The share options are entered as 2 single digit pairs, where the first digit specifies how the component is shared within a single VSE system and the second digit specifies how the component is shared across multiple VSE systems. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: SO=datashareoptions/indexshareoptions|N
SWord=filepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character file read password of the file being saved only if it has a read password defined. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: SW=filepassword
Page 158 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input or output dataset(s). TAPEIN/TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as input or output, then TAPEIN or TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEIN/TAPEOUT).
The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEIN tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore operations only.
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save operations only.
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 159
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save operations only.
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. TI=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save operations only.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UNique=YEs|NO|A
This operand allows tailoring of the AIX key during a BUILDAIX function. The default value, NO, will not modify the AIX key. When YES is specified, a four byte binary sequential number is to be appended to each AIX key generated to insure that each key is unique. When A is specified, duplicate keys will be dropped if the AIX is defined as UNIQUE.
Abbreviation: UN=YE|NO|A
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VAriable=YEs
Dr.D considers a file to contain variable length records if the VSAM catalog definition for RECORDSIZE shows the average record length differing from the maximum record length, regardless of the length of the record(s) actually stored in the file.
Specification of VARIABLE=YES is required if the file contains variable length records. Specification of VARIABLE=YES for files containing fixed length records will cause no harm when creating Dr.D save tapes or when copying files.
VARIABLE=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: VA=YE
Page 160 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VBuff=n
For potential enhanced performance, use this operand to increase the amount of internal buffer space used by Dr.D when restoring a VSAM file. The value specified indicates the number of thousands of bytes desired. For example,
VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).
Note: this operand defines the space to allocated for use as Dr.D internal buffers and not the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to be restored (to override the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to restored, see the
BUFFERSPACE operand).
Abbreviation: VB=n
VCompress=YEs
Use this operand to have the compressed attribute specified for each qualifying
VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. Dr.D
accomplishes qualification for each file restored using the rules as delineated by
VSAM. This allows files to be restored into compressed format with no need to pre-qualify those files. The FD= operand should be used to assure that file redefinition is performed. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: VC=YE
VRtype=K|E|R|N|S|P
Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when restoring to a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.
Value Action
K Indicates KSDS file.
E
R
Indicates ESDS file.
Indicates RRDS file.
N
S
P
Indicates non-CI format file.
Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.
Indicates PATH.
Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 161
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VStype=K|E|R|N|S|P
Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when saving or copying a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.
Value Action
K
E
Indicates KSDS file.
Indicates ESDS file.
R
N
S
P
Indicates RRDS file.
Indicates non-CI format file.
Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.
Indicates PATH.
Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P
VUse=CAncel|IGnore|NUll|OPerator|SAve
Use this operand to specify the action to be taken when a VSAM file about to be saved is currently in use (i.e., open for update) by another task. VUSE=CANCEL is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save operations only.
Value Action
CANCEL
IGNORE
NULL
OPERATOR
Cancel the job.
Do not save the file.
Save the file as a null file.
SAVE
Issue message DOCTOR175 and wait for operator response
(allowed only with FAST=YES).
Save the file anyway knowing that the results are unpredictable and may cause the save or subsequent restore to fail (allowed only with FAST=YES - with FAST=NO, this value functions the same as VUSE=NULL).
Abbreviation: VU=CA|IG|NU|OP|SA
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save and restore operations only.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Page 162 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
WOrk=n[/n]
This operand is used to specify the number of sort work files and their starting
SYSNO's for the VSAM AIX build function. The first one or two digits specify the number of work files to be used. If the starting SYSNO is specified, a '/' is coded next, followed by a one to three digit number in the range of 1-253. Example:
WORK=2/1 indicates that two sort work files are used with SYS001 and SYS002 assigned respectively.
Abbreviation: WO=n[/n]
WR=catalogwritepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog write or higher password.
Abbreviation: WR=catalogwritepassword
WS=catalogreadpassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.
Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword
XL=YEs|NO
For VSAM restore, this operand specifies whether KSDS files are to be defined with the 'EXTRALARGEDATASET' attribute. If 'NO' is specified, then the attribute is suppressed even if it was present in the saved file. This operand is effective only if an IDCAMS define is initiated- use the FD operand to force delete/define in case the file exists in the receiving catalog. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.
Abbreviation: XL=YE|NO
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 163
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Define alternate index and associated path
// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM
// EXEC IDCAMS, SIZE=AUTO
DEFINE AIX ( -
NAME(DATA.MASTER.AIX) -
RELATE(DATA.MASTER.BASE) -
BLOCKS(1000 1000) -
KEYS(14 7) -
RECORDSIZE(10 2048) -
NONUNIQUEKEY -
DATA (NAME(DATA.MASTER.AIX.D)))
DEFINE PATH ( -
NAME(DATA.MASTER.AIX.PATH))
/*
Example: Build alternate index during save of base cluster
This example builds a single alternate index (AIX0101) during the save of the base cluster (BASE). A sort work file (SORTWK1) is required and may need to be assigned to SYS010 (Dr.D defaults SYS010 to the sort, but the number of sort work files and the SYSNOs used can be varied by use of the WORK operand as shown in this example).
// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'DATA.MASTER.BASE'
// ASSGN SYS007,280 (output tape)
// DLBL SORTWK1,,0
// EXTENT SYS001,WORK01......
// ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// DLBL SORTWK2,,0
// EXTENT SYS002,WORK02......
// ASSGN SYS002,DISK,VOL=WORK02,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE,AF=1,VA=YES,AB=200,WORK=2/1
/*
Page 164 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Build alternate index during dummy save of base cluster
This example illustrates how to build an alternate index by just reading the base cluster. The output tape is assigned to ignore to indicate to Dr.D that this a dummy save.
// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// ASSGN SYS007,IGN (output tape)
// DLBL SORTWK1,,0
// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01......
// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE,AF=1,VA=YES,AB=200
/*
Example: Build alternate index during restore of base cluster
This example builds an alternate index (AIX0101) during the restore of the base cluster (BASE).
// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// TLBL TAPEIN,'DATA.MASTER.BASE'
// ASSGN SYS008,280 (input tape)
// DLBL SORTWK1,,0
// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01.....
// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,RF=BASE,AF=1,VA=YES,AB=500
/*
Example: Build alternate index during copy of base cluster
This example builds an alternate index (AIX0101) during the copy of the base cluster (BASEIN).
// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX',,VSAM
// DLBL BASEIN,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// DLBL BASEOUT,'DATA.MASTER.BASE.SAVE',,VSAM
// DLBL SORTWK1,,0
// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01........
// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASEIN,RF=BASEOUT,AF=1,VA=YES,AB=500
/*
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 165
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Build multiple alternate indexes during restore
The number of alternate indexes to be built is specified via the AF operand
('AF=3').
// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0102,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0103,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.THREE',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// TLBL TAPEIN,'DATA.MASTER.BASE'
// ASSGN SYS008,280 (input tape)
// DLBL SORTWK1,,0
// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01......
// ASSGN,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,RF=BASE,AF=3,VA=YES,AB=500
/*
Example: Build multiple alternate indexes via multiple builds
In this example AIX0101 and AIX0102 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE1. AIX0201 and AIX0202 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE2.
// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0102,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0201,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0202,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE1,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE2,'EMP.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'MASTER.BACKUP'
// ASSGN SYS007,280 (output tape)
// DLBL SORTWK1,,0
// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01.....
// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE1,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE2,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200
/*
Page 166 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Build multiple alternate indexes via multiple builds and using record selection
In this example AIX0101 and AIX0102 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE1 using record selection. AIX0201 and AIX0202 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE2 using record selection.
// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0102,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0201,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0202,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE1,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE2,'EMP.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'MASTER.BACKUP'
// ASSGN SYS007,280 (output tape)
// DLBL SORTWK1,,0
// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01.....
// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE1,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200,PA=SE
01 SELECT C2 = ' '
02 SELECT C2 < 00400
/@ TERMINATES SELECTION
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE2,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200,UNIQUE=YES,PA=SE
02 SELECT C2 = A
/@ TERMINATES SELECTION
/*
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 167
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Build multiple alternate indexes with non-contiguous key via multiple builds
In this example AIX0101 and AIX0102 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE1 using record selection. When building AIX0101, there will be no modification for duplicate keys but, when building AIX0102, Dr.D will add a 4 byte sequence number to each key to make them all unique (02 UNIQUE=YES statement).
AIX0201 and AIX0202 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE2 using record selection. When building AIX0201, there will be a 4 byte sequence number added to each key to make them all unique (UNIQUE=YES operand on the
FUNCTION= control statement). When building AIX0202, there will be no modification for duplicate keys (02 UNIQUE=NO statement).
// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0102,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0201,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM
// DLBL AIX0202,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE1,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// DLBL BASE2,'EMP.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'MASTER.BACKUP'
// ASSGN SYS007,280 (output tape)
// DLBL SORTWK1,,0
// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01.....
// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE1,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200,PA=SE
01 KEY=1,4,100,10,150,5
02 UNIQUE=YES
/@ TERMINATES SELECTION
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE2,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200,UNIQUE=YES,PA=SE
02 KEY=10,2,1,3,25,6
02 UNIQUE=NO
/@ TERMINATES SELECTION
/*
Page 168 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=CTAPE
Dr.D can copy tapes in two different modes. The first copies at the logical tape file level, with an open and close for each input and output tape. The second copies in 'image' mode. In image mode, Dr.D does not open or close tapes, and it expects each input tape to fit within the limits of its corresponding output tape.
In either mode, tape blocks can be modified by supplying pairs of scan and replace control cards in conjunction with the MODIFY=YES operand.
Dr.D Logical Tape Copy Feature
The logical tape copy function allows single or multi-volume tapes to be copied, and, if desired, reblocked in the process. Normal Dr.D tape commands are used to REWIND/UNLOAD tapes, and stacked (multi-file) tapes may be processed since tapes are normally opened and closed with NO REWIND.
Dr.D Image Mode Tape Copy Feature
The image mode tape copy makes an exact copy of input tapes including any
VOL, header or trailer labels. Since the tapes are not opened, the DOCTOR610 warning message is issued before the first copy. This warning message requires operator verification for input and output tape drives. The user should be aware that the VOL label is copied exactly resulting in more than one tape with the same volume serial number and be aware of possible problems if a tape management system is in use. This copy method copies data and tapemarks until: 1) the EOT reflector is sensed on input or output or 2) a tape error occurs on the input tape. If end of output occurs, the operator will be asked whether to treat as end of input or to continue on another tape. If end of input (or tape error) occurs, it is treated as end of copy. Image mode tape copy requires the
FORMAT=IMAGE operand.
FUNCTION=CTAPE Page 169
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
FUNCTION=CTAPE
FUNCTION=CTAPE Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
FORMAT=IMAGE
GR=nnn
LABEL=NO
No
No
No
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
LBLOCKSIZE=n
LRECSIZE=n
MODIFY=YES
NRECDS=n
No
No
No
No
No
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
UPSI=012345678
No
No
No
No
FUnction=CTape
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=CT
FOrmat=IMage
Use this operand to perform the tape copy in Image Mode.
Abbreviation: FO=IM
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LAbel=NO
Used to read and write unlabeled tapes.
Yes
No
No
No
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 170 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LBlocksize=n
Specify this operand to reblock variable length records during a Logical Tape
Copy.
Abbreviation: LB=n
LRecsize=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the NRECDS=n operand to reblock fixed length records during a Logical Tape Copy. This operand identifies the length of each logical record.
Abbreviation: LR=n
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MOdify=YEs
MODIFY=YES is used to indicate that tape blocks are to be modified during the tape copy function. If specified, pairs of modifier control statements are entered after the FUNCTION=CTAPE.
The first statement of each pair specifies a search argument. If specified in character format, it must be preceded by a ‘C’ and the character string must be enclosed in single quotes. If specified in hex format, it must be preceded by a ‘X’ and the hex search string must be enclosed in single quotes.
The second statement of each pair specifies the replacement value. If specified in character format, it must be preceded by a ‘C’ and the replacement character string must be enclosed in single quotes. If specified in hex format, it must be preceded by a ‘X’ and the hex replacement string must be enclosed in single quotes.
Dr.D will scan the data in each tape block for the search argument and will replace all occurrences of it with the replacement value. Multiple pairs of search/replacement statements may be used to modify multiple fields. An example of MODIFY=YES follows in the Examples section.
Abbreviation: MO=YE
NRecds=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the LRECSIZE=n operand to reblock fixed length records during a Logical Tape Copy. This operand identifies the
FUNCTION=CTAPE Page 171
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record when creating the output tape(s). For example, if the input user data file contains 80byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as NR=10.
Abbreviation: NR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
Page 172 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Tape copy without reblock
This example copies the first file from the input tape to the output tape.
// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE
// TLBL TAPEIN,’INPUT.TAPE’
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’OUTPUT.TAPE’
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=CTAPE
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE
SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPE
/*
Example: Tape copy creating two output tapes
This example copies the first file from the input tape to two output tapes.
// ASSGN SYS006,182 SECOND OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE
// TLBL TAPEIN,’INPUT.TAPE’
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’OUTPUT.TAPE’
// TLBL TAPETWO,’OUTPUT.TAPE.TWO’
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=CTAPE,UPSI=0001
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE
SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPES
/*
Example: Tape copy - fix blocked files with reblock
This example copies the first file from a fixed length record input tape to the output tape. When the output tape is created, it will have a blocksize of 8000
(LR=80 blocked by NR=100).
// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE
// TLBL TAPEIN,’INPUT.TAPE’
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’OUTPUT.TAPE’
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=CTAPE,LR=80,NR=100
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE
SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPE
/*
FUNCTION=CTAPE Page 173
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Tape copy - variable blocked files with reblock
This example copies the first file from a variable length record input tape to the output tape. When the output tape is created, it will have a blocksize of 8000.
// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE
// TLBL TAPEIN,’INPUT.TAPE’
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’OUTPUT.TAPE’
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=CTAPE,LB=8000
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE
SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPE
/*
Example: Image tape copy
This example copies all files including VOL, header, trailer and tapemarks from the input tape to the output tape.
// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=CTAPE,FORMAT=IMAGE
/*
Example: Image tape copy - dual output
This example copies all files including VOL, header, trailer and tapemarks from the input tape to two output tapes.
// ASSGN SYS006,182 SECOND OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=CTAPE,UPSI=0001,FORMAT=IMAGE
/*
Page 174 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Tape copy with modification
This example copies the first file from the input tape to the output tape. During the copy operation, any data with the character string ‘OLD DATA’ will be changed to the character string ‘NEW DATA’ and any data with the hexadecimal string ‘05060708’ will be changed to the hexadecimal string ‘AABCDEFF’.
// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=CTAPE,MODIFY=YES search--> C'OLD DATA' replace-> C'NEW DATA' search--> X'05060708' replace-> X'AABCDEFF'
/@
/*
FUNCTION=CTAPE Page 175
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=DELETE
The Dr.D Delete function may be used to delete or reset VSAM files, delete non-
VSAM files or delete VSAM data spaces.
Warning: VSAM files cannot be processed via the same control statement as non-
VSAM files and VSAM data spaces. Non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces may be processed via the same control statement. If both RVOLID and SCAT operands are coded on the same control statement, the RVOLID operand is ignored.
Deleting VSAM Files
Only the VSAM catalog need be identified by the SCAT operand. The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon date or times (EXPIRED and TSTAMP operands) , by residence volume
(SVOLID) or by PARTIAL= selection/rejection operands (see Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for a description of all
selection/rejection statements). To determine the file(s) being selected without performing a delete or reset, use the operand FD=T. To actually perform a delete operation, use the operand FD=D. To perform a reset operation, use FD=R.
Deleting non-VSAM Files
The RVOLID operand is used to determine which volume(s) or disk pool to be searched when deleting files. The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon date (EXPIRED operands) or by
PARTIAL selection/rejection operands (see Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename
Process on page 25 for a description of all selection/rejection statements). To
determine the file(s) being selected without performing a delete, use the operand
FD=T.
To prevent the accidental deletion of files, no file is deleted unless the PARTIAL operand is specified. If the PARTIAL operand is not specified, the only action taken is the listing of the files that would be deleted (FD=T is forced). To actually perform a delete operation, use the operand FD=D along with the PARTIAL operand.
Deleting VSAM Data Spaces
The deletion of VSAM data spaces may be performed in the same logical operation as the deletion of non-VSAM files. Its operation follows the same rules as apply to non-VSAM file deletion with the exception the operands
FSECURED=YES and VSAM=YES must be specified.
Page 176 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
Operand
FD=D|R|T
GR=nnn
RP=YES|NO
VSAM=YES
FUNCTION=DELETE Operand Summary
Required?
FUNCTION=DELETE
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
FSECURED=YES
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
SCAT=filename
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
WR=catalogpassword
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1
Note 1
No
No
No
No
Note 1: When deleting VSAM files, the SCAT operand is required. When deleting non-VSAM files or VSAM data space, the RVOLID operand is required.
If both RVOLID and SCAT operands are coded on the same control statement, the RVOLID operand is ignored.
FUnction=DElete
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=DE
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
Y
N
O
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value Action
O+n
Select all files regardless of expiration date.
Select only unexpired files.
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Global?
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
FUNCTION=DELETE Page 177
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Value
O-n
yyddd
Action
yyddd+n yyddd-n
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) .
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
FD=D|R|T
This operand indicates whether Dr.D should actually delete/reset the files that qualify or just list the files that qualify.
Value Action
D
R
Delete all qualified files.
Reset all qualified files. (Valid for VSAM files only)
T Do not delete any qualified file, simply list them. This is the default when deleting VSAM files and when the PARTIAL operand is not used when deleting non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces. If
PARTIAL is specified with non-VSAM files or VSAM data spaces,
FD=D is the default.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FD=D|R|T
FSecured=NO|YEs
This operand determines if data secured files should be deleted. If NO, the default, is specified, an operating system message may be issued as each secured file is selected, respond with 'YES' to proceed. If YES is specified, the data secured files are automatically deleted without operator intervention. When deleting VSAM data spaces, specify FSECURED=YES,VSAM=YES on the control statement.
This operand is valid for non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces only.
Abbreviation: FS=NO|YE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control
Page 178 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be deleted. For
additional information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.
Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to specify the volser(s) of the volume(s) to be searched when looking for files to be deleted. Up to 30 volsers may be specified (use parens to enclose the volsers when specifying more than 1). This operand may also specify a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk poolid.
This operand is valid for non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces only.
FUNCTION=DELETE Page 179
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
SCat=filename
Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog containing the file(s) to be deleted/reset. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.
This operand is valid for VSAM files only.
Abbreviation: SC=filename
SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Specify this operand to limit selection to only those files that fully or partially reside on any of the listed volumes. Up to 30 volsers may be entered enclosed in parentheses.
This operand is valid for VSAM files only.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value). Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.
The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean
Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day
2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.
The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:
TS=-0
TS=>-1.1200
TS=>-6
TS=01100
TS=>01100.1450
TS=<01100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100
Page 180 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
TS=99100
TS=>99100.1450
TS=<99100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100
This operand is valid for VSAM files only.
Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
VSam=YEs
Use this operand to select or reject VSAM VTOC entries for deletion. The default is to bypass VSAM entries. If VSAM=YES is specified, also specify
FSECURED=YES.
This operand is valid for VSAM data spaces only.
Abbreviation: VS=YE
WR=catalogwritepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character catalog write or higher password.
This operand is valid for VSAM files only.
Abbreviation: WR=catalogwritepassword
FUNCTION=DELETE Page 181
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
Examples
Example: List all VSAM files for delete/reset
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=UCAT1,FD=T
/*
Example: List selected VSAM files for delete/reset
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=IJSYSCT,FD=T,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL*
/@
/*
Example: Reset VSAM files associated with a particular disk volume
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=IJSYSCT,SVOLID=CKD001,FD=R
/*
Example: Delete all VSAM files in a usercatalog
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=UCAT1,FD=D
/*
Example: Delete selected VSAM files in a usercatalog
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=IJSYSCT,FD=D,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL*
/@
/*
USERS GUIDE
Page 182 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: List selected non-VSAM files for delete
The following example produces a list of files on DISK01 which will be candidates for deletion if the dataset name begins with the characters
'PAYROLL'.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=DISK01,FD=T,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL*
/@
/*
Example: Delete selected non-VSAM files
The following example deletes all on DISK01 if the dataset name begins with the characters 'PAYROLL'.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=DISK01,FD=D,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL*
/@
/*
Example: Delete VSAM data space
The following example deletes any VSAM data space on DISK01.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=DISK01,FD=D,FSECURED=YES,VSAM=YES,PARTIAL=SELECT
Z9999992.*
/@
/*
Example: Delete all non-VSAM files and VSAM data space
The following example deletes all non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces on
DISK01. Any VSAM master catalogs or user catalogs on DISK01 will not be deleted. Please note that when using the REVERSE feature in conjunction with the delete, all files will be deleted, except for the ones that have @REVERSE@ beside it. Also please note that reversal cards must precede other selectors.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=DISK01,FD=D,FSECURED=YES,VSAM=YES,PARTIAL=SELECT
Z9999994.* @REVERSE@
Z9999996.* @REVERSE@
*
/@
/*
FUNCTION=DELETE Page 183
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Delete only expired VSAM files
The following example deletes all expired VSAM clusters in the UCAT1 usercatalog.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=IJSYSCT,FD=D,EX=O
/*
Example: Delete only expired non-VSAM files
The following example deletes all expired non-VSAM files on 3 volumes.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=(PACK01,PACK02,PACK03),FD=D,EX=O,PARTIAL=SELECT
*
/@
/*
Page 184 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=DFIX
This function sets the expiration date of selected files to be set to 2099/366 so that the files will be considered permanent by the operating system. The RVOLID operand is used to determine which volume(s) or disk pool to be searched when changing expiration dates of files. The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon date (EXPIRED operand) or by
PARTIAL selection/rejection operands (see Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename
Process on page 25 for a description of all selection/rejection statements).
Control Statement Operands
Operand
FUNCTION=DFIX Operand Summary
Required?
FUNCTION=DFIX
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
Yes
No
FSECURED=YES
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
RP=YES|NO
RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
VSAM=YES
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Global?
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
FUnction=DFix
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=DF
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value
Y
Action
Select all files regardless of expiration date.
N
O
O+n
O-n
Select only unexpired files.
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
FUNCTION=DFIX Page 185
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Value
yyddd yyddd+n yyddd-n
Action
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) .
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
FSecured=NO|YEs
This operand determines if data secured files should be updated. If NO, the default, is specified, an operating system message may be issued as each secured file is selected, respond with 'YES' to proceed. If YES is specified, the data secured files are updated without operator intervention.
Abbreviation: FS=NO|YE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Page 186 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) whose expiration dates
are to be updated. For additional information, see “Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.
Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to specify the volser(s) of the volume(s) to be searched when looking for files to be updated. Up to 30 volsers may be specified (use parens to enclose the volsers when specifying more than 1). This operand may also specify a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk poolid.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
VSam=YEs
Use this operand to select or reject VSAM VTOC entries for updating. The default is to bypass VSAM entries. If VSAM=YES is specified, also specify
FSECURED=YES.
Abbreviation: VS=YE
FUNCTION=DFIX Page 187
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Update the expiration date of all files in a pool of disks
The following example updates the expiration date of all files in the VTOCs of the disks in a disk manager pool defined by the POOL-ID POOL01. Any file having an expiration date greater than 99/364 has its expiration set to 2099/366
(permanent non-expiring).
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DFIX,RV=POOL01,FSECURED=YES,VSAM=YES
/*
Example: Update the expiration date of selected files
The following example updates the expiration date of all files in the VTOCs of the disks DISK01 and DISK02, having file ids starting with 'PAYROLL'.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=DFIX,RV=(DISK01,DISK02),PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL*
/@
/*
Page 188 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=LCAT
The LCAT (List Catalog) command provides a compact yet comprehensive report of the files (files, paths, alternate indices, etc.) in a specified VSAM user or master catalog. Only the VSAM catalog need be identified by the SCAT operand.
The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon dates or times (EXPIRED and TSTAMP operands), by residence volume (SVOLID) or by PARTIAL= selection/rejection operands (refer to Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process).
The contents of the report is tailored using the FORMAT operand.
A space map and gap map report follows the listing of files showing how much space is allocated and available on each disk assigned to the specified catalog.
Control Statement Operands
Operand
FUNCTION=LCAT Operand Summary
Required?
FUNCTION=LCAT
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
FORMAT=A|M|N|n
Yes
No
No
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
RP=YES|NO
SCAT=filename
SPACE=n
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
WS=catalogreadpassword
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Global?
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
FUnction=LCat
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=LC
FUNCTION=LCAT Page 189
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value
Y
Action
Select all files regardless of expiration date.
N
O
O+n
O-n
yyddd
Select only unexpired files.
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
yyddd+n yyddd-n
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) .
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
FOrmat=A|M|N|n
Specify this operand to control the output for each individual file selected as follows:
Value Action
A
M
N
N
Maximum file information and only the first allocation is listed.
A single entry is listed which includes the file-id, file organization and file time-stamp only (no allocation information provided).
Maximum file information is listed (default).
Maximum file information is listed up to n maximum number of print lines allowed for each file (0-9). If specified as 0, no individual files are listed and only the count of the number of files selected is listed. If specified as 1-9, no more than that number of lines will be printed for any file selected.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FO=A|B
Page 190 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be listed on the
report. For additional information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename
Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
FUNCTION=LCAT Page 191
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SCat=filename
Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog containing the file(s) to be listed. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.
Abbreviation: S
C=filename
SPace=n
Use this operand to control spacing on the report. Specify a 1-digit number from
2 to 9 to denote the number of blank lines to be printed between files. The report normally prints one blank line between files.
Abbreviation: SP=n
SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Specify this operand to limit selection to only those files that fully or partially reside on any of the listed volumes. Up to 30 volsers may be entered enclosed in parentheses.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value). Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.
The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean
Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day
2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.
The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:
TS=-0
TS=>-1.1200
TS=>-6
TS=01100
TS=>01100.1450
select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100
Page 192 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
TS=<01100
TS=99100
TS=>99100.1450
TS=<99100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100
Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
WS=catalogreadpassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.
Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=LCAT Page 193
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
Examples
Example: List all files in a catalog
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT
/*
Example: List files associated with a particular disk volume
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,SVOLSID=CKD001
/*
Example: List only selected files
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL*
/@
/*
Example: List only the number of files, space map, and gap map
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,FORMAT=0
/*
Example: List only the space map and gap map
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,PARTIAL=REJECT
*
/@
/*
Example: List only files with 5 or more CI splits
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,PARTIAL=REJECT
CISPLIT=5
/@
/*
USERS GUIDE
Page 194 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
The Listcat Report
The Listcat report is for the most part self-explanatory, but some fields and codes may require further explanation:
Field
Date and Time Stamp
CISIZE
Allocations
Free Space
Extent Information
Further Explanation
The date and time-of-day displayed are the actual
Greenwich Mean Time values stored in the VSAM catalog and are not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich
Mean Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day 2000/105 and the
Dr.D Listcat report would show a date and time value of 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The first occurrence of CISIZE is always of the data component while the second, indicated by the suffix ‘I’, is of the index component.
Each allocation value is suffixed with a ‘T’ (for tracks) or a ‘B’ (for blocks) followed by the singledigit VSAM use class.
CI (control interval) and CA (control area) are shown as a whole number percentage. KBYTE is shown as thousands of bytes of free space available.
The data component extent(s) are listed first followed by the index component extent(s) and a relative extent number for each. Percentage used is shown once for the data component and once for the index component regardless of the number of extents occupied.
Space Map and Gap Map Report
The Space Map and Gap Map report following the Listcat report is a summary of the space owned by the catalog, showing extent location, size and available space by disk volume.
The disk volume gap map values, shown to the right of each disk volume entry, show how the available space is distributed on the disk volume and may be interpreted as a measure of space disorganization. Each entry is comprised of the number of free tracks/blocks followed by the letter ‘X’ followed by the number of occurrences that number of free tracks/blocks appear. For example,
2880X2 shows that two areas of 2880 tracks/blocks are available; 4800X1 shows that one area of 4800 tracks/blocks is available.
FUNCTION=LCAT Page 195
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=LDIR
The list directory function provides a compact (two-up format) directory listing of a VSE library. Members can be selected for listing by their library, sublibrary, type, specific or generic member name, and by the time stamp. A library recap is produced giving statistics by library, sublibrary, and member type.
The report format is mostly self-explanatory. Report headings show the 'time stamp' used to select the members for listing, the library file ID, the size of the library in blocks, and the number of free blocks and %. For each member, its date and time created and last changed (military time), its blocks used and contiguous, and its size are shown. For PHASE member type, the size is the size in bytes while for other types the size is the number of logical records used by the member. Two library recaps are produced (unless suppressed), one by sublibrary and another by overall library. Both recaps show by member type the number of members, number of blocks and % library share. And, finally, a library efficiency rating is listed to give an estimate of library disorganization on a scale of 1-100 with 100 indicating the highest efficiency and least disorganization. The FORMAT operand may is used to restrict which report will be generated.
Control Statement Operands
Operand
FUNCTION=LDIR Operand Summary
Required?
FUNCTION=LDIR
Yes
FORMAT=A|B
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
RP=YES|NO
SFILENAME=filename
TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
FUnction=LDir
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=LD
Page 196 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FOrmat=A|B
Specify this operand to control which report(s) are generated.
Value Action
A
B
Display member list report only.
Display library recap report only.
If this operand is omitted, both the member list and library recap reports will be produced. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FO=A|B
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MEmber=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more library selector statements immediately follow this statement. The library selector statements may be used to specify the sublibrary(s), member type(s) and/or member name(s) to be selected
(PARTIAL=SELECT) or rejected (PARTIAL=REJECT).
There are several types of library selector statements. Sublibrary selectors are prefixed by a ‘+’ sign. Member type selectors are prefixed by a ‘!’ sign. For COPY and RESTORE operations, a “to-sublib” name may be specified by prefixing the
“to-sublib” name with a ‘&’ sign. All other selector statements, without the above mentioned prefixes, will be considered member name selectors.
All selector statements, with the exception of the “to-sublib” specification, may be either the full or generic name. When specifying a generic name, any position containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match. An asterisk (*) may be used at the end of the name to cause the matching selection to be based upon only those
FUNCTION=LDIR Page 197
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE characters preceding the ‘*’. A single ‘*’, without any preceding characters, will result is selecting all.
An additional statement is required to terminate library selector statements. As
with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement
may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Abbreviation: ME=SE|RE
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the VSE library’s Job Control DLBL statement.
The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas. If omitted, filename defaults to SYSLIB.
Abbreviation: SF=filename
TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their “changed” time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value).
Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.
The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean
Page 198 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day
2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.
The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:
TS=-0
TS=>-1.1200
TS=>-6
TS=01100
TS=>01100.1450
TS=<01100
TS=99100
TS=>99100.1450
TS=<99100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100
Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Examples
Example: List all members in the PRD2. library
List all members of the PRD2 library.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2
/*
Example: List members changed or added to the library
List all members changed/added to the library in the last two days.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,TSTAMP=>-1
/*
FUNCTION=LDIR Page 199
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: List all phases in the library regardless of sublibrary
List all members of type 'PHASE' regardless of their sublibrary.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,MEMBER=SELECT
+* SELECT ALL SUB-LIBRARIES
!PHASE SELECT PHASES
* SELECT ALL MEMBERS
/@ TERMINATE SELECTION
/*
Example: List selected phases in the library regardless of sublibrary
List only members of type 'PHASE' which begin with the characters ‘PAY’ regardless of their sublibrary.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,MEMBER=SELECT
+* SELECT ALL SUB-LIBRARIES
!PHASE SELECT PHASES
PAY* SELECT ALL MEMBERS
/@ TERMINATE SELECTION
/*
Example: List selected members in selected sublibrary
List all members in sublibrary 'TEST' whose names begin with 'DRD' regardless of their type. Suppress the library statistics recap.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,MEMBER=SELECT,FORMAT=A
+TEST SELECT SUBLIBRARY 'TEST'
!//////// SELECT ALL TYPES
DRD///// SELECT ALL 'DRD' MEMBERS
/@ TERMINATE SELECTION
/*
Page 200 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: List all phases that have changed in specific sublibrary
List all PHASE type members changed since MAY 1,2000 AT 9 AM, but only those in sublibrary 'TEST'.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,MEM=SELECT,TSTAMP=>00121.0900
+TEST SELECT SUBLIBRARY 'TEST'
!PHASE SELECT PHASES
//////// SELECT ALL MEMBERS
/@ TERMINATE SELECTION
/*
Example: Create library recap only without member listing
List just library statistics only, with no member printout.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,FORMAT=B
/*
FUNCTION=LDIR Page 201
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=LTAPE
The LTAPE (List Tape) command will create a report displaying the contents of a
Dr.D save file. The following are noted on the printer and/or SYSLOG:
•
Presence of standalone IPL records on the front of the tape.
•
The time and date the tape was created.
•
A description of each save that was done to create the tape.
Control Statement Operands
FUNCTION=LTAPE
BLOCKSIZE=n
FUNCTION=LTAPE Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
No
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
No
No
No
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
FUnction=LTape
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=LT
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Page 202 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
Examples
Example: List contents of save file
This job stream reports on the contents of suspect tapes in terms of files, volumes, libraries, etc.
// ASSGN SYS008,281
// TLBL TAPEIN,’SAVE.TAPE’
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LTAPE
/*
FUNCTION=LTAPE Page 203
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=LVTOC
The LVTOC (List VTOC) command provides a compact (but complete) report of the files in the VTOC of one or more disks.
The SVOLID operand must be entered. Up to 30 volsers may be entered to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be listed.
Alternatively, a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC pool name may be used. The
VOLSELECT operand may be used to select the volume(s) from a pool which will be used to determine whether a file is to be listed.
Files may be selected for listing based upon their expiration date by using the
EXPIRED operand.
The PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand allows files to be selected on either an
individual or generic (group) basis or by the size of their files. Refer to Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for detailed information about
the selector control statements.
The AREA operand allows you to limit the area of the disk(s) being listed. Only files whose first/only extent is within the specified disk limits are included in the file selection process
The default report is produced in FILE ID sequence, with all files selected sorted together, allowing a complete alphabetic list of all files on a single disk or within a pool of disks. At the end of file listing, a space map is printed showing the location and size of each available space on the listed disk or on each disk in the pool of disks specified.
The FORMAT operand can be used to affect the report in several ways. If
FORMAT=A is specified, no space map is printed. If FORMAT=B is specified, only the space map is printed - individual files are not listed. The default is
FORMAT=X.
When producing a space map report via FORMAT=X (default) or FORMAT=B, an extent listing showing all the used and unused space may also be produced by adding the character ‘E’ to the FORMAT operand (i.e. FORMAT=BE or
FORMAT=XE).
Page 204 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
FUNCTION=LVTOC
FUNCTION=LVTOC Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
AREA=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)
DM=E
ERROR=IGNORE
No
No
No
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
FORMAT=A|B|BE|X|XE
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
No
No
No
No
No
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
RP=YES|NO
SPACE=n
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
VOLSELECT=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
No
No
No
Yes
No
FUnction=LVtoc
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=LV
ARea=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)
The AREA operand is used to define the area(s) of disk from which files will be listed. Each set of AREA values is a starting and ending track or FBA block number separated by a dash '-'. If the specification is a repeat of the last entered, a single 'R' may be entered. The entries are assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the SVOLID.
Note: you must also use the PARTIAL= operand when using AREA=.
Abbreviation: AR= (s1-e1,s2-e2,…)
DM=E
Use this operand to indicate the SVOLID specifies a BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC pool name.
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
FUNCTION=LVTOC Page 205
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: DM=E
ERror=IGnore
Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to eliminate operator intervention after message DOCTOR171 (indicating the file is not in the VTOC and to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316
(indicating no files are selected) is issued.
Abbreviation: ER=IG
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value Action
Y
N
O
O+n
O-n
Yyddd
Select all files regardless of expiration date (default).
Select only unexpired files.
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
yyddd+n yyddd-n
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
FOrmat=A|B|BE|X|XE
Use this operand to specify the format of reports.
Value Action
A
B
File list only (no recap).
Recap report only (no file list).
BE
X
XE
Recap report and full extent list only (no file list).
File list and recap report (default).
File list, recap report and full extent list.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Page 206 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: FO=A|B|BE|X|XE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be listed on the
report. See Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for
additional details about selector statements.
Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
FUNCTION=LVTOC Page 207
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SPace=n
Use this operand to control spacing on the report. Specify a 1-digit number from
2 to 9 to denote the number of blank lines to be printed between files. The report normally prints one blank line between files.
Abbreviation: SP=n
SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser(s) for listing. Specify up to
30 volsers to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be listed. Dr.D, BIM-EPIC and CA-EPIC disk pool names may also be used in place of actual disk volser(s). When using BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk pool names, you must also specify the DM=E operand.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
VOlselect=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to select files that fully or partially reside on the specified disk(s) for listing. This operand is useful in further qualifying the volumes specified by SVOLID, especially when SVOLID references a disk pool.
Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
Page 208 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
Examples
Example: List all VTOC entries of a disk
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LVTOC,SVOLID=DISK01
/*
Example: List selected files
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LVTOC,SVOLID=DISK01,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL.SYS*
/@
/*
Example: List space map only
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LVTOC,SVOLID=DISK01,FORMAT=B
/*
Example: List only files with more than 900 tracks
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=LVTOC,SVOLID=DISK01,PARTIAL=REJECT
FILESIZE>900
/@
/*
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=LVTOC Page 209
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=MC
The usual method of VM minidisk creation requires that the DSF utility be used to initialized the minidisk, a function not currently in VSE, and then the disk is added to the VM directory. This function allows the creation of VM minidisks and their immediate use directly under VSE.
The real disk that is to contain the new minidisk(s) must still be preformatted using DSF under VM. It must be attached to VSE in read/write mode and be in a device-up state so that an assignment can be made to it by VSE. The minidisk is created with this function by defining the minidisk 'real' start and end addresses via the RBEGIN and RHALT operands. A VSE/MVS type VTOC is created at the end of the disk with a one cylinder size for ECKD and CKD or a one CI size for
FBA. The volume serial number of the created mini-disk is specified via the
VOLOUT operand. If the size or location of the created minidisk VTOC is inadequate, use the FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE to adjust it.
For this function to be most effective, the VSE system destined to use the created minidisk should have a number of 'dummy' PUBS (physical unit blocks) that can be used for attaching the newly created minidisk(s). The VM Directory can be updated without a re-IPL of VSE, but if no spare PUBS are available, a re-IPL after updating the VSE ADD statements would be required. If spare PUBS are available, the new minidisk(s) can be linked to VSE, readied by use of the VSE
DVCUP command, and then be used by VSE (adjust the VTOC at that time if desired).
Before each minidisk is created, the DOCTOR190 warning message is issued, and an operator response is required before the mini is created. Double check the
RVOLD, RBEGIN, and RHALT operands to avoid the accidental destruction of existing minidisks or user files.
Control Statement Operands
FUNCTION=MC
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
RP=YES|NO
RVOLID=xxxxxx
UPSI=012345678
VOLOUT=xxxxxx
FUNCTION=MC Operand Summary
Operand
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RBEGIN=ccchh|block
RHALT=ccchh|block
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Page 210 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUnction=MC
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=MC
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
FUNCTION=MC Page 211
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RBegin=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the starting track/block for the new minidisk. For
CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
Abbreviation: RB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RHalt=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the ending track/block for the new minidisk. For
CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
Abbreviation: RH=ccchh|block
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the “real” volser of the volume where the new minidisk will be created.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VOlout=xxxxxx
VOLOUT is used to set a volume serial number for the new minidisk.
Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx
Page 212 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Create VM minidisk on a ECKD/CKD device
This example creates four VM minidisks on a 3380 volume CKD111. Each minidisk is 100 cylinders.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNC=MC,RVOLID=CKD111,VOLOUT=MINI01,RBEGIN=00100,RHALT=10014
FUNC=MC,RVOLID=CKD111,VOLOUT=MINI02,RBEGIN=10100,RHALT=20014
FUNC=MC,RVOLID=CKD111,VOLOUT=MINI03,RBEGIN=20100,RHALT=30014
FUNC=MC,RVOLID=CKD111,VOLOUT=MINI04,RBEGIN=30100,RHALT=40014
/*
Example: Create VM minidisk on a FBA device
This example creates four VM minidisks on a FBA volume FBA111. Each minidisk is 10,000 blocks.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNC=MC,RVOLID=FBA111,VOLOUT=MINI01,RBEGIN=00020,RHALT=10019
FUNC=MC,RVOLID=FBA111,VOLOUT=MINI02,RBEGIN=10020,RHALT=20019
FUNC=MC,RVOLID=FBA111,VOLOUT=MINI03,RBEGIN=20020,RHALT=30019
FUNC=MC,RVOLID=FBA111,VOLOUT=MINI04,RBEGIN=30020,RHALT=40019
/*
Example: Move and resize a minidisk VTOC
This example moves the VTOC from the end of an FBA mini-disk to the beginning of the minidisk
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=MINI02,RBEGIN=1,RHALT=6
/*
FUNCTION=MC Page 213
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=PUNCH
The Dr.D Punch function may be used to create IDCAMS control statements for deleting and defining VSAM files or to create Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements from information extracted from a VTOC.
Creating VSAM Delete/Define Statements.
Only the VSAM catalog need be identified by the SCAT operand. The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon dates or times (EXPIRED and TSTAMP operands), by residence volume
(SVOLID) or by PARTIAL= selection/rejection operands (see Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for a description of all
selection/rejection statements).
Creating Job Control DLBL/EXTENT Statements.
The SVOLID operand is used to determine which volume(s) or disk pool to be searched when generating Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements. The default is to select all files which have an entry in the VTOC. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon date (EXPIRED operands), ignore
VSAM files (VSAM operand) or by PARTIAL selection/rejection operands (see
Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for a description of all
selection/rejection statements).
Control Statement Operands
Operand
FUNCTION=PUNCH Operand Summary
Required?
FUNCTION=PUNCH
Yes
ASSOCIATIONS=YES|NO
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
RP=YES|NO
SCAT=filename
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
VOLSELECT=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
VSAM=YES|NO
WS=catalogreadpassword
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1
Note 1
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Global?
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Page 214 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Note 1: When creating VSAM Delete/Define statements, the SCAT operand is required and the SVOLID is optional. When creating Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statements, the SVOLID operand is required.
FUnction=PUnch
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=PU
ASsociations=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to also punch the IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE statements for all associated files (PATH’s and AIX’s) even if that associated file would not have been otherwise selected. Specifying NO, the default, to prevent the punching of PATH’s even if the selection entered (using
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT) would otherwise include those objects.
This operand is only valid when creating VSAM Delete/Define statements.
Abbreviation: AS=YE|NO
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value
Y
N
Action
Select all files regardless of expiration date.
Select only unexpired files.
O
O+n
O-n
yyddd
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
yyddd+n yyddd-n
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end
FUNCTION=PUNCH Page 215
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) whose DLBL/EXTENT or IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE statements are to be punched. For additional
information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.
Abbreviation: PA
=SE|RE
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SCat=filename
Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog containing the file(s) to be interrogated. When used on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.
This operand is only valid and required for creating VSAM Delete/Define statements.
Page 216 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: SC=filename
SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Specify this operand to limit selection to only those files that fully or partially reside on any of the listed volumes. Up to 30 volsers may be entered enclosed in parentheses. When creating Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements, this operand is required and may also be specified using a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-
EPIC disk poolid.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value). Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.
The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean
Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day
2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.
The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:
TS=-0
TS=>-1.1200
TS=>-6
TS=01100
TS=>01100.1450
TS=<01100
TS=99100
TS=>99100.1450
TS=<99100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100
This operand is only valid when creating VSAM Delete/Define statements.
FUNCTION=PUNCH Page 217
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
VOlselect=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
This operand restricts selection to files that fully or partially reside on the specified disk(s).
This operand is only valid when creating Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statements.
Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
VSam=YEs|NO
This operand determines if Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements are generated for VSAM files and data spaces listed in the VTOC. The default, YES, generates DLBL/EXTENT statements. If NO is specified, VSAM files will be ignored. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
This operand is only valid when creating Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statements.
Abbreviation: VS=YE|NO
WS=catalogreadpassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.
This operand is only valid when creating VSAM Delete/Define statements.
Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword
Page 218 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Punch IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE control statements for all files
This examples punches IDCAMS Delete/Define statements for all clusters in the
UCAT1 user catalog.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=PUNCH,SCAT=UCAT1
/*
Example: Punch IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE control statements for selected files
This examples punches IDCAMS Delete/Define statements for clusters in the
UCAT1 user catalog whose cluster name begins with ‘PAYROLL’. In addition to the cluster delete/define statements, delete/define statements will also be punched for all associated objects (path, AIX, etc.)
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=PUNCH,SCAT=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL*
/@
/*
Example: Punch IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE control statements for selected files
This examples punches IDCAMS Delete/Define statements for clusters in the
UCAT1 user catalog only if the cluster wholly or partially resides on the CKD001 volume.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=PUNCH,SCAT=UCAT1,SVOLID=CKD001
/*
Example: Punch the DLBL/EXTENT statement for all files in the VTOC
This examples punches Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements for all entries in the VTOC on volume DISK01.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=PUNCH,SVOLID=DISK01
/*
FUNCTION=PUNCH Page 219
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Punch the DLBL/EXTENT statement for all non-VSAM files in the VTOC
This examples punches Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements for all non-
VSAM files in the VTOC on volume DISK01.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=PUNCH,SVOLID=DISK01,VSAM=NO
/*
Example: Punch the DLBL/EXTENT statement for selected files in the VTOC
This examples punches Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements for files in the
VTOC on volume DISK01 whose file-id begins with ‘PAYROLL.SYS’.
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=PUNCH,SVOLID=DISK01,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL.SYS*
/@
/*
Page 220 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=SORT
The sort function allows the data portion of a Dr.D saved file on tape or disk to be extracted and passed as input to the user’s SORT program. Multiple sort functions may be requested within a single Dr.D execution but only one data file is extracted per request.
The RFILENAME operand is used to designate the file to be specified as
SORTOUT to the user's SORT program. Use the FIND operand to position to the desired saved file. The files must be processed in the order that they were saved, and the use of UPSI XXXXXX1 is not allowed.
The SORT program control statements must immediately follow the
FUNCTION=SORT command statement. Each SORT control statement may occupy up to the leading 79 positions of each 80-byte length record with no control statement continuation.
An additional statement is required to terminate the SORT control statements.
As with terminating Dr.D control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /*
statement may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
The output file record format reflected by the TYPE= parameter value on the
SORT’s RECORD control statement must match the format of the saved data or the results will be unpredictable. Only the following SORT program control statements are allowed (others are ignored):
•
ALTSEQ
•
ANALYZE
•
INCLUDE
•
INREC
•
OMIT
•
OPTION
•
OUTFIL
•
OUTREC
•
RECORD
•
SORT
•
A copy will result with FIELDS=COPY
•
A sort will result with FIELDS=(p,m,…)
•
SUM
Partition and GETVIS requirements will vary depending on the user’s SORT program and whether SVA eligible phases have been loaded into the SVA.
FUNCTION=SORT Page 221
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
FUNCTION=SORT
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
FUNCTION=SORT Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
FIND=filename|’file-id’
Yes
No
No
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
RFILENAME=filename
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
UPSI=012345678
No
Yes
No
No
No
FUnction=SOrt
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=SO
FInd=filename|’file-id’
Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD
NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file or the full file-id enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Global?
No
No
Yes
Yes
Page 222 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the output file. The Job Control DLBL statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
FUNCTION=SORT Page 223
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
Examples
Example: Create five User Data Files from backup tape
This example creates five user data files from a Dr.D backup tape.
// TLBL TAPEIN...............
// DLBL SORTWK1,'SORT.WORK.1'
// EXTENT ..............................
// DLBL SORTOUT,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.1'
// EXTENT ..............................
// DLBL SORT2,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.2'
// EXTENT ..............................
// DLBL SORT3,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.3'
// EXTENT ..............................
// DLBL SORT4,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.4'
// EXTENT ..............................
// DLBL SORT5,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.5'
// EXTENT ..............................
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=328K
FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORTOUT,FIND=FIL0001
SORT FIELDS=(4,10,A),FORMAT=BI,WORK=1
RECORD TYPE=V,LENGTH=(200,,,100,170)
OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8192
OPTION PRINT=ALL
/@
FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORT2,FIND='PARTS.MASTER'
SORT FIELDS=(4,10,A),FORMAT=BI,WORK=1
RECORD TYPE=V,LENGTH=(200,,,100,170)
OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8192
OPTION PRINT=ALL
/@
FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORT3,FIND=FIL0006
SORT FIELDS=(4,10,A),FORMAT=BI,WORK=1
RECORD TYPE=F,LENGTH=40
OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8120
OPTION PRINT=ALL
/@
FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORT4,FIND=FIL0100
SORT FIELDS=COPY
RECORD TYPE=F,LENGTH=196
OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8232
OPTION PRINT=ALL
/@
FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORT5,FIND=FIL0101
SORT FIELDS=(4,10,A),FORMAT=BI,WORK=1
RECORD TYPE=V,LENGTH=(200,,,100,170)
OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8192
OPTION PRINT=ALL
/@
/*
USERS GUIDE
Page 224 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=TAPETEST
This feature allows tapes to be tested by writing a block of data continuously over the length of the reel or cartridge. A report is produced showing the number of 'erase gaps' and 'unrecoverable errors' encountered for each cartridge or reel. If a VOL1 is found on the tape, it is printed on the report and retained on the tape. If no VOL1 is found, one is created using the sequence number listed on the report as the VOLUME SERIAL number of the tape. If the starting VOLSER is entered using the VOLSER operand, each tape volume serial number is generated starting at the entered number, and is incremented by one for each tape processed.
For each tape tested, a map is printed showing how the errors are distributed over the tape. Each position of the map is a percentage point for showing the relative position and the number of errors occurring at that point. Thus if 5 errors occurred at the mid-point of the tape, a '5' would appear under the '50' heading.
If more than 9 errors occur at any point, then multiple lines are printed, for example:
8
1
9 indicates that 819 errors occurred at that point.
Either one or two tape drives can be used, so that tape rewind can be overlapped with tape testing. Since the tapes are not opened, a warning is issued stating the drives to be used, allowing the operator to cancel if a conflict exists.
The number of tapes to be tested is controlled by the TAPES operand. Tape testing operation may be interrupted by the operator via the AR MSG command.
In response to the DOCTOR616 message that is issued, the operator may force early end of tape by responding ‘EOV’ or terminate tape testing at the end of the current tape by responding ‘ENDTEST’.
Control Statement Operands
GR=nnn
FUNCTION=TAPETEST Operand Summary
Operand Required?
FUNCTION=TAPETEST
Yes
No
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
No
No
RP=YES|NO
TAPES=n
UPSI=012345678
VOLSER=nnnnnn
No
Yes
No
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
FUNCTION=TAPETEST Page 225
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUnction=TApetest
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=TA
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
TApes=n
Determines the number of tapes to be tested.
Page 226 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TA=n
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VOlser=nnnnnn
Specifies the volser to be written on the first tape being tested effectively reinitializing the tape during the test. When testing multiple tapes, this volser will be incremented by 1 for each tape being tested and reinitialized.
This operand only supports numeric volsers.
Abbreviation: VO=nnnnnn
Examples
Example: Test tape using only one tape drive
This example uses one tape drive, 180, to test one tape.
// ASSGN SYS007,180
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=TAPETEST,TAPES=1
/*
Example: Test tapes using two tape drives
This example uses two tape drives, 180 and 181, for testing tapes. 180 will be tested first and then 181 will be tested as 180 is being rewound. A total of 10 tapes will be tested.
// ASSGN SYS007,180 ASSIGN 1ST DRIVE
// ASSGN SYS006,181 ASSIGN 2ND DRIVE
// UPSI 1111
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=TAPETEST,TAPES=10
/*
FUNCTION=TAPETEST Page 227
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=VERIFY
The Dr.D File Verify function allows VSAM files to be verified using the
IDCAMS VERIFY function. Due to constraints imposed by VSAM Access
Methods Services, only files (both SUBALLOCATED and UNIQUE) identified in the VSAM catalog identified as IJSYSUC can be selected for verification.
The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon dates or times (EXPIRED and TSTAMP operands), by residence volume (SVOLID) or by PARTIAL= selection/rejection operands (refer to Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process).
Control Statement Operands
Operand
FUNCTION=VERIFY Operand Summary
FUNCTION=VERIFY
Required?
Yes
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
RP=YES|NO
SCAT=IJSYSUC
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Global?
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
FUnction=VErify
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=VE
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value
Y
N
O
O+n
Action
Select all files regardless of expiration date.
Select only unexpired files.
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date
Page 228 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Value
O-n
yyddd
Action
by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
yyddd+n yyddd-n
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be verified or reset.
For additional information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.
FUNCTION=VERIFY Page 229
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: PA
=SE|RE
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SCat=IJSYSUC
Due to constraints imposed by VSAM Access Methods Services, this operand must be specified as IJSYSUC to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog containing the file(s) to be verified. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.
Abbreviation: SC=IJSYSUC
SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Specify this operand to limit selection to only those files that fully or partially reside on any of the listed volumes. Up to 30 volsers may be entered enclosed in parentheses.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value). Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.
The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean
Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day
2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.
The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:
Page 230 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
TS=-0
TS=>-1.1200
TS=>-6
TS=01100
TS=>01100.1450
TS=<01100
TS=99100
TS=>99100.1450
TS=<99100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100
Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Examples
Example: Verify files associated with a particular disk volume
// DLBL IJSYSUC,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=VERIFY,SCAT=IJSYSUC,SVOLID=CKD001
/*
Example: Verify only selected files
// DLBL IJSYSUC,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=VERIFY,SCAT=IJSYSUC,PARTIAL=SELECT
PAYROLL*
/@
/*
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=VERIFY Page 231
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE
The usual method of VTOC relocation or resizing is to save the individual files, reinitialize the disk, and then restore the files. The Dr.D VTOCMOVE function allows the VTOC of a disk to be quickly and easily moved to a new location and/or resized. All that is required is that any files in the specified location be deleted or moved to a new location, before the VTOC move is attempted. If the size of the VTOC is being reduced, check to see that no labels exist in the part of the VTOC being dropped. Before moving the VTOC, Dr.D checks the new location against the VTOC to be sure that no files (expired or unexpired) exist in the new location, and that the new location is within the disk limits and will not overlap either the VOL1 record or the old VTOC. If the size of the VTOC is being reduced, the part of the VTOC being dropped is checked to insure no loss of labels. If any conflict is detected, the job is canceled, otherwise the operator is informed that the VTOC is about to be moved or resized, and given one last chance to abort the procedure.
Warning: Do not use this function on DOSRES or SYSWK1 because of IBM
PTF service and procedure dependencies.
Control Statement Operands
GR=nnn
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE Operand Summary
Operand Required?
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE
Yes
No
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
RBEGIN=ccchh|block
No
No
Yes
RHALT=ccchh|block
RP=YES|NO
RVOLID=xxxxxx
No
No
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
FUnction=VTocmove
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: FU=VT
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control
Page 232 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
RBegin=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the starting track/block for the new VTOC. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
Abbreviation: RB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RHalt=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block for the new VTOC. For
CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number. If this operand is omitted, the new VTOC will be the same size as the original
VTOC.
Abbreviation: RH=ccchh|block
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE Page 233
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the volser of the volume whose VTOC will be moved or resized.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx
Examples
Example: Move VTOC on a CKD device from one area of a disk to another
// JOB VTOC MOVE TO CYLINDER 500 HEAD 00
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=CKD111,RBEGIN=50000
/*
/&
Example: Move VTOC on a FBA device to a new location
// JOB VTOC MOVE TO FBA BLOCK 250,000
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=FBA111,RBEGIN=250000
/*
/&
Example: Move and resize a VTOC on a CKD device
// JOB VTOC MOVE TO CYLINDER 50, ADDING A CYLINDER
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=CKD111,RBEGIN=5000,RHALT=5114
/*
/&
Example: Resize a VTOC on a CKD device
// JOB REDUCE VTOC FROM 15 TRACKS TO 5 TRACKS
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=CKD111,RBEGIN=88400,RHALT=88404
/*
/&
Page 234 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=ALL
The RESTORE=ALL command is designed to reload every track/block on a
SAVE=ALL save file back to disk. A disk may be restored to a disk whose size and location of VTOC differs from the save disk. However, at the conclusion of the RESTORE the restored disk's volume label, size and location of the VTOC will be identical to the save disk. Use the VOLOUT operand to set the serial the volume being restored to a value different from the volume number of the saved disk.
The disk to be restored is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLSID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.
For additional protection, it is recommended that UPSI bit 0 be set to 0. This allows you to insure the correct disk volume is being restored and the correct input tape is being used. If UPSI bit 0 is set to 1, the restore operation will occur without operator intervention.
A volume restore will be performed unless the AREA= operand is used.
AREA=SELECT may be used to define the track/blocks on the save tape that are to be restored. AREA=REJECT may be used to restore the volume with the exception of specific track/block addresses. The AREA operand must be used when restoring non-VSE initialized disk (e.g. VM minidisk).
If the save file was originally created with the SHALT operand or if using the
AREA operand during the restore of a VSE disk, caution must be exercised because the VTOC extent from the saved disk is also copied. If there are additional files which resided outside the area restricted for save, those files will still be reflected in the VTOC. The Dr.D FUNCTION=DELETE command (refer
to page 176) may be use to remove any unwanted VTOC entries.
Volumes that were saved to be restored standalone (SAVE=IPL as first command) may also be restored non-standalone by either forward spacing the tape three tape marks (two if LABEL=NO was used during backup), and/or using a TLBL for the tape specifying file number two.
RESTORE=ALL Page 235
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
RESTORE=ALL
GR=nnn
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
LABEL=NO
RSYSNO=SYSnnn
RVOLID=xxxxxx
SEQNO=nn
TI=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
VM=NO|YES
VOLOUT=xxxxxx
WAIT=n
RESTORE=ALL Operand Summary
AREA=SELECT|REJECT
BLOCKSIZE=n
FIND=(volser)
Operand
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
SKIP=nnn
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1
Note 1
No
No
No
No
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of
RSYSNO.
REstore=ALL
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=AL
ARea=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more AREA= selector statements immediately follow this statement. This allows restore to be selective down to the track or FBA block level. It allows volume restore operations to be selective down to the
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
No
No
Yes
No
Page 236 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE cylinder/head or FBA block level. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the last of the continued control statements.
One or more selector statements must follow to identify the tracks/blocks to be selected (AREA=SELECT) or rejected (AREA=REJECT).
An additional statement is required to terminate area selector statements. As
with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement
may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Each area selector consists of a start and end address pair. The start address is separated from the end address by a hyphen (-). For ECKD and CKD addresses, specify the addresses in cylinder and head (ccchh) format. For FBA devices, specify the block number. If an R follows the start and end address pair, it indicates the process is reversed for that statement only.
As an example on a 3390, the following area selector statements will select from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 and reject cylinder 4, head 0 when used with AREA=SELECT. When used with AREA=REJECT, it will reject all data from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 but will select cylinder 4, head
0.
100-1200
400-400R
You may also specify ‘TO=ccchh’ on an AREA selector statement. This allows the selected area to be restored to a new cylinder and head location. If the 'cccchh' is preceded by the letter 'K', the cylinder number of the SAVED area is retained.
This optional operand must be separated from the start and end address pair by at least 1 space.
Abbreviation: AR=SE|RE
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
FInd=(volser)
Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct volume serial number. The volume serial number must be enclosed within parentheses. The save tape is scanned starting at its current position forward until either the search argument is found or the end of tape occurs. If the user
RESTORE=ALL Page 237
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE knows which volume of multivolume files to mount, searching may begin with any volume. See message: 'DOCTOR 616' in the message section for additional information. Use of this operand is needed only when multiple volumes have been saved to the same save file.
Abbreviation: FI=(volser)
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
This operand is used during volume restore to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space. HV=NO is default. HV=YES should be used on the first disk restore within an execution of Dr.D and then
HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LAbel=NO
Use when the input tape is unlabeled.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any
Page 238 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a restore operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D
but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the restore operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.
Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn
RVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the current volser of the output (target) volume during a restore operation.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
RESTORE=ALL Page 239
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
When used for tape positioning, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset. TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
Abbreviation: TD=filename
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VOlout=xxxxxx
VOLOUT is used to set the volume serial number of the output disk being restored. The default, if this operand is omitted, is to change the output volume serial number to be the same as the volume serial number as the saved disk.
Page 240 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx
VM=NO|YEs
Use this operand to when saving, restoring or copying non-VSE volumes (i.e.
VM minidisk) on CKD and ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
RESTORE=ALL Page 241
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Restore all tracks/blocks of disk from tape
This job stream restores all tracks/blocks on the volume CKDP12. Following the restore, the disk volser will be CKDP12.
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,'CKDP12.SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST
RESTORE=ALL,RV=CKDP12
RE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Restore all tracks/blocks of disk from tape and set new volser
This job stream restores all tracks/blocks on the volume CKDP12. Following the restore, the disk volser will be NEWP12.
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,'CKDP12.SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST
RESTORE=ALL,RV=CKDP12,VOLOUT=NEWP12
RE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Selective restore of all tracks/blocks
This example uses a tape created by the SAVE=ALL method. Only cylinders 100 through 130 will be restored.
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,’CKDP12.SAVE’
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
REST=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST
REST=ALL,RV=CKDP12,AREA=SELECT
10000-13014
/@
RE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Page 242 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore minidisk
This example uses a tape created by the SAVE=ALL method. The tape contains a number of VM minidisk and will be used to selectively restore minidisk 1 , 2 and
3. The third disk is to be relocated to a new physical location. Minidisk 1 originally resided on cylinder 100 through 130 and will be restored to its original location. Minidisk 2 originally resided on cylinder 200 through 249 and will be restored to its original location. Minidisk 3 originally resided on cylinder 300 through 400 but will be restored to cylinders 400 through 500. The disk being restored is assigned to 620 using the default RSYSNO SYS002.
// ASSGN SYS002,620
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// TLBL TAPEIN
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
REST=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST
REST=ALL,VM=YES,AREA=SELECT
10000-13014
20000-24914
30000-30014 TO=40000
/@
RE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Restore from multiple volume save.
This example demonstrates how to position the tape when you have multiple volume backups on the same tape.
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=ALL,RVOLID=222222,FIND=(222222)
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
NOTE: Once the tape is positioned, any appropriate restore function may be specified.
RESTORE=ALL Page 243
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=CURRENT
The RESTORE=CURRENT command is designed to reload active areas, which have been saved by a SAVE=CURRENT command. The restore may be a full pack restore where all active areas, including IPL track/block and VTOC extent, are reloaded back to disk. At the conclusion of a full pack restore, the restored disk's volume label, size and location of the VTOC will be identical to the save disk. Use the VOLOUT operand to set the volume serial number of the restored disk to a value different from the volume number of the saved disk.
You may also perform a restore of selective files only. On ECKD and CKD devices use the PARTIAL operand to selectively request files to be restored. On
FBA devices, use RFILENAME and SIDENT to selectively request files to be restored. Unlike a full pack restore, the volume serial number, IPL track/block and VTOC extent are not restored when performing a selective file restore.
The disk to be restored is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.
For additional protection, it is recommended that UPSI bit 0 be set to 0. This allows you to insure the correct disk volume is being restored and the correct input tape is being used. If UPSI bit 0 is set to 1, the restore operation will occur without operator intervention.
If the save file was originally created with the EXPIRED or PARTIAL operand or if using the AREA operand, caution must be exercised when performing a full pack restore using RESTORE=CURRENT because the VTOC extent from the saved disk is also copied. If there are additional files which resided outside the area restricted for save, those files will still be reflected in the VTOC. The Dr.D
FUNCTION=DELETE command (refer to page 176) may be use to remove any
unwanted VTOC entries.
Volumes that were saved to be restored standalone (SAVE=IPL as first command) may also be restored non-standalone by either forward spacing the tape three tape marks (two if LABEL=NO was used during backup), and/or using a TLBL for the tape specifying file number two.
**Warning**: SAVE|RESTORE=CURRENT will process VSAM objects and
VSE libraries listed in the VTOC correctly only when saving|restoring the entire volume. To process individual VSAM files, you should use
SAVE|RESTORE=LOGICAL|VSAM. To process individual VSE libraries, you should use SAVE|RESTORE=LIBRARY.
Page 244 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Compacting/Reorganizing Disk or Pools.
Reorganization/compacting of a disk or disk manager pool space on CKD disk moves data files to a contiguous area of the pack. When this is done, a larger, contiguous free space are is created thereby eliminating fragmented free space on the pack. With Dr.D, disk reorganization/compacting can be achieved with a minimal impact on processing by using the AREA=COMPACT operand with
RESTORE=CURRENT. This can be used with the major disk management systems, BIM-EPIC, CA-EPIC, CA-DYNAM and CA-SYSTEM MANAGER. This method is preferable to the RESTORE=LOGICAL method for a number of reasons:
1. It is substantially faster.
2. Because the files are not opened, critical information in the VTOC such as generation numbers, creation dates, etc. are not changed.
3. One disk at a time can be compacted even though there may be files on the disk that have extents on other disks, allowing easier management of the compacting operation.
For this method to operate correctly, several aspects must be considered:
1. At this time, this method can only be used with ECKD and CKD disk type.
2. During SAVE or RESTORE of the disk being compacted, no files on that disk can be allocated or deleted, and none accessed during the RESTORE compacting operation. The HV= operand can be used to prevent problems in this area, or the disk can be detached from the disk manager while compacting.
3. If a VTOC index is used, it must be regenerated after compacting is completed.
4. The System Manager Verify function must be run against the compacted disk to update the System Manager extent information.
5. For BIM-EPIC, the BIM-EPIC catalog will be updated to reflect the revised extent information.
6. For CA-EPIC, although the CA-EPIC catalog will not be updated to reflect the revised extent information, the files are still accurately accessible.
RESTORE=CURRENT Page 245
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
RESTORE=CURRENT Operand Summary
Operand Required?
RESTORE=CURRENT
Yes
ALIGN=YES|NO|ALL
AREA=SELECT|REJECT|COMPACT
BLOCKSIZE=n
No
No
No
DATE=yyddd|+n
DM=E
FIND=(volser)
GR=nnn
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
No
No
No
No
No
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RFILENAME=filename
RP=YES|NO
RSYSNO=SYSnnn
RVOLID=xxxxxx
R0=YES|NO
No
No
No
Note 2
No
Note 2
No
Note 1
Note 1
No
SEQNO=nn
SIDENT=’file-id’
SKIP=nnn
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1
TI=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
VOLOUT=xxxxxx
VSAM=NO|YES
WAIT=n
No
Note 2
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Global?
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of
RSYSNO.
Page 246 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Note 2: For a file restore, both the RFILENAME and SIDENT operands are required when restoring to an FBA device. When restoring to a ECKD or CKD device, the PARTIAL=SELECT is required. If these operands are omitted, the restore will default to a volume restore.
REstore=CUrrent
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=AL
ALign=YEs|NO|ALl
Use this operand to specify how files are to be cylinder aligned.
Value Action
YES Files that were cylinder aligned will remain cylinder aligned.
NO
ALL
No files within the reorg area will be cylinder aligned.
All files within the reorg are will be cylinder aligned.
Abbreviation: AL=YE|NO|AL
ARea=SElect|Reject|COmpact
Indicates that one or more AREA= selector statements immediately follow this statement. This allows restore to be selective down to the track or FBA block level. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the last of the continued control statements.
One or more selector statements must follow to identify the tracks/blocks to be selected (AREA=SELECT|COMPACT) or rejected (AREA=REJECT).
An additional statement is required to terminate area selector statements. As
with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement
may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Each area selector consists of a start and end address pair. The start address is separated from the end address by a hyphen (-). For ECKD and CKD addresses, specify the addresses in cylinder and head (ccchh) format. For FBA devices, specify the block number. If an R follows the start and end address pair, it indicates the process is reversed for that statement only.
As an example on a 3390, the following area selector statements will select from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 and reject cylinder 4, head 0 when used with AREA=SELECT|COMPACT. When used with AREA=REJECT, it will reject all data from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 but will select cylinder 4, head 0.
100-1200
400-400R
RESTORE=CURRENT Page 247
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
On CKD and ECKD with AREA=SELECT, you may also specify ‘TO=ccchh’ on an AREA selector statement. This allows the selected area to be restored to a new cylinder and head location. If the 'cccchh' is preceded by the letter 'K', the cylinder number of the SAVED area is retained. This optional operand must be separated from the start and end address pair by at least 1 space.
Abbreviation: AR=SE|RE|CO
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
DAte=yyddd|+n
Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being restored. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy)
Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If omitted, the expiration date will be set to the same value as when the file was saved.
Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n
DM=E
Use this operand when reorganizing/compacting EPIC disk pool space
(AREA=COMPACT). This operand will result in the EPIC DSN catalog being updated to reflect any file changes resulting from the disk reorganization/compacting.
Abbreviation: DM=E
FInd=(volser)
Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct volume serial number. The volume serial number must be enclosed within parentheses. The save tape is scanned starting at its current position forward until either the search argument is found or the end of tape occurs. If the user knows which volume of multivolume files to mount, searching may begin with any volume. See message: 'DOCTOR 616' in the message section for additional information. Use of this operand is needed only when multiple volumes have been saved to the same save file.
Abbreviation: FI=(volser)
Page 248 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
This operand is used during volume restore to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space. HV=NO is default. HV=YES should be used on the first disk restore within an execution of Dr.D and then
HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LAbel=NO
Use when the input tape is unlabeled.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
RESTORE=CURRENT Page 249
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
Each selector specifies the fully qualified (no wildcards allowed) dataset name of the file to be selected and is followed by the characters ‘@filename@’ (separated from the dataset name by at least 1 space) . The filename reflects the Job Control
DLBL statement for the file to be restored.
As an example, to select the file ‘SAVED.FILE1’ and restore it to the file referenced by the DLBL ‘OUTPUT’, use the selector statement:
SAVED.FILE1 @OUTPUT@
An additional statement is required to terminate selector statements. As with
terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement may be
used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the
/* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Required for restoring individual files on a ECKD or CKD devices only. Refer to the examples at the end of this section for additional details on using
PARTIAL=SELECT with RESTORE=CURRENT.
Abbreviation: PA=SE
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be restored. The Job Control DLBL statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Required with the SIDENT operand for restoring individual files on FBA devices only. Refer to the examples at the end of this section for additional details on selective restoring on FBA with RESTORE=CURRENT.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional
Page 250 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a restore operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D
but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the restore operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.
Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn
RVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the current volser of the output (target) volume during a restore operation.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx
R0=YEs|NO
'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved or restored. If the R0 records are in standard format, then it is usually not necessary to restore them, and restore time can be reduced substantially. Certain file types (COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.
Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SIdent=’file-id’
Specify the full file-id enclosed in single quotes to indicate the name of the new file being restored.
Required with the RFILENAME operand for restoring individual files on FBA devices only. Refer to the examples at the end of this section for additional details on selective restoring on FBA with RESTORE=CURRENT.
Abbreviation: SI=’file-id’
RESTORE=CURRENT Page 251
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
When used for tape positioning, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset. TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
Abbreviation: TD=filename
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VOlout=xxxxxx
VOLOUT is used to set the volume serial number of the output disk being restored. The default, if this operand is omitted, is to change the output volume serial number to be the same as the volume serial number as the saved disk when performing a full pack restore.
Page 252 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx
VSam=YEs|NO
Specify VSAM=NO to bypass VSAM objects. With VSAM=YES, the default,
VSAM objects are saved as a DA files.
**Warning**: SAVE|RESTORE=CURRENT will process VSAM objects listed in the VTOC correctly only when saving|restoring the entire volume. To process individual VSAM files, you should use
SAVE|RESTORE=LOGICAL|VSAM.
Abbreviation: VS=YE|NO
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
RESTORE=CURRENT Page 253
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Restore entire pack using SAVE=CURRENT save file
This job stream restores the SYSWK1 disk volume from a save tape created by the SAVE=CURRENT method. Before the save operation begins, tape positioning is assured with the TAPE=REW operand and the tape is unloaded after the save operation is complete.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SYSWK1.SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW
RESTORE=CURRENT,RV=SYSWK1
RE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Restore active areas from IPLable save file
This example restores a disk volume, cuu=137, from an IPLable backup tape.
VOLOUT is used to set the volser of the output disk to 'OLDRES'. The Job
Control statement, ‘// MTC FSF,SYS008,3’ is used to skip the IPL bootstrap on the tape.
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// MTC REW,SYS008
// MTC FSF,SYS008,3
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SYSRES SAVE',,,,2
// ASSGN SYS002,137
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=CURRENT,RSYSNO=SYS002,UPSI=011,VOLOUT=OLDRES
RE=NO,TA=RU
/*
Page 254 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore individual file on FBA using a SAVE=CURRENT save file
This example performs an individual file restore from an FBA disk
SAVE=CURRENT save file. The dataset ‘SAVED.FILE.ID’ is restored to volume
PCK123 as ‘NEW VERSION OF FILE’.
// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// MTC REW,SYS008
// DLBL SDFILE,'NEW VERSION OF FILE'
// EXTENT SYS002,PCK123,1,0,557000,500
// ASSGN SYS002,223
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=011
RE=CU,RVOLID=PCK123,RFILENAME=SDFILE,SIDENT=’SAVED.FILE.ID’
RESTORE=NOPERATION,TAPE=RUN
/*
*WARNING* IF 'RF' AND 'SI' ARE NOT ENTERED ON AN FBA RESTORE, A
VOLUME RESTORE OCCURS.
Example: Restore individual file on CKD using a SAVE=CURRENT save file
Individual files may be restored from the backup produced by the volume
SAVE=CURRENT method by specifying the PARTIAL= operand and the ID(s) of the file(s) to be restored. This example restores ‘OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE1’ as
‘NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE1’ and ‘OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE2’ as
‘NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE2’.
// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// MTC REW,SYS008
// DLBL SDFILE1,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE1'
// EXTENT SYS002,,1,0,15,500
// DLBL SDFILE2,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE2'
// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500
// ASSGN SYS002,223
// ASSGN SYS003,224
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=CURRENT,PARTIAL=SELECT
OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE1 @SDFILE1@
OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE2 @SDFILE2@
/@
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Note: The DLBL name is coded on the file selector within the "@" signs, and
SYS002 must be assigned to the first disk being restored to.
*WARNING* IF 'PARTIAL=SELECT' IS NOT ENTERED ON A ECKD OR CKD
RESTORE, A VOLUME RESTORE OCCURS.
RESTORE=CURRENT Page 255
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Disk reorganization (ECKD and CKD disk only)
This example reorganizes cylinders 1-300 and 600-849 of a 3380 disk
(volser=MYVSER) previously saved by SAVE=CURRENT. No cylinder boundary alignment is needed.
// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NOPERATION,UPSI=011
RESTORE=CURRENT,RV=MYVSER,AREA=COMPACT,ALIGN=NO
100-30014
60000-84914
/@
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Compacting EPIC pool space (ECKD and CKD disk only)
EPIC pool space can be compacted by Dr.D, one disk at a time using the
SAVE=CURRENT volume backup and restore. Specify the area of the disk to be compacted in cylinder and head notation. If the BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC catalog is on this disk, exclude it from the area.
Dr.D will lock the disk while the backup and restore is taking place as indicated by use of the HV (hold VTOC) operand.
The BIM-EPIC catalog will be updated to reflect the revised extent information.
The BIM-EPIC catalog update is accomplished using an interface provided only by BIM-EPIC and no BIM-EPIC catalog label information or assignments are required.
For CA-EPIC, no interface is available for updating the CA-EPIC catalog. Files compacted using this technique, however, are still accurately accessible.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .
// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .
// ASSGN SYS007,cuu
// ASSGN SYS008,SYS007
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SA=NO,UP=111,CP=YES,TAPE=REW
SA=CU,SV=DISK01,EX=YES,HV=YES,EOF=YES
SA=NO,TA=RE
RE=CU,RV=DISK01,DM=E,ALIGN=NO,HV=HOLD,AR=COMPACT
100-88314
/@
RE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Page 256 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=DATA
The RESTORE=DATA command is used to restore individual non-VSAM files with data saved using any of the following techniques:
•
The Volume Logical Save feature (SAVE=LOGICAL command)
•
The Non-VSAM Data File Save feature (SAVE=DATA or SAVE=SDISK commands)
•
User Data File
•
Other backup software tape (see Conversion From Other Backup Software
Products on page 458 for additional information)
A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be restored. Its filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the RFILENAME operand.
Dr.D will interrogate the DLBL to ascertain whether it is SD, DA, or ISAM. For
ECKD and CKD disk, an SD file may be restored as a DA and vice-versa. The restore file's extents are completely independent of the save file's; they may differ in size, placement and types of disks.
When using a Dr.D save tape, use the FIND or SKIP operand to position the input to the appropriate file. If the file is not repositioned using FIND or SKIP, the RFILENAME operand must specify a filename matching the “DD NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file.
When using a User Data File as input, positioning is required only if there are multiple files on the tape. To position a User Data File, use the SKIP operand.
Additionally, if the User Data File contains fixed length records, the LRECSIZE and NRECDS operands are required. If the User Data File contains variable length records, the VARIABLE and LBLOCKSIZE operands must be used.
Using The RMODE Operand
The RMODE (Restore Mode) is an internal switch in Dr.D that is set and used when writing to the disk. Set RMODE to either an 'I' for image or 'S' for squeeze.
When set to 'I', Dr.D exactly mirrors the saved extent during the restore. Partially used tracks, unused tracks, records out of sequence on a track, all appear restored in the same format.
When RMODE is set to 'S', the full track capacity of the restore disk is employed.
If there are any partial or unused tracks in the saved extent, that unused area is dropped and ignored. As many data records as can be accommodated are written on each track. Also, any records that are out of sequence on a saved track are written in the physical order they appear on the saved track. However, all records written on a track are sequentially numbered.
RESTORE=DATA Page 257
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
When restoring a DA data file, RMODE is set to 'I' to accommodate the majority of applications using DA files. Thus, if relative track addressing is used, the DA file may be relocated and still accessed.
When restoring an SD file, RMODE is set to 'S' if it is restored to a new disk type.
Specifying RMODE=I or RMODE=S will override the default as described above.
The only reason for specifying this override is in conversion of direct access from one disk type to another.
Using The SYNC Operand
Dr.D processes multi-extent data files as normally expected under VSE. The size and number of extents of the save file and restore file are independent of each other. Upon restoring, Dr.D will fill each extent in order, switching to the next extent as the current one becomes full (the input and output extents are treated asynchronously).
However, sometimes you might want to switch output extents before each fills up. Using the SYNC=YES operand will cause the restored files' extents to become
'SYNCHRONIZED' with the saved files’ extents.
As an example, if there were 100 and 200 records respectively in the first and second extents of a save file, then there will be exactly 100 and 200 records, respectively, in the first and second extents of the restore file (even though they might be able to hold more). Whenever SYNC=YES is specified, the restore file must have as many extents as the save file and each restore extent must be able to accommodate at least as many records as its corresponding save extent.
Putting SYNC=YES for an ISAM file will be ignored.
Page 258 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
RESTORE=DATA
BLOCKSIZE=n
DATE=yyddd|+n
RESTORE=DATA Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
DELETE=YES|ppppxx
No
No
No
DTAPE=YES
FIND=filename|’file-id’
GR=nnn
LABEL=NO
LBLOCKSIZE=n
No
Note 3
No
No
Note 1
LRECSIZE=n
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
NRECDS=n
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RFILENAME=filename
RMODE=I|S
RP=YES|NO
R0=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
Yes
No
No
No
No
Note 2
No
Note 2
No
No
SKIP=nnn
SYNC=YES
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1
TI=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
VARIABLE=YES
WAIT=n
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Note 1: For variable length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LBLOCKSIZE= and VARIABLE=YES operands are required
Note 2: For fixed length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LRECSIZE= and
NRECDS= operands are required.
RESTORE=DATA Page 259
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Note 3: FIND= is required if the input was created by the Volume Logical Save feature or if it is a backup tape created by another backup software product.
REstore=DAta
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=DA
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
DAte=yyddd|+n
Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being restored. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy)
Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n
DElete=YEs|NO|pppphh
Use this operand to allow or bypass issuance of IBM equal file or overlap on unexpired file messages which require operator intervention. If specified as NO, the default, no specific action will be taken to bypass overlap messages. If specified as YES, Dr.D will modify the expiration date to ‘00000’ of any existing file with the same dataset name before attempting to restore it.
Use format DELETE=pppphh to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the restore function.
pppp is a 4-digit decimal number (relative to 1 with leading zeros specified and less than 4097) denoting the position in a record where the single character is located (if used with variable-length records, this position must be in the leading fixed portion of the record). hh is the hexadecimal value of the single character code. If omitted, all records will be restored.
Abbreviation: DE=YE|pppphh
DTape=YEs
Use this operand to indicate the input is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.
When the input data file contains fixed-length records, you must also specify the
Page 260 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
LR= and NR= operands. When the input data file contains variable-length records, also specify the VARIABLE=YES and LB= operands. Note: Only one
DTAPE=YES restore can be specified per Dr.D execution. If multiple
DTAPE=YES restores are required, accomplish each under a separate Dr.D
execution.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: DT=YE
FInd=filename|’file-id’
Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD
NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file or the full file-id enclosed in single quotes. If this operand is not specified, Dr.D does not reposition the save file and the next saved file will be used as the input dataset.
Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LAbel=NO
Used to read unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LBlocksize=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES operand to identify the maximum blocksize found in the input User Data File. Use this operand also with variable block files to have their logical block size adjusted up or down during a restore command.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: LB=n
LRecsize=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and NR=n operands to identify the length of each logical record found in the input User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains
RESTORE=DATA Page 261
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: LR=n
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
NRecds=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LR=n operands to identify the maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record found in the input User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as
NR=10.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: NR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
Page 262 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be restored. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
RMode=I|S
This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the restore.
Value Action
I
S
Restore file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks.
Restore file in Squeeze mode. In this mode, as many input blocks as possible are written to each output track. Unused tracks or portions of track on the saved extent are skipped over, and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device, using the full capacity of the track.
This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.
Suppose you saved an area from a 3375 and restored it to a 3380. If the 3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.
Likewise, if the 3375 had a completely blank track, so will the 3380. In other words, RMODE=I restores on a track by track basis exactly mirroring the saved extent. On the other hand, specifying RMODE=S informs Dr.D to use the full track capacity of the restoring device.
RMODE defaults to 'IMAGE' (RMODE=I) unless the file type is SD and the disk type changes, it may be necessary to override that assumption due to a peculiarity in the nature of the file. For SD files, RMODE defaults to ‘SQUEEZE’
(RMODE=S).
Abbreviation: RM=I|S
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
R0=YEs|NO
'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved or restored. If the R0 records are in standard format, then it is usually not necessary to restore them, and restore time can be reduced substantially. Certain file types (COBOL direct
RESTORE=DATA Page 263
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.
Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
SYnc=YEs
Normally Dr.D will treat a multi-extent output disk area as one contiguous prime data area. Specifying SYNC=YES will cause the same number of records to be written in each extent as were read from the saved extent (the save and restore extents are synchronized). Thus, when SYNC=YES operand is used the number of extents in the saved and restored files must be the same and each restore extent must be large enough to contain the number of records to contain its corresponding save extent.
Abbreviation: SY=YE
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr
REw
RUn
Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Page 264 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
Abbreviation: TD=filename
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
Restore processing supports Type 1 and Type 2 user exits. User Exit Type 1 may be used to Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records. This method should be used in most situations. User Exit Type 2 may be used to Inspect or Generate
logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF constant
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
t mm zzzzzz
processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.
is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.
is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.
RESTORE=DATA Page 265
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement.
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
VAriable=YEs
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LB=n operands to indicate the input User Data File contains variable-length records.
Abbreviation: VA=YE
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Page 266 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Restore same file using a SAVE=DATA save file
This example restores the same file, ‘DISK.FILE.01’, which was saved by a prior
SAVE=DATA operation. The dataset selected for restore off the save file is retrieved from the DLBL associated with the RFILENAME operand, FILEONE.
// DLBL FILEONE,'DISK.FILE.01',2099/360,SD
// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980
// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000,8
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEONE
/*
Example: Restore DA and SD files using a SAVE=DATA save file
This example restores the 2 files saved on the same tape by a prior SAVE=DATA function. The files being restored were originally saved in the order they are being restored in. If the files were not saved in the same order as being restored, it would be required to position the save tape to the proper file by using the
FIND, SKIP, and/or TAPE=REW operands.
// DLBL FILEONE,'DISK.FILE.01',2099/360,SD
// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980
// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000,8
// DLBL FILETWO,'DISK.FILE.02',2099/360,DA
// EXTENT ,434729,1,0,20,2320
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEONE
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILETWO
/*
RESTORE=DATA Page 267
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore individual file using a SAVE=LOGICAL save file
Individual files on a SAVE=LOGICAL save file may be restored using
RESTORE=DATA or RESTORE=SDISK. Because the input save file will generally contain multiple files, the FIND operand is used to position the save file to the correct data.
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL SDFILE2,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE2'
// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500
// ASSGN SYS003,224
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111
RESTORE=DA,RF=SDFILE2,FI='OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE2'
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Restore first and third files using the FIND operand
In this example, FIND is specified and is restoring the first and third files only.
Also note that SYS025 is being used for the input file in place of the default
SYS008. Because the files are being restored in relative sequence (file=1 first then file=3), no additional tape positioning is required. If the restore order were reversed (file=3 first then file=1), you would need to add a
‘RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW’ command between the RESTORE=DATA control statements.
// ASSGN SYS025,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'
// DLBL FILEX,'VERSION.OF.FILE1'
// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500
// ASSGN SYS003,224
// DLBL FILEZ,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE3'
// EXTENT SYS010,,1,0,215,90
// ASSGN SYS010,225
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,TI=SYS025
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEX,FIND=FILEX
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEZ,FIND='FILE ID OF 3RD FILE'
/*
Page 268 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Using SKIP before restoring
In this example, 'SKIP=NNN' will skip over NNN saved files on the tape before restoring. Because the files are being restored in relative sequence (file=1 first then file=3), the SKIP=001 simply bypasses the second file on the tape.
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'
// DLBL FILEX,'VERSION.OF.FILE1'
// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500
// ASSGN SYS003,224
// DLBL FILEZ,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE3'
// EXTENT SYS010,,1,0,215,90
// ASSGN SYS010,225
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEX
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEZ,SKIP=001
/*
Example: Restore files saved with the User Data File feature
This example restores the two SD files saved by a SAVE=DATA operation which created a User Data File. The first file being restored is a fixed length record file with a record size of 100. The output file created by this restore will result in a blocksize of 1000 (LR=100 time NR=10). The second file being restored is a variable length file. The output file created by this restore will result in a maximum blocksize of 16000 (LB=16000).
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300
// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000
// TLBL TAPEIN,'FB.SAM.FILE'
// TLBL TDI0001,'VB.SAM.FILE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
RE=DATA,RFILENAME=FIL1,DTAPE=YES,LR=100,NRECDS=10
RE=DATA,RFILENAME=FIL2,DTAPE=YES,VARIABLE=YES,LB=16000
RE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
RESTORE=DATA Page 269
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=ERASE
Sometimes it would be nice to be able to clear or erase a portion of a disk.
RESTORE=ERASE will accomplish this goal. Standard ECKD/CKD R0 records are written and the tracks are erased; FBA blocks are cleared.
The disk to be erased is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLSID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation administrator (refer to
Configure System Options on page 16 for additional information). Use of
RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.
The area of the disk to be erased/cleared is defined by use of the RBEGIN and
RHALT operands.
Control Statement Operands
RESTORE=ERASE
GR=nnn
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
RESTORE=ERASE Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
No
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
No
No
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RBEGIN=ccchh|block
RHALT=ccchh|block
RSYSNO=SYSnnn
RP=YES|NO
RVOLID=xxxxxx
SEQNO=nn
UPSI=012345678
No
Yes
Note 2
Note 1
No
Note 1
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
No
Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of
RSYSNO.
Note 2: If RHALT is omitted, it will default to the RBEGIN value resulting in the restore of a single track/block.
REstore=ERase
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Page 270 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: RE=ER
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RBegin=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where the erase is to begin on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder
(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
RESTORE=ERASE Page 271
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: RB=ccchh|block
RHalt=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block where the erase is to stop on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder
(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
Abbreviation: RH=ccchh|block
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during the erase operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D
but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the erase operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.
Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn
RVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the volser of the output (target) volume during an erase operation.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Page 272 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
Examples
Example: Erase disk
Assume two 3380's on 131 (volser=PCK131) and 132 (volser=PCK132). This example erases all of the pack on 131 and the last half of the pack on 132. It also erases cylinder 705 of a 3375 on 155 (volser=PCK155).
// ASSGN SYS002,131
// ASSGN SYS003,132
// ASSGN SYS004,155
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=ERASE,RVOLID=PCK131,RBEGIN=101,RHALT=84500
RESTORE=ERASE,RVOLID=PCK132,RBEGIN=40000,RHALT=84500
RESTORE=ERASE,RVOLID=PCK155,RBEGIN=70500,RHALT=70518
/*
RESTORE=ERASE Page 273
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=LIBRARY
Use the RESTORE=LIBRARY command when restoring a VSE library (pre-SP2 format libraries are not supported). All sublibraries and members or only selective sublibraries and members may be restored. Sublibraries and their members may be restored to the same sublib or a different sublib.
A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the library to be restored and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the
RFILENAME operand. If RFILENAME is omitted for standard restore operations, it will look for a DLBL statement with the filename of SYSLIB.
The MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT and TSTAMP operands may be used to selectively restore sublibraries and/or members. The MEMBER operand uses library selector statements to select or reject by sublib, member type and/or member name. Library selector statements also allow a sublib and its members to be restored to a different sublib in the output library. The TSTAMP operand bases its selection upon the “last update” date and time.
Dr.D uses two different methods for restoring library members. The LIBRARY operand controls the method to use. The default method uses Dr.D's own member and directory output routines. The LIBRARY operand may be used to invoke LIBR functions for member and directory output. This is accomplished by specifying LIBRARY=LIBR. The two methods differ in several aspects: 1) The
LIBR method requires more GETVIS memory and more free space in the library, but may be suitable for libraries in active use. 2) The LIBR method changes the date of the member while LIBRARY=PHYSICAL retains the date as saved.
When using Dr.D’s own member and directory output routines, you may specify the ADD, NEW, CREATE or EXTEND values with the LIBRARY operand. The
ADD value is the default and will reuse the space of restored members if they already exist in the library. The NEW value informs Dr.D that the library is to be created during the restore of sublibraries and members. The CREATE and
EXTEND values are used to simply create or expand a library, no data is restored.
Listing of sublibrary and member names can be controlled by use of the
FORMAT and PRINT operands.
Library Create and Extend
Dr.D can add extents to libraries in either VSAM or BAM space, but VSE does not allow the SYSRES library to have more than one extent. These functions are independent of any other library function, therefore a subsequent restore or copy operation is required if members are to be added to the library.
If the library is in VSAM space and LIBRARY=CREATE is specified, a single open is issued to allocate the first extent. If LIBRARY=EXTEND is specified, the library is checked to determine the number of existing extents before opening as output to allocate a new extent.
Page 274 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
If the library is in BAM space, Dr.D will issue an open for each JCL EXTENT card presented. This may result in the issuance of a corresponding VSE 'EQUAL FILE
ID IN VTOC' message, even if the library is being extended. The operator should respond with 'DELETE' after verifying that the correct file-id is listed.
Note: The RFILENAME operand is required when specifying
LIBRARY=CREATE|EXTEND.
Library Space Considerations
In estimating library space requirements, a good rule of thumb is about 10% of the library will be needed for directory and high level indexes. If the library fills up during restore, the members up to the one noted in message DOCTOR074 are restored and the library is intact. Use the LIBRARY=EXTEND feature if you wish to enlarge the library or simply reallocate a new, larger library and restart the restore. When determining whether a member will fit, an estimate is made of the number of additional directory blocks and higher level indexes needed. This estimate insures the successful completion of the restore but may allow one or two more blocks than are actually needed for the operation. If library space is limited, always issue a LIBR RELEASE command before attempting the restore.
RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 275
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
RESTORE=LIBRARY Operand Summary
Operand Required?
RESTORE=LIBRARY
Yes
BLOCKSIZE=n
FIND=filename|’file-id’
FORMAT=A|B|C|D|E
No
No
No
GR=nnn
LABEL=NO
LIBRARY=ADD|NEW|CREATE|EXTEND|LIBR
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT
No
No
No
No
No
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH|YES
RFILENAME=SYSLIB|filename
RP=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SKIP=nnn
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1
TI=SYSnnn
TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
UPSI=012345678
WAIT=n
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1
No
No
Note 1: RFILENAME defaults to SYSLIB when LIBRARY=ADD|NEW|LIBR is specified. RFILENAME is required when LIBRARY=CREATE|EXTEND is specified, there is no default.
REstore=LIbrary
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=LI
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
No
Yes
Page 276 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
FInd=filename|’file-id’
Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD
NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file or the full file-id enclosed in single quotes. If this operand is not specified, Dr.D does not reposition the save file and the next saved file will be used as the input dataset.
Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’
FOrmat=A|B|C|D|E
Specify this operand to control the listing of sublibrary and members names as they are being processed and where the information will be issued (SYSLOG or
SYSLST).
Value Action
A
B
Enable display of member names and sublib names on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.
Enable display of member names on SYSLST only. Sublib names are displayed on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.
C
D
E
Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLST only.
Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLOG only.
Do not display member names or sublib names on either SYSLOG and
SYSLST. This is the default.
This operand works in conjunction with the PRINT operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FO=A|B|C|D|E
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 277
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LAbel=NO
Used to read unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LIbrary=Add|New|Create|Extend|Libr
Use this operand to define the operation of a RESTORE|COPY=LIBRARY command.
Value Action
ADD Merges sublibraries and members from a save file into an existing library. Any existing members being restored are replaced. Any sublib or member not currently in the library will be added. All existing sublibraries and members not being copied|restored will not be modified. This is the default.
NEW Deletes all existing sublibraries and members prior to the restore.
CREATE Defines a library only; no data is copied|restored.
EXTEND Defines an additional extent to an existing library only; no data is restored.
LIBR Uses the LIBR i/o routines in place of the Dr.D physical i/o routines.
Abbreviation: LI=A|N|C|E|L
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MEmber=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more library selector statements immediately follow this statement. The library selector statements may be used to specify the sublibrary(s), member type(s) and/or member name(s) to be selected
(MEMBER=SELECT) or rejected (MEMBER=REJECT).
There are several types of library selector statements. Sublibrary selectors are prefixed by a ‘+’ sign. Member type selectors are prefixed by a ‘!’ sign. For COPY and RESTORE operations, a “to-sublib” name may be specified by prefixing the
“to-sublib” name with a ‘&’ sign. All other selector statements, without an above mentioned prefix, will be considered member name selectors.
All selector statements, with the exception of the “to-sublib” specification, may be either the full or generic name. When specifying a generic name, any position
Page 278 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match. An asterisk (*) may be used at the end of the name to cause the matching selection to be based upon only those characters preceding the ‘*’. A single ‘*’, without any preceding characters, will result is selecting all.
An additional statement is required to terminate library selector statements. As
with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement
may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Abbreviation: ME=SE|RE
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|Both|YEs
LIST enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on
SYSLST only. YES enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be displayed on SYSLOG. BOTH causes the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on SYSLST and the same report to be displayed on
SYSLOG. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RFilename=SYSLIB|filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the library to be restored, defined or extended. The Job Control DLBL statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas. RFILENAME defaults to SYSLIB when LIBRARY=ADD|NEW|LIBR is specified. RFILENAME is required when LIBRARY=CREATE|EXTEND is specified, there is no default.
Abbreviation: RF=SYSLIB|filename
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 279
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr
REw
Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Immediately rewind the tape.
RUn Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
Abbreviation: TD=filename
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Page 280 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value). Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.
The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean
Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day
2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.
The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:
TS=-0
TS=>-1.1200
TS=>-6
TS=01100
TS=>01100.1450
TS=<01100
TS=99100
TS=>99100.1450
TS=<99100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100
Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This
RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 281
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Page 282 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Restore an existing library
This example restores the entire PROD library. The PROD library must already exist. Because the LIBRARY operand is omitted, it defaults to ADD. No report is generated.
// ASSGN SYS008,180
// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
RESTORE=LIBRARY,RFILENAME=PROD
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Restore a new library
This example restores the entire PROD library. The PROD library does not exist, it will be created immediately prior to restoring the data. No report is generated.
// ASSGN SYS008,180
// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY',2099/365
// EXTENT sys002,FBA250,1,0,5474,91200
// ASSGN SYS002,250
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
RESTORE=LIBRARY,RFILENAME=PROD,FORMAT=NEW
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Restore a library with report generation
This example restores the entire PROD library. The sublibraries that are restored will be displayed on the console and both the sublib names and member names restored will be reported on SYSLST.
// ASSGN SYS008,180
// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
RESTORE=LIBRARY,RFILENAME=PROD,FORMAT=B,PRINT=YES
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 283
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore selected sublib to different sublib
This example restores all members of the PROD.PR$260 sublibrary to
PROD.PR$261 sublibrary. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.
// ASSGN SYS008,180
// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LIBRARY,RF=PROD,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT
+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY PR$260
&PR$261 RESTORE-TO PR$261
/@ TERMINATES SELECTION
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Restore selected members to different sublib
This example restores all phases starting with IJZ which resided in the
PROD.PR$260 sublibrary on the save tape to PROD.PR$261 sublibrary. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.
// ASSGN SYS008,180
// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LIBRARY,RF=PROD,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT
+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY PR$260
&PR$261 RESTORE-TO PR$261
!PHASE SELECT TYPE 'PHASE'
IJZ///// SELECT MEMBERS PREFIXED BY 'IJZ'
/@ TERMINATES SELECTION
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Create BAM library
This example creates a library in BAM space on PACK01.
// DLBL BAMLIB,'VSE.BAM.LIBRARY',2099/365
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK01,1,0,15,1500
// ASSGN SYS002,DISK,VOL=PACK01,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LIBRARY,UPSI=111,LIBRARY=CREATE,RFILENAME=BAMLIB
/*
Page 284 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Extend a BAM library
This job stream extends a library in BAM space.
// DLBL BAMLIB,'VSE.BAM.LIBRARY',2099/365
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK01,1,0,15,1500
// EXTENT SYS002,PACK01,1,1,6000,750 (extent to be added)
// ASSGN SYS002,DISK,VOL=PACK01,SHR
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LIBRARY,UPSI=111,LIBRARY=EXTEND,RFILE=BAMLIB
/*
Example: Create a VSAM library
This example creates a VSAM library.
// DLBL VSLIB,'VSE.VSAM.LIBRARY',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUC,DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LIBRARY,UPSI=111,LIBRARY=CREATE,RFILE=VSLIB
/*
Example: Extend a VSAM library
This example extends a VSAM library.
// DLBL VSLIB,'VSE.VSAM.LIBRARY',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUC,DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LIBRARY,UPSI=111,LIBRARY=EXTEND,RFILE=VSLIB
/*
RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 285
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume
Logical Volume Restore Feature
The Logical Volume Restore feature allows non-VSAM files to be restored on a logical file basis without having to specify either the disk or disk track/block address, allowing users to selectively restore files on one or more disks.
The SVOLID operand must be entered to define the original disk volume serial number of the file(s) being restored. It is used for tape positioning. The RVOLID operand is also required to define the target disk volume serial numbers to which the file(s) will be restored. Up to 30 volsers may be specified by RVOLID.
During the restore operation, the beginning relative track number for the generated extent cards can be set through use of the EB (Extent Begin) operand.
One purpose of this is to set the 'trigger' for disk managers since each generated extent begins at the value entered, thus allowing the disk manager to allocate space for files being restored.
The PARTIAL= operand allows files to be selected during the restore operation.
The files may be selected/rejected on either an individual or generic (group)
basis. See Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for additional
details about using PARTIAL=.
File(s) may be restored to the same name as when they were saved or they may
The AREA= operand indicates that a reorganization restore is being performed by allowing you to limit the area of the disk(s) to contain the restored files.
If restoring under the control of a disk manager, use the DM= operand to allow the disk manager to allocate file space, and the PID= (Pool ID) to specify the pseudo volser for disk manager use. Do not specify DM= unless the disk manager is to allocate the space.
Page 286 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Disk Reorganization
The Logical Volume Restore feature allows the elimination of disk fragmentation and/or relocation of files by three methods:
1. Full Reorganization: Each file is restored contiguously starting with the first
(or only) disk, filling each disk (or disk area) as fully as possible. This method is invoked by specifying either 'EB=Rnnnnnn' for single volume restore or 'AREA=' for multiple volume restores. (This method may leave existing file extents in unused areas of a disk pool.)
2. Full In Place Reorganization: All disks in the pool are reorganized while keeping each file's extents in place on its original disk(s). This method is invoked by specifying 'EB=RS' and 'AREA='.
3. Partial In Place Reorganization: Selected disks are reorganized keeping each file's extents in place on its original disk(s). This method is invoked by specifying 'EB=RS', 'AREA=', and 'VOLSELECT='.
RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 287
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
RESTORE=LOGICAL - Volume Operand Summary
Operand Required?
RESTORE=LOGICAL
Yes
AREA=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)
BLOCKSIZE=n
CFACTOR=n|0
No
No
No
DATE=yyddd|+n
DELETE=YES
DM=E|D|S
EB=nnn|NO|Rnnn|RS
ERROR=IGNORE
No
No
No
No
No
GENERATION=L|F|nnn
GR=nnn
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
PID=NONE|dmpoolid
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
SEQNO=nn
SKIP=nnn
SPLIT=NO
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1
TI=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
VOLSELECT=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
WAIT=n
XS=0|n
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Global?
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Page 288 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
REstore=LOgical
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=LO
ARea=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)
Defines the area(s) of disk to be restored to. Each set of AREA values is a starting and ending track or FBA block number separated by a dash '-'. If the specification is a repeat of the last entered, a single 'R' may be entered. The entries are assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the RVOLID entries.
Abbreviation: AR=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CFactor=n|0
Use this operand to change the allocation for each file being restored. The value specified is a percentage change. A value of 110 would increase the allocation by
10%; a value of 90 would decrease the allocation by 10%. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of 0 is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CF=n|0
DAte=yyddd|+n
Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being restored. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy)
Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n
DElete=YEs|NO
Use this operand to allow or bypass issuance of IBM equal file or overlap on unexpired file messages which require operator intervention. If specified as NO, the default, no specific action will be taken to bypass overlap messages. If
RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 289
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE specified as YES, Dr.D will modify the expiration date to ‘00000’ of any existing file with the same dataset name before attempting to restore it.
Abbreviation: DE=YE
DM=E|D|S
Use this operand to indicate the file being restored will be allocated by a Disk
Management product.
Value Action
E
D
Indicates the Disk Manager is BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC.
Indicates the Disk Manager is CA-Dynam/D.
S Indicates the Disk Manager is CA-System Manager. This option will generate a sysin file with System Manager JCL.
This operand is may also require the EB= and PID= operands.
Abbreviation: DM=E|D|S
EB=nnn|NO|Rnnn|RS
Use this operand to indicate the value to be placed in the start track field of the generated EXTENT statement.
Value Action
nnn
Generates VSE labels with EXTENT values where the relative starting track value is set to nnn for all files.
NO
Rnnn
Generates VSE labels without extent cards. Useful when restoring files controlled in a Disk Manager’s catalog.
Generates VSE labels with EXTENT values where the relative starting track value is set to nnn for 1 st
file and each subsequent file will be contiguous with the previous.
RS Specifies an “in place” reorganization where each file stays on the disk(s) it resided on during the backup. This option requires use of the AREA= operand to define the area(s) of the disk(s) being reorganized.
Abbreviation: EB=nnn|NO|Rnnn|RS
ERror=IGnore
Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316 (indicating no files are selected) is issued.
Abbreviation: ER=IG
Page 290 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
GEneration=L|F|nnn
Use this operand to select disk manager files for restore by the generation number of each file. This operand requires DM= to also be specified.
Value Action
L Select most current generation.
F
Nnn
Select oldest generation.
Select specific generation number.
Abbreviation: GE=L|F|nnn
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
This operand is used during volume backup/restore to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space. HV=NO is default. HV=YES should be used on the first disk save/restore within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LAbel=NO
Used to read unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 291
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be restored and/or to
rename the file(s) being restored. See Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename
Process on page 25 for additional details.
Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE
PId=NOne|dmpoolid
Specifies the disk manager 'pool identifier' into which files are to be allocated.
Used in conjunction with the DM (disk manager) operand. In some cases,
PI=NONE should be used to allow the disk manager to properly process
'cataloged' files.
Abbreviation: PI=NO|dmpoolid
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
Page 292 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RVolid=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to specify the volser(s) of the output (target) volume(s) during a restore operation. Specify up to 30 volsers to designate the pool of disks to which individual files are to be restored. The pool of disks is assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the SV= volsers.
Abbreviation: RV=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
SPlit=NO
Use this operand to prevent SD files from being split into multiple extents when a reorganizing restore is being performed. DA files are never split.
Abbreviation: SP=NO
SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser(s). This operand is used to properly position the input tape for the restore operation.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 293
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
Abbreviation: TD=filename
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
Restore processing supports Type 1 and Type 2 user exits. User Exit Type 1 may be used to Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records. This method should be used in most situations. User Exit Type 2 may be used to Inspect or Generate
logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF constant
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:
Page 294 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
t phasename mm zzzzzz
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.
is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.
is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.
For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement. Refer to the section User Exits for additional details.
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
VOlselect=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Select files for restore that fully or partially reside on the specified disk(s) during backup.
Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx| (xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
XS=0|n
This operand allows the starting extent sequence number for each file to start at other than the default value zero.
Abbreviation: XS=0|n
RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 295
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Restore all files
This example restores all files that were saved by a SAVE=LOGICAL - Volume function. The DELETE=YES operand is being used to bypass operator intervention in case the files being restored still exist on the disk.
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=111111,RVOLID=111111,DELETE=YES
RE=NO,TA=RE
/*
Example: Restore specific file
This example restores the file with file id “DATA.FILE1” and any files starting with “GL.SYS”, but does not restore “GL.SYS.GARBAGE”. It starts each extent at relative track 1 to allow a disk management system to allocate disk space. Refer
to Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for additional details
concerning file selection during restore operations.
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=111111,RVOLID=111111,PARTIAL=SELECT,EB=1
DATA.FILE1
GL.SYS.GARBAGE @REVERSE@
GL.SYS*
/@
RE=NO,TA=RE
/*
Page 296 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: File rename restore
Restore multiple files to be used for testing. All files which start with the characters ‘PAYROLL’ will be restored with the character string ‘TEST.’ inserted into the front of each name. All files which have the characters ‘COST’ will be restored with the character string ‘COST’ being replaced by the characters ‘CA’ and the character string ‘TEST1.’ inserted into the front of each name. All files will be restored to the pack VOLSRT and will be restored contiguously starting
at track 15. Refer to Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for
additional details concerning file selection during restore operations.
// ASSGN SYS008,181
// MTC REW,SYS008
// TLBL TAPEIN
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111
RESTORE=LO,SV=VOLSR1,RV=VOLSRT,EB=R15,PA=SE
PAYROLL*
=P=TEST.
=S=COST
=T=COST=CA
=P=TEST1.
/@
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Restore files from one volume to a contiguous area on another volume
This example restores the files saved from the disk on 132 (volser=222222) to another disk on 133 (volser=333333). It then restores the files to the contiguous area starting with track 12. Please note that the save file was originally created with the SVOLID=(111111,222222) operand.
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=111111,VOLSELECT=222222,RVOLID=333333,EB=R12
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 297
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore after interruption
This example assumes the restore was interrupted after restoring 15 files. It now begins with the sixteenth restore.
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=111111,RVOLID=111111,SKIP=015
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Restore and Reorganize
This example restores and reorganizes a pool of disk space on three 3380 disks having volume serial numbers VOLSR1,VOLSR2, and VOLSR3. The space on the first disk is in cylinder 1 through 100, the second and third, 100 through 600.
Each extent of each file will be kept on its original disk. It changes the expiration date of each file being replaced on disk so that no 'overlap' messages occur and no operator intervention is needed.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
SAVE=LO,SV=(VOLSR1,VOLSR2,VOLSR3),AREA=(15-1500,1500-9000,R)
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
RESTORE=LO,SV=VOLSR1,RV=(VOLSR1,VOLSR2,VOLSR3),DELETE=YES,*
AREA=(15-1500,1500-9000,R),EB=RS
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Page 298 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: BIM-EPIC restore of DSN catalog controlled files
This example illustrates restoring using BIM-EPIC DSN catalog controlled files.
The EPIC interface is initially established by the DM=E operand. Because BIM-
EPIC maintains the information needed to generate EXTENT statements in its
DSN catalog, the EB=NO operand is used to inhibit the creation of EXTENT statements by Dr.D. The RVOLID operand is still required even though it will be overridden to the appropriate disk pool by EPIC. RVOLID should be specified using the volser of the same device type as the EPIC pool.
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=POOL01,RVOLID=111111,DM=E,EB=NO
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: BIM-EPIC restore of Start Track 1 files
This example illustrates restoring BIM-EPIC Start Track 1 controlled files. The
EPIC interface is initially established by the DM=E operand. To enable Dr.D to setup appropriate EXTENT information for the EPIC Start Track 1 feature, the EB operand is set to the same value as the EPIC STRTRK processing option value.
Additionally, the PID operand is used to specify the EPIC disk pool name. The
RVOLID operand is still required even though it will be overridden to the appropriate disk pool by EPIC. RVOLID should be specified using the volser of the same device type as the EPIC pool.
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=POOL01,RVOLID=111111,DM=E,EB=1,PID=POOL02
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 299
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: CA-System Manager restore
Let System Manager allocate the files during the restore. The files were saved from a 3340 disk and are being restored to space on 3380 disks, so the tracks to be allocated must be adjusted using the CFACTOR operand. We know that five
3340 track length records can fit on each 3380 track, so a ratio of one to five is needed to adjust the 3380 allocation, or 'CF=020'.
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .
// DLBL SYSIN,'IJSYSIN',NEW,TRACKS=15,SYS001
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=VOLSR1,RVOLID=VOLSR1,DM=SM,CFACTOR=020,*
PID=VOLSR1
/*
// ASSGN SYS000,SYSRDR
// MTC REW,SYS008
// TLBL TAPEIN
// DLBL IJSYSIN,'IJSYSIN',OLD,SYSIN
Note: that the PID (POOL ID) operand is used to direct the files to a particular disk (V=VOLSR1 is added to the DLBL(s) ).
Page 300 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM
VSAM Logical Restore Feature
The VSAM Logical Restore feature is designed to restore all or some of the files previously saved by the VSAM Logical Save feature with a single Dr.D request.
All files saved or only those identified through user selection criteria (refer to
Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process) can be restored as well as all associated files. Files restored using this feature may be renamed and a wide array of attributes may be modified.
To invoke this feature, specify RESTORE=LOGICAL as the first entry on the control statement. The label identifying the target VSAM catalog is required and is identified to Dr.D through the RCAT operand. Dr.D also uses the file-id from the label for the RCAT filename to properly position the save tape. If the save catalog had a different file-id than that of the RCAT filename, then a label for the saved catalog is required and identified to Dr.D through the SCAT operand.
Note that the saved catalog label is retrieved for its file-id only and for no other purpose.
No labels are required for any suballocated file restored by the Dr.D VSAM
Logical Restore feature. In addition, no labels are required for any unique file restored by the Dr.D VSAM Logical Restore feature if Dr.D is not required to invoke VSAM for file definition.
When restoring a VSAM unique file using the Dr.D VSAM Logical Restore feature where Dr.D is required to invoke VSAM for file definition, two label sets are required for each unique KSDS file and one label set is required for each unique ESDS or RRDS file:
// DLBL DILnnnn,,,VSAM
"
DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS ESDS RRDS
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
// DLBL XILnnnn,,,VSAM
"
DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS only
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
The filename to be used is the generated name where the first character is altered to the letter ‘D’ (to identify the data component) or to the letter ‘X’ (to identify the index component). Any specified file-id will be ignored since VSAM always uses the name of the component as the file-id. Extent information is required to identify where on the target volume each component is to reside.
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 301
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VSAM Automatic Definition Feature
The Dr.D VSAM Automatic Definition Feature simplifies restoring of VSAM files by eliminating the need for a separate IDCAMS job step.
When saving VSAM files (clusters, AIX’s, path’s, etc) to a Dr.D save file, the catalog definition for that file is also automatically saved. This definition is then used as the basis for defining the file during the restore process. The use of this feature is optional and is controlled using the AUTO= operand. The default for this operand is AUTO=YES.
With the AUTO=YES operand in effect during the restore process, Dr.D
examines the target VSAM catalog (after adjusting for any requested name changes) and selects one of the following actions:
•
If the file does not exist in the target catalog, Dr.D defines a new file using the saved definition.
•
If the file does exist in the target catalog but contains no records, Dr.D will restore into the empty file ignoring the saved definition.
•
If the file does exist in the target catalog but is not empty, Dr.D will reuse the file if possible (even if the file is not defined as reusable). If the file cannot be reused, Dr.D deletes and defines a new file.
Use of the FD= operand allows this logic to be altered to allow files to be redefined unconditionally, optionally with the primary allocation recalculated.
In addition, the listing generated when IDCAMS is invoked for a delete/define can also be obtained by specifying the IDCAMS=PRINT operand.
When the cluster names of the input and output are the same, the component
(data and index) names will be maintained by the Automatic Definition Feature.
When renaming the cluster during the restore, the NAME=GEN option will be forced.
These techniques provide the maximum flexibility to enable file definitions to be changed while at the same time providing maximum automation for regular save and reorganization functions. It is also fully compatible with Dr.D job streams where IDCAMS is already invoked prior to the Dr.D restore function.
Page 302 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature
Users of the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature can override several attributes when the file is defined using additional operands for modifying definitions. The available operands are:
Operand Function
BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N
CDATA=dataprimaryusecls/
datasecondaryusecls|N
Override the BUFFERSPACE specification.
Override the data allocation classes.
CFACTOR=n|0
DATE=yyddd|+n|0
Change the space occupied.
CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N
Change the data and index CI sizes.
CX=idxprimaryusecls/
idxsecondaryusecls|N
Override the index allocation classes.
Override VSAM TO/FOR specification.
FD=C|D|M
FREESPACE=cifreespace/
cafreespace|N
NAME=GEN|NOGEN
RVOLID=xxxxxx|
(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Primary allocation recalculation.
Override the FREESPACE specification.
Override the NAME specification for
Data and Index components.
Override the VOLUME specification.
SOPTION=datashroptions/
idxshroptions|N
VCOMPRESS=YES
XL=YES|NO
Override the SHAREOPTION specification.
Set the “COMPRESSED” attribute.
Set the “EXTRALARGEDATASET” attribute.
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 303
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Multivolume VSAM Catalogs
When a VSAM file is saved, the volume(s) on which it resides (both prime and candidate) are recorded in its saved definition. When the VSAM file is restored and the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature is active, the volume serial numbers recorded in the saved definition are compared to the volume serial numbers owned by the target catalog.
If all the volume serial numbers in the saved definition are currently volumes owned by the target catalog, the same volume serial numbers are used in the definition. If any of the volume serial numbers in the saved definition are not currently volumes owned by the target catalog, only the catalog owned volume serial numbers are used in the definition. This action can be influenced by:
•
Use the RVOLID= operand to direct the definition to one or more particular volume serial numbers.
•
Use the VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature.
•
Use the AUTO=ROTATE operand to spread allocations across candidate volumes.
VSAM Device Independence
The VSAM Automatic Definition Feature fully supports device independence between the DASD device type used when the file was saved and the DASD device type used when the file is restored.
If the DASD device type is different when the restore begins, the space allocations for the file are adjusted in proportion to the relative track capacities
(or FBA blocksize) of the two DASD device types. Full independence between
CKD, ECKD and FBA architecture is supported.
Page 304 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
Operand
RESTORE=LOGICAL Operand Summary
Required?
RESTORE=LOGICAL
ASSOCIATIONS=YES|NO
AUTO=YES|NO|ROTATE
Yes
No
No
BLOCKSIZE=n
BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N
CDATA=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
CFACTOR=n|0
CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N
CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
DATE=yyddd|+n|0
ERROR=IGNORE
FD=C|D|M|N|R
FREESPACE=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
GR=nnn
HIKEY=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
IDCAMS=PRINT
LABEL=NO
LOWKEY=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MRECORDS=n
NAME=GEN|NOGEN
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RCAT=filename
RP=YES|NO
RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
RWORD=filepassword
SCAT=filename
SEQNO=nn
SKIP=nnn
SOPTION=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 305
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Operand
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1
TI=SYSnnn
RESTORE=LOGICAL Operand Summary
Required?
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
VBUFF=n
VCOMPRESS=YES
VRTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P
WAIT=n
WR=catalogwritepassword
XL=YES|NO
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
REstore=LOgical
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=LO
ASsociations=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause all saved associated files (PATH’s and AIX’s) to be restored.
Specifying NO will result in the associated files being bypassed.
ASSOCIATIONS=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: AS=YE|NO
AUto=YEs|NO|ROtate
Use this operand to control the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature.
Value Action
YES
NO
ROTATE
Invoke automatic file definition as necessary (default).
Do not invoke automatic file definition (the target file must be predefined and ready to accept data).
Invoke automatic file definition as necessary rotating the definition for each file component on the next candidate volume (this technique allows the index component to reside on a different volume from the data component causing a more even spread over the candidate volumes).
Abbreviation: AU=YE|NO|RO
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 306 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
BUfferspace=n|1|N
Use this operand to override the bufferspace value for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
If a value greater than 256 is specified, that value is used as the bufferspace for each file.
If a value of 2-256 is specified, the existing bufferspace is multiplied by that value.
If a value of 1 is specified, no bufferspace will be specified when a define is accomplished for this file.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: BU=n|1|N
CData=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
Use this operand to override the data allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CD=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
CFactor=n|0
Use this operand to change the data component space occupied for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. The value specified is a percentage change. A value of 110 would increase the allocation by 10%; a value of 90 would decrease the allocation by 10%. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of 0 is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 307
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: CF=n|0
CNsize=datacisize/idxcisize|N
Use this operand to override the CISIZE(s) for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CN=datacisize/idxcisize|N
CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
Use this operand to override the index allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CX=indexprimaryusecls/indexsecondaryusecls
DAte=yyddd|+n|0
Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being defined by the Dr.D
Automatic Definition Feature. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy) Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. Specify 0 to cause no ‘TO’ date to be generated for the VSAM file definition. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n|0
ERror=IGnore
Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316 (indicating no files are selected) is issued.
Abbreviation: ER=IG
FD=C|D|M|N|R
Use this operand in conjunction with AUTO=YES|ROTATE to identify the condition under which file definition should be accomplished. FD=R is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
C
D
M
The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation increased so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.
The file is deleted and redefined.
The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation recomputed based on the high-used RBA of the so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary
Page 308 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Value Action
size allocation.
N
R
The file is deleted and redefined unless it is empty or defined as reusable.
The existing definition is to be reset if the file exists (even if not defined as reusable). Otherwise, the file is defined.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FD=C|D|M|N|R
FReespace=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
Use this operand to override the freespace specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: FR=cifreespace/cafreespace
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HIghkey=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the highest key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as HI=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the LOWKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If HI= is used by itself, it will select all records from the beginning of the file up to and including the specified key.
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 309
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: HI=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
IDcams=PRint
Use this operand in conjunction with the PRINT operand to cause printing of
Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature IDCAMS DELETE and DEFINE commands and their corresponding results.
Abbreviation: ID=PR
LAbel=NO
Specifies use of an unlabeled tape as input.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LOwkey=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the lowest or only key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as LO=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the HIGHKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If LO= is used by itself, it will select records starting with the specified key and continue to end of file.
Abbreviation: LO=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MRecords=n
Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records to be restored to each file. Specify MRECORDS=0 to cause files to be defined or modified only (with no records restored), depending upon the setting of the FD operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: MR=n
NAme=GEn|NOgen
This operand is used to tell the VSAM file definition function to let IDCAMS generate the data and index names instead of using the data and index names as saved. NOGEN, the default, will restore the file using the same name as was
Page 310 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE used during the SAVE function unless overridden by a rename statement (refer to Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process). GEN will force the use of
VSAM generated names.
Abbreviation: NA=GE|NO
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be restored and/or to
rename the file(s) being restored. For additional information, see “Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25
Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RCat=filename
Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog to receive the files to be restored. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement. Also, specify the SCAT operand only if the file-id of the save catalog is different from the file-id on the label for RCAT.
Abbreviation: RC=filename
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 311
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to override the VOLUME specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Specify up to 30 volsers
(of those assigned to the RCAT catalog) enclosed in parentheses. If a value of
NO is specified, the file definitions will exclude any data or index volume specification.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
RWord=filepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character password of the VSAM file being restored to.
Abbreviation: RW=filepassword
SCat=filename
Specify this operand to identify the label reflecting the file-id of the save catalog if that file-id is different than the file-id on the label for RCAT. Dr.D uses the fileid of the save catalog to properly position the save tape.
Note: the SCAT label is retrieved for its file-id only and for no other purpose.
Abbreviation: SC=filename
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
SOption=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
Use this operand to override the share option specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. The share options are entered as 2 single digit pairs, where the first digit specifies how the component
Page 312 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE is shared within a single VSE system and the second digit specifies how the component is shared across multiple VSE systems. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: SO=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to restore only files which resided on the specified volser(s) when the save file was created. Specify up to 30 volsers to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be selected. This operand also requires a
PARTIAL=SELECT operand to define which file(s) should be restored (a dataset name selector of an asterisk (*) will select all files).
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
When used for tape positioning, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset. TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr
Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
Abbreviation: TD=filename
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 313
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
Restore processing supports Type 1 and Type 2 user exits. User Exit Type 1 may be used to Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records. This method should be used in most situations. User Exit Type 2 may be used to Inspect or Generate
logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF
phasename
constant is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
mm t
processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.
is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.
zzzzzz
is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.
For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement. Refer to the section User Exits for additional details.
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
VBuff=n
For potential enhanced performance, use this operand to increase the amount of internal buffer space used by Dr.D when restoring a VSAM file. The value specified indicates the number of thousands of bytes desired. For example,
VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).
Note: this operand defines the space to allocated for use as Dr.D internal buffers and not the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to be restored (to override the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to restored, see the
BUFFERSPACE operand).
Abbreviation: VB=n
VCompress=YEs
Use this operand to have the compressed attribute specified for each qualifying
VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Dr.D
Page 314 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE accomplishes qualification for each file restored using the rules as delineated by
VSAM. This allows files to be restored into compressed format with no need to pre-qualify those files. The FD= operand should be used to assure that file redefinition is performed.
Note: the files to be restored with the compressed attribute must have been saved with FAST=NO.
Abbreviation: VC=YE
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
WR=catalogwritepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog write or higher password.
Abbreviation: WR=catalogwritepassword
XL=YEs|NO
For VSAM restore, this operand specifies whether KSDS files are to be defined with the 'EXTRALARGEDATASET' attribute. If 'NO' is specified, then the attribute is suppressed even if it was present in the saved file. This operand is effective only if an IDCAMS define is initiated- use the FD operand to force delete/define in case the file exists in the receiving catalog.
Abbreviation: XL=YE|NO
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 315
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Restore one VSAM catalog
Restore all files previously saved from a VSAM catalog, including all associated
PATH’s and AIX’s.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES
/*
Example: Restore to a different VSAM catalog
Restore all the files saved from a VSAM catalog, including all associated PATH’s and AIX’s, to a different VSAM catalog.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM
// DLBL TEMP1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.TEMP.ONE’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=TEMP1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES,SC=UCAT1
/*
Example: Restore multiple catalogs in single execution
Restore all files previously saved from a VSAM catalog, including all associated
PATH’s and AIX’s. The SAVE tape was created with at least 2 catalogs on it.
Following the restore, the input tape will be unloaded.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM
// DLBL TEMP1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.TEMP.ONE’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT2,ASSOCIATIONS=YES
RESTORE=NOPERATION,TAPE=RUN
/*
Page 316 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore a suballocated VSAM file
Restore the file ‘A.VSAM.FILE’ and all files that start with the character string
‘PAY’. Following the restore, the input tape will be rewound. For additional
details on file selection and file renaming, see “Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE
A.VSAM.FILE
PAY*
/@
RE=NO,TA=REW
/*
Example: Restore with rename
Restore certain files renaming them in the process. All file-id’s beginning with
CUR.STAT.FILE are to be prefixed with the character ‘TEST.’. The file-id
‘ONE.SPECIAL.FILE’ is to be changed to ‘ONE.COMMON.FILE’. All file-id’s containing the character string ‘.PRMASTER’ in any position are to have those characters removed and the remaining file-id is to be prefixed with the characters
‘PAYROLL.MASTER,’ resulting in the following file-id standardization:
Original Name
EMPLOYEE.PRMASTER
===
!
YTD.PRMASTER
===
!
QTD.PRMASTER
===
!
New Name After Restore
PAYROLL.MASTER.EMPLOYEE
PAYROLL.MASTER.YTD
PAYROLL.MASTER.QTD
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RCAT=UCAT1,PARTIAL=SELECT
CUR.STAT.FILE*
=P=TEST.
ONE.SPECIAL.FILE
ONE.COMMON.FILE @RENAME@
=S=PRMASTER
=T=.PRMASTER=
=P=PAYROLL.MASTER.
/@
/*
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 317
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore a suballocated VSAM file eliminating secondary allocations
Restore a suballocated VSAM KSDS file. When the file is restored, its file definition will be changed to increase the primary allocation and eliminate all secondary allocations. The IDCAMS Delete/Define statements will be printed on
SYSLST as a result of the IDCAMS=PRINT specification on the RESTORE=NO command. Being a global command, IDCAMS=PRINT can be specified on either statement. Following the restore, the input tape will be unloaded.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,IDCAMS=PRINT
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE,AUTO=YES,FD=C
A.VSAM.FILE
/@
RE=NO,TA=RU
/*
Example: Restore a VSAM file using Automatic Definition Overrides
Restore a suballocated VSAM KSDS file. When the file is restored, it will be redefined to increase the CISIZE of the data component to 8092 and the CISIZE of the index component will be set to 2048.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE,AUTO=YES,FD=D,CN=8092/2048
A.VSAM.FILE
/@
/*
Example: Restore a unique KSDS without Automatic File Definition
Restore a unique VSAM KSDS file. The file currently exists and, therefore, need not be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE,AUTO=NO
UNIQUE.FILE
/@
/*
Page 318 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore a unique KSDS with Automatic File Definition
Restore a unique VSAM KSDS file. The file does not currently exist as desired and, therefore, needs to be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.
The filename generated when this file was saved was FIL0000.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL DIL0000,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
// DLBL XIL0000,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE,AUTO=YES,FD=D
UNIQUE.FILE
/@
/*
Example: Restore one disk of a full catalog
A full catalog backup may be restored so that only files that resided on a particular disk (fully or partially at save time) are restored.
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT2,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG.TWO',,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
REST=LOGICAL,RCAT=UCAT2,SVOL=VSAM01,ASSOCIATIONS=YES,PARTIAL=SELECT
*
/@ TERMINATES SELECTION
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 319
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=PHYSICAL
Dr.D enables users to RESTORE portions of a disk on a physical track/block basis, independent of Volumes, Data Files, or Libraries.
This function is valuable for its ability to manipulate data at the physical level.
This poses some risk in terms of security and possible inadvertent damage to critical data. For that reason, it may be wise to limit its use to qualified authorized personnel. This can be achieved by limiting access to one Dr.D
module - DOCTOR02. If a security package is available, the use of DOCTOR02 can be easily controlled, otherwise DOCTOR02 can be placed in a restricted library, or kept on tape and only restored by authorized persons.
This function offers some useful benefits. For example, consider a disk where the third track in the VTOC has been corrupted. All of the VTOC labels are in the first two tracks, but even though the files are accessible, no new files can be added. If we could restore track 4 to track 3, then the VTOC would be fixed and usable. Using Dr.D on a physical track basis, the VTOC can be repaired quickly without unloading/reloading the disk's files.
The disk to be restored is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLSID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.
Dr.D uses the RBEGIN operand to determine the track/block address where the restore will begin. The RHALT operand is used to dictate the track/block address where the restore will cease. The disk addresses entered are one to eight numeric digits in length.
If the target disk is a ECKD or CKD type, the two digits at the extreme right are assumed to be the head number, with the rest of the number as the cylinder number. If the target disk is an FBA type, the whole number is the FBA block number. In any case, leading zeros are not required. If an ending address is not entered, it is made equal to the start address and a single track/FBA block operation is performed.
Whenever you are restoring in the physical mode, you must specify the Restore
Mode operand, RMODE. There are four options available for RMODE.
The default is Image mode (RMODE=I). Under this mode, the restore is performed on a track by track basis so that the output mirrors the input. Because of the architecture on FBA devices, Image mode is the only mode needed.
Squeeze mode (RMODE=S), applicable to ECKD and CKD restores only, will cause Dr.D to restore the extent putting the maximum number of records it can fit on each track. Consider the following:
Page 320 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Three tracks on a 3380 are saved that look like:
TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC
TRACK 2 NO RECORDS - ERASED TRACK
TRACK 3 15000-BYTE REC, 5000-BYTE REC
Restoring those three tracks with RMODE=I would yield the exact same layout:
TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC
TRACK 2 NO RECORDS - ERASED TRACK
TRACK 3 15000-BYTE REC, 5000-BYTE REC
However, if the same operation is done with RMODE=S, the restored tracks would look like:
TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC
TRACK 2 5000-BYTE REC
TRACK 3 UNTOUCHED
Add-on mode (RMODE=A) will cause Dr.D to restore the input blocks adding them at the CCHHR address specified by RBEGIN.
If Update mode (RMODE=U) is specified, the contents of each input block is
'UPDATED' into the existing blocks of the output extent, allowing individual blocks on a track to be updated without erasing other blocks on that track.
Because Add-on and Update modes (RMODE=A|U) can operate at the record level, a suffix must be appended to the RBEGIN and RHALT operands. Use the suffix Rnnn if record (block) level processing is required. Both Add-on and
Update modes are applicable to ECKD and CKD restores only.
For additional protection, it is recommended that UPSI bit 0 be set to 0. This allows you to insure the correct disk volume is being restored and the correct input tape is being used. If UPSI bit 0 is set to 1, the restore operation will occur without operator intervention.
When restoring non-VSE initialized disk (e.g. VM minidisk), the AREA operand is required. AREA=SELECT may be used to define the track/blocks on the save tape that are to be restored to the RBEGIN/RHALT addresses. AREA=REJECT may be used to restore the all tracks/blocks between the RBEGIN/RHALT addresses with the exception of specific track/block addresses. The RBEGIN operand is always required.
RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 321
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
RESTORE=PHYSICAL Operand Summary
Operand Required?
RESTORE=PHYSICAL
Yes
AREA=SELECT|REJECT
BLOCKSIZE=n
GR=nnn
No
No
No
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
No
No
No
No
No
RBEGIN=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RHALT=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RMODE=I|S|U|A
RP=YES|NO
RSYSNO=SYSnnn
RVOLID=xxxxxx
SEQNO=nn
SKIP=nnn
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1
TI=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
VM=NO|YES
WAIT=n
Yes
Note 2
Yes
No
Note 1
Note 1
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Global?
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of
RSYSNO.
Note 2: If RHALT is omitted, it will default to the RBEGIN value resulting in the restore of a single track/block.
Page 322 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
REstore=PHysical
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=PH
ARea=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more AREA= selector statements immediately follow this statement. This allows restore to be selective down to the track or FBA block level. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the last of the continued control statements.
One or more selector statements must follow to identify the tracks/blocks to be selected (AREA=SELECT) or rejected (AREA=REJECT).
An additional statement is required to terminate area selector statements. As
with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement
may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Each area selector consists of a start and end address pair. The start address is separated from the end address by a hyphen (-). For ECKD and CKD addresses, specify the addresses in cylinder and head (ccchh) format. For FBA devices, specify the block number. If an R follows the start and end address pair, it indicates the process is reversed for that statement only.
As an example on a 3390, the following area selector statements will select from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 and reject cylinder 4, head 0 when used with AREA=SELECT. When used with AREA=REJECT, it will reject all data from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 but will select cylinder 4, head
0.
100-1200
400-400R
You may also specify ‘TO=ccchh’ on an AREA selector statement. This allows the selected area to be copied to a new cylinder and head location. If the 'cccchh' is preceded by the letter 'K', the cylinder number of the input (source) area is retained. This optional operand must be separated from the start and end address pair by at least 1 space.
Abbreviation: AR=SE|RE
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of
RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 323
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
This operand is used during volume restore to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space. HV=NO is default. HV=YES should be used on the first disk restore within an execution of Dr.D and then
HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LAbel=NO
Used to read unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Page 324 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RBegin=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where a restore is to begin on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder
(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and
ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn (where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
Abbreviation: RB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RHalt=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block where a restore is to stop on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn
(where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with
RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
Abbreviation: RH=ccchh[Rnnn]|block
RMode=I|S|U|A
This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the restore.
Value Action
I
S
Restore file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks. This is the default option.
Restore file in Squeeze mode. In this mode, as many input blocks as possible are written to each output track. Unused tracks or portions of track on the saved extent are skipped over, and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device, using the full capacity of the track.
This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.
U Restore file in Update mode. The contents of each input block is
'UPDATED' into the existing blocks of the output extent, allowing individual blocks on a track to be updated without erasing other blocks on that track. This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.
RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 325
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Value Action
A Restore file in Add-on mode. In this mode, input blocks are added to existing data by adding them at the CCHHR address specified by
RBEGIN. This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.
Suppose you saved an area from a 3375 and restored it to a 3380. If the 3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.
Likewise, if the 3375 had a completely blank track, so will the 3380. In other words, RMODE=I restores on a track by track basis exactly mirroring the saved extent. On the other hand, specifying RMODE=S informs Dr.D to use the full track capacity of the restoring device.
Abbreviation: RM=I|S|U|A
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a restore operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D
but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the restore operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.
Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn
RVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the volser of the output (target) volume during a restore operation.
Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
Page 326 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
Abbreviation: TD=filename
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VM=NO|YEs
Use this operand to when restoring non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk) on CKD and ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks.
RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 327
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Examples
Example: Restore multiple tracks in physical image mode
This example restores cylinder 196, head 00 through cylinder 198, head 00 on pack CKD231 from a save tape created by a SAVE=PHYSICAL operation. The saved disk and the output disk are the same device type.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=PH,RBEGIN=19600,RHALT=19800,RMODE=I,RVOLID=CKD231,RMODE=I
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Restore single track from a physical save file
This example restores only cylinder 196, head 00 from pack CKD231 to tape.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=PH,RB=19600,RVOLID=CKD231
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REWIND
/*
Page 328 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Physical restore to a different device type
This example uses a SAVE=PHYSICAL save tape created from a 3375 disk. It restores the area to the end of a 3380 on volume PCK1C1. The file is accessed in a sequential manner to fit the maximum number of records per track on the 3380.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111
RESTORE=PH,RBEGIN=39900,RHALT=40100,RMODE=S,RVOLID=PKD1C1
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Restore VM minidisk from a physical save file
This example restores selected minidisk on a 3390 (on cuu=352) from the tape saved by a SAVE=PHYSICAL operation. The minidisk at cylinder 271-273 is restored to its original location, while the one cylinder mini at cylinder 288 is moved to cylinder 101, keeping its original virtual disk count areas as backed up.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// ASSGN SYS002,352
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RE=NO,UPSI=011
RE=PH,RS=SYS002,VM=YES,RB=27100,RH=45714,AREA=SELECT
27100-27314
28800-28814 TO=K10100
/@
RE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 329
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=PUTLABEL
RESTORE=PUTLABEL will recreate a an SD or DA format-1 label in a VTOC without writing any data to the extents.
Control Statement Operands
GR=nnn
RESTORE=PUTLABEL Operand Summary
Operand Required?
RESTORE=PUTLABEL
Yes
No
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
No
No
No
RFILENAME=filename
RP=YES|NO
UPSI=012345678
VSAM=YES
Yes
No
No
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
REstore=PUtlabel
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=PU
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
Page 330 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement which will be used to generate a new format-1 label in the VTOC.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
RESTORE=PUTLABEL Page 331
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Rebuild format-1 label
This example rebuilds 2 Format-1 labels. The first rebuilds a corrupted label for a random master DA file. The second rebuilds a corrupted label for a file on an
FBA device.
// DLBL RANMAS,'MASTER.FILE',2099/360,DA
// EXTENT SYS001,777771,1,0,20,3980
// EXTENT SYS002,777772,1,1,20,3980
// ASSGN SYS001,131
// ASSGN SYS002,132
// DLBL FBAFILE,'MASTER.FBAFILE',2099/360,SD,CISIZE=4096
// EXTENT SYS010,PCK002,1,0,1000,5000
// ASSGN SYS010,151
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=PUTLABEL,RFILENAME=RANMAS
RESTORE=PUTLABEL,RFILENAME=FBAFILE
/*
Page 332 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=SDISK
The RESTORE=SDISK command is used to restore individual sequential disk
(SD) files with data saved using any of the following techniques:
•
The Volume Logical Save feature (SAVE=LOGICAL command)
•
The Non-VSAM Data File Save feature (SAVE=DATA or SAVE=SDISK commands)
•
User Data File
•
Other backup software tape (see Conversion From Other Backup Software
Products on page 458 for additional information)
A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be restored. Its filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the RFILENAME operand.
When using a Dr.D save tape, use the FIND or SKIP operand to position the input to the appropriate file. If the file is not repositioned using FIND or SKIP,
Dr.D will use the filename associated with the RFILENAME DLBL for file selection.
When using a User Data File as input, positioning is required only if there are multiple files on the tape. To position a User Data File, use the SKIP operand.
Additionally, if the User Data File contains fixed length records, the LRECSIZE and NRECDS operands are required. If the User Data File contains variable length records, the VARIABLE and LBLOCKSIZE operands must be used.
Using The RMODE Operand
The RMODE (Restore Mode) is an internal switch in Dr.D that is set and used when writing to the disk. Set RMODE to either an 'I' for image or 'S' for squeeze.
When set to 'I', Dr.D exactly mirrors the saved extent during the restore. Partially used tracks, unused tracks, records out of sequence on a track, all appear restored in the same format.
When RMODE is set to 'S', the full track capacity of the restore disk is employed.
If there are any partial or unused tracks in the saved extent, that unused area is dropped and ignored. As many data records as can be accommodated are written on each track. Also, any records that are out of sequence on a saved track are written in the physical order they appear on the saved track. However, all records written on a track are sequentially numbered.
When restoring an SD file, RMODE is set to 'S' if it is restored to a new disk type.
Specifying RMODE=I or RMODE=S will override the default as described above.
The only reason for specifying this override is in conversion of direct access from one disk type to another.
RESTORE=SDISK Page 333
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Using The SYNC Operand
Dr.D processes multi-extent data files as normally expected under VSE. The size and number of extents of the save file and restore file are independent of each other. Upon restoring, Dr.D will fill each extent in order, switching to the next extent as the current one becomes full (the input and output extents are treated asynchronously).
However, sometimes you might want to switch output extents before each fills up. Using the SYNC=YES operand will cause the save and restore files' extents to become 'SYNCHRONIZED'.
If there were 100 and 200 records respectively in the first and second extents of a save file, then there will be exactly 100 and 200 records, respectively, in the first and second extents of the restore file (even though they might be able to hold more). Whenever SYNC=YES is specified, the restore file must have as many extents as the save file and each restore extent must be able to accommodate at least as many records as its corresponding save extent.
Page 334 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
RESTORE=SDISK
BLOCKSIZE=n
DATE=yyddd|+n
RESTORE=SDISK Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
DELETE=YES|ppppxx
No
No
No
DTAPE=YES
FIND=filename|’file-id’
GR=nnn
LABEL=NO
LBLOCKSIZE=n
No
Note 3
No
No
Note 1
LRECSIZE=n
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
NRECDS=n
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RFILENAME=filename
RMODE=I|S
RP=YES|NO
R0=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
Yes
No
No
No
No
Note 2
No
Note 2
No
No
SKIP=nnn
SYNC=YES
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1
TI=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
VARIABLE=YES
WAIT=n
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Note 1: For variable length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LBLOCKSIZE= and VARIABLE=YES operands are required
Note 2: For fixed length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LRECSIZE= and
NRECDS= operands are required.
RESTORE=SDISK Page 335
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Note 3: FIND= is required if the input was created by the Volume Logical Save feature or if it is a backup tape created by another backup software product
REstore=SDisk
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=SD
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
DAte=yyddd|+n
Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being restored. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy)
Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n
DElete=YEs|NO|pppphh
Use this operand to allow or bypass issuance of IBM equal file or overlap on unexpired file messages which require operator intervention. If specified as NO, the default, no specific action will be taken to bypass overlap messages. If specified as YES, Dr.D will modify the expiration date to ‘00000’ of any existing file with the same dataset name before attempting to restore it.
Use format DELETE=pppphh to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the restore function.
pppp is a 4-digit decimal number (relative to 1 with leading zeros specified and less than 4097) denoting the position in a record where the single character is located (if used with variable-length records, this position must be in the leading fixed portion of the record). hh is the hexadecimal value of the single character code. If omitted, all records will be restored.
Abbreviation: DE=YE|pppphh
DTape=YEs
Use this operand to indicate the input is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.
When the input data file contains fixed-length records, you must also specify the
Page 336 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
LR= and NR= operands. When the input data file contains variable-length records, also specify the VARIABLE=YES and LB= operands. Note: Only one
DTAPE=YES restore can be specified per Dr.D execution. If multiple
DTAPE=YES restores are required, accomplish each under a separate Dr.D
execution.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: DT=YE
FInd=filename|’file-id’
Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD
NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file or the full file-id enclosed in single quotes. If this operand is not specified, Dr.D does not reposition the save file and the next saved file will be used as the input dataset.
Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LAbel=NO
Used to read unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LBlocksize=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES operand to identify the maximum blocksize found in the input User Data File. Use this operand also with variable block files to have their logical block size adjusted up or down during a restore command.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: LB=n
LRecsize=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and NR=n operands to identify the length of each logical record found in the input User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains
RESTORE=SDISK Page 337
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: LR=n
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
NRecds=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LR=n operands to identify the maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record found in the input User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as
NR=10.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: NR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
Page 338 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be restored. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
RMode=I|S
This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the restore.
Value Action
I
S
Restore file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks. This is the default option.
Restore file in Squeeze mode. In this mode, as many input blocks as possible are written to each output track. Unused tracks or portions of track on the saved extent are skipped over, and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device, using the full capacity of the track.
This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.
Suppose you saved an area from a 3375 and restored it to a 3380. If the 3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.
Likewise, if the 3375 had a completely blank track, so will the 3380. In other words, RMODE=I restores on a track by track basis exactly mirroring the saved extent. On the other hand, specifying RMODE=S informs Dr.D to use the full track capacity of the restoring device.
For SD files, RMODE defaults to ‘SQUEEZE’ (RMODE=S).
Abbreviation: RM=I|S
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
R0=YEs|NO
'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved or restored. If the R0 records are in standard format, then it is usually not necessary to restore them, and restore time can be reduced substantially. Certain file types (COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.
RESTORE=SDISK Page 339
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
SYnc=YEs
Normally Dr.D will treat a multi-extent output disk area as one contiguous prime data area. Specifying SYNC=YES will cause the same number of records to be written in each extent as were read from the saved extent (the save and restore extents are synchronized). Thus, when SYNC=YES operand is used the number of extents in the saved and restored files must be the same and each restore extent must be large enough to contain the number of records to contain its corresponding save extent.
Abbreviation: SY=YE
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
Page 340 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TD=filename
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
Restore processing supports Type 1 and Type 2 user exits. User Exit Type 1 may be used to Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records. This method should be used in most situations. User Exit Type 2 may be used to Inspect or Generate
logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF
phasename
constant is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
mm t
processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.
is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.
zzzzzz
is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.
For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement. Refer to the section User Exits for additional details.
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
RESTORE=SDISK Page 341
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VAriable=YEs
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LB=n operands to indicate the input User Data File contains variable-length records.
Abbreviation: VA=YE
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Examples
Example: Restore same file using a SAVE=DATA save file
This example restores the same file, ‘DISK.FILE.01’, which was saved by a prior
SAVE=DATA operation. The dataset selected for restore off the save file is retrieved from the DLBL associated with the RFILENAME operand, FILEONE.
// DLBL FILEONE,'DISK.FILE.01',2099/360,SD
// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980
// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000,8
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111
RESTORE=SD,RFILENAME=FILEONE
/*
Example: Restore file to a new name using a SAVE=DATA save file
This example restores the file ‘OLD.DISK.FILE.01’ as ‘NEW.DISK.FILE.01’. Input to this restore was created by a prior SAVE=DATA operation.
// DLBL FILEONE,'NEW.DISK.FILE.01',2099/360,SD
// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980
// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000,8
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111
RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEONE,FIND=’OLD.DISK.FILE.01’
/*
Page 342 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore individual file using a SAVE=LOGICAL save file
Individual files on a SAVE=LOGICAL save file may be restored using
RESTORE=DATA or RESTORE=SDISK. Because the input save file will generally contain multiple files, the FIND operand is used to position the save file to the correct data.
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL SDFILE2,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE2'
// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500
// ASSGN SYS003,224
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111
RESTORE=SD,RF=SDFILE2,FI='OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE2'
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Restore first and third files using the FIND operand
In this example, FIND is specified and is restoring the first and third files only.
Also note that SYS025 is being used for the input file in place of the default
SYS008. Because the files are being restored in relative sequence (file=1 first then file=3), no additional tape positioning is required. If the restore order were reversed (file=3 first then file=1), you would need to add a
‘RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW’ command between the RESTORE=SDISK control statements.
// ASSGN SYS025,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'
// DLBL FILEX,'VERSION.OF.FILE1'
// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500
// ASSGN SYS003,224
// DLBL FILEZ,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE3'
// EXTENT SYS010,,1,0,215,90
// ASSGN SYS010,225
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,TI=SYS025
RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEX,FIND=FILEX
RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEZ,FIND='FILE ID OF 3RD FILE'
/*
RESTORE=SDISK Page 343
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Using SKIP before restoring
In this example, 'SKIP=NNN' will skip over NNN saved items on the tape before restoring. Because the files are being restored in relative sequence (file=1 first then file=3), the SKIP=001 simply bypasses the second file on the tape.
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'
// DLBL FILEX,'VERSION.OF.FILE1'
// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500
// ASSGN SYS003,224
// DLBL FILEZ,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE3'
// EXTENT SYS010,,1,0,215,90
// ASSGN SYS010,225
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW
RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEX
RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEZ,SKIP=001
/*
Example: Restore files saved with the User Data File feature
This example restores the two SD files saved by a SAVE=DATA operation which created a User Data File. The first file being restored is a fixed length record file with a record size of 100. The output file created by this restore will result in a blocksize of 1000 (LR=100 time NR=100). The second file being restored is a variable length file. The output file created by this restore will result in a maximum blocksize of 16000 (LB=16000).
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300
// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000
// TLBL TAPEIN,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'
// TLBL TDI0001,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
RE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FIL1,DTAPE=YES,LR=100,NRECDS=100
RE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FIL2,DTAPE=YES,VARIABLE=YES,LB=16000
RE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Page 344 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RESTORE=VSAM
VSAM Data File Restore Feature
The VSAM Data File Restore feature is used to restore individual VSAM files with data saved using any of the following techniques:
•
The VSAM Logical Save feature (SAVE=LOGICAL command)
•
The VSAM Data File Save feature (SAVE=VSAM command)
•
User Data File
•
Other backup software tape (see Conversion From Other Backup Software
Products on page 458 for additional information)
A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be restored and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the
RFILENAME operand.
When restoring to a VSAM unique file using the Dr.D VSAM Data File Restore feature where Dr.D is required to invoke VSAM for file definition, two additional label sets are required for a unique KSDS file and one additional label set is required for a unique ESDS or RRDS file:
// DLBL UNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM
"
DLBL for RFILENAME operand
// DLBL DNIQUE,,,VSAM
"
DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS ESDS RRDS
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
// DLBL XNIQUE,,,VSAM
"
DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS only
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
The filename to be used is the value specified through the RFILENAME operand where the first character is altered to the letter ‘D’ (to identify the data component) or to the letter ‘X’ (to identify the index component). Therefore, do not specify an RFILENAME value beginning with the letter ‘D’ or ‘X’. Any specified file-id will be ignored since VSAM always uses the name of the component as the file-id. Extent information is required to identify where on the target volume each component is to reside. No additional label set is required for the VSAM internally created index component of RRDS files containing variable-length records since that component requires suballocation data space.
For suballocated files, an alternative to the specification of a Job Control DLBL for the output file is to use the RCAT and RIDENT operands in place of the
RFILENAME operand. Use of this format is restricted to tapes created by the
VSAM Logical Save feature or when using a backup tape created by another backup software product where the VSAM autodefine is supported (refer to
Conversion From Other Backup Software Products on page 458).
When restoring using the Dr.D VSAM Data File Restore feature and using a save file produced by other than the Dr.D VSAM Logical Save feature or the Dr.D
RESTORE=VSAM Page 345
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VSAM Data File Save feature, the target VSAM file must already be defined to the target VSAM catalog with either the REUSE attribute or never have had any data stored. In addition, when the target VSAM file is a KSDS file, the saved records must already be in key sequence.
VSAM Automatic Definition Feature
The Dr.D VSAM Automatic Definition Feature simplifies restoring of VSAM files by eliminating the need for a separate IDCAMS job step.
When saving VSAM files (clusters, AIX’s, path’s, etc) to a Dr.D save file, the catalog definition for that file is also automatically saved. This definition is then used as the basis for defining the file during the restore process. The use of this feature is optional and is controlled using the AUTO= operand. The default for this operand is AUTO=YES.
With the AUTO=YES operand in effect during the restore process, Dr.D
examines the target VSAM catalog (after adjusting for any requested name changes) and selects one of the following actions:
•
If the file does not exist in the target catalog, Dr.D defines a new file using the saved definition.
•
If the file does exist in the target catalog but contains no records, Dr.D will restore into the empty file ignoring the saved definition.
•
If the file does exist in the target catalog but is not empty, Dr.D will reuse the file if possible (even if the file is not defined as reusable). If the file cannot be reused, Dr.D deletes and defines a new file.
Use of the FD= operand allows this logic to be altered to allow files to be redefined unconditionally, optionally with the primary allocation recalculated.
In addition, the listing generated when IDCAMS is invoked for a delete/define can also be obtained by specifying the IDCAMS=PRINT operand.
These techniques provide the maximum flexibility to enable file definitions to be changed while at the same time providing maximum automation for regular save and reorganization functions. It is also fully compatible with Dr.D job streams where IDCAMS is already invoked prior to the Dr.D restore function.
Page 346 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature
Users of the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature can override several attributes when the file is defined using the additional operands for modifying definitions.
The available operands are:
Operand Function
BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N
CDATA=dataprimaryusecls/
datasecondaryusecls|N
Override the BUFFERSPACE specification.
Override the data allocation classes.
CFACTOR=n|0
DATE=yyddd|+n|0
Change the space occupied.
CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N
Change the data and index CI sizes.
CX=idxprimaryusecls/
idxsecondaryusecls|N
Override the index allocation classes.
Override VSAM TO/FOR specification.
FD=C|D|M
FREESPACE=cifreespace/
cafreespace|N
RVOLID=xxxxxx|
(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Primary allocation recalculation.
Override the FREESPACE specification.
Override the VOLUME specification.
SOPTION=datashroptions/
idxshroptions|N
VCOMPRESS=YES
XL=YES|NO
Override the SHAREOPTION specification.
Set the “COMPRESSED” attribute.
Set the “EXTRALARGEDATASET” attribute.
In addition, nearly any definition attribute may be overridden by supplying
IDCAMS style parameters. This option of override is invoked by specifying the
AUTO=OVERRIDE (rather than AUTO=YES).
When using IDCAMS style overrides, each override statement must begin with
‘CLUSTER’, ‘DATA’, or ‘INDEX’ to denote which component the override is to be applied and the operands and their values must be wholly contained within positions 1 through 72 of the statement. More than one operand and its value can be contained on one statement but an operand and its value can not be split across statements.
RESTORE=VSAM Page 347
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Multivolume VSAM Catalogs
When a VSAM file is saved, the volume(s) on which it resides (both prime and candidate) are recorded in its saved definition. When the VSAM file is restored and the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature is active, the volume serial numbers recorded in the saved definition are compared to the volume serial numbers owned by the target catalog.
If all the volume serial numbers in the saved definition are currently volumes owned by the target catalog, the same volume serial numbers are used in the definition. If any of the volume serial numbers in the saved definition are not currently volumes owned by the target catalog, only the catalog owned volume serial numbers are used in the definition. This action can be influenced by:
•
Use the RVOLID= operand to direct the definition to one or more particular volume serial numbers.
•
Use the VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature.
•
Use the AUTO=ROTATE operand to spread allocations across candidate volumes.
VSAM Device Independence
The VSAM Automatic Definition Feature fully supports device independence between the DASD device type used when the file was saved and the DASD device type used when the file is restored.
If the DASD device type is different when the restore begins, the space allocations for the file are adjusted in proportion to the relative track capacities
(or FBA blocksize) of the two DASD device types. Full independence between
CKD, ECKD and FBA architecture is supported.
Page 348 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
Operand
RESTORE=VSAM
BLOCKSIZE=n
RESTORE=VSAM Operand Summary
Required?
AUTO=YES|NO|ROTATE|OVERRIDE
Yes
No
No
BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N
CDATA=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
CFACTOR=n|0
CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N
CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
DATE=yyddd|+n|0
DELETE=pppphh
DTAPE=YES|aabbbcccdddddeeeee
FD=C|D|M|N|R
FIND=filename|’file-id’
FREESPACE=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
GR=nnn
HIKEY=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
IDCAMS=PRINT
LABEL=NO
LBLOCKSIZE=n
LOWKEY=lowkey|’lowestkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
LRECSIZE=n
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MRECORDS=n
NRECDS=n
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RCAT=filename
RFILENAME=filename
RIDENT=’file-id’
RP=YES|NO
RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
RWORD=filepassword
SEQNO=nn
No
No
No
Note 2
No
Note 3
No
No
Note 3
No
No
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 4
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Global?
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
RESTORE=VSAM Page 349
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Operand
SKIP=nnn
RESTORE=VSAM Operand Summary
Required?
SOPTION=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TI=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
VARIABLE=YES
VBUFF=n
VCOMPRESS=YES
VRTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P
WAIT=n
WR=catalogpassword
XL=YES|NO
No
No
Note 2
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1: RFILENAME= is required or, if not used, both RCAT= and RIDENT= would be required.
Note 2: For variable length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LBLOCKSIZE= and VARIABLE=YES operands are required
Note 3: For fixed length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LRECSIZE= and
NRECDS= operands are required
Note 4: FIND= is required if the input was created by the VSAM Logical Save feature or if it is a tape created by another backup software product.
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
REstore=VSam
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: RE=VS
Page 350 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
AUto=YEs|NO|ROtate|OVerride
Use this operand to control the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature.
Value Action
YES
NO
Invoke automatic file definition as necessary (default).
Do not invoke automatic file definition (the target file must be predefined and ready to accept data).
ROTATE
OVERRIDE
Invoke automatic file definition as necessary rotating the definition for each file component on the next candidate volume (this technique allows the index component to reside on a different volume from the data component causing a more even spread over the candidate volumes).
Modify the file definition using the IDCAMS style operands supplied on subsequent statements. Be sure to also specify the
FD=D operand to assure that the file will be redefined using these modifications.
Each override statement must begin with ‘CLUSTER’,
‘DATA’, or ‘INDEX’ and the operands and their values must be wholly contained within positions 1 through 72 of the statement. More than one operand and its value can be contained on one statement but an operand and its value can not be split across statements. IDCAMS continuation characters are allowed but have no effect. If the ‘VOLUME’ operand cannot be contained within one statement, use multiple statements each beginning with ‘DATA(VOLUMES(‘ or ‘INDEX(VOLUMES(‘.
The override statements are terminated by an end-of-data (/* or /@) statement before the next Dr.D control statement.
Operands are checked for correct spelling. Misspelled operands are ignored without notification. Also, operands are ignored without notification unless specified on the appropriate override statement. For example, specifying the
FREESPACE operand on a CLUSTER override statement will be ignored since the FREESPACE operand applies individually to the DATA and INDEX components.
Abbreviation: AU=YE|NO|RO|OV
RESTORE=VSAM Page 351
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
BUfferspace=n|1|N
Use this operand to override the bufferspace value for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
If a value greater than 256 is specified, that value is used as the bufferspace for each file.
If a value of 2-256, is specified, the existing bufferspace is multiplied by that value.
If a value of 1 is specified, no bufferspace will be specified when a define is accomplished for this file.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: BU=n|1|N
CData=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
Use this operand to override the data allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CD=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N
CFactor=n|0
Use this operand to change the data component space occupied for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. The value specified is a percentage change. A value of 110 would increase the allocation by 10%; a value of 90 would decrease the allocation by 10%. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of 0 is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Page 352 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: CF=n|0
CNsize=datacisize/idxcisize|N
Use this operand to override the CISIZE(s) for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CN=datacisize/idxcisize|N
CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N
Use this operand to override the index allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: CX=indexprimaryusecls/indexsecondaryusecls
DAte=yyddd|+n|0
Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being defined by the Dr.D
Automatic Definition Feature. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy) Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. Specify 0 to cause no ‘TO’ date to be generated for the VSAM file definition. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n|0
DElete=pppphh
Use this operand to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the restore function. pppp is a 4digit decimal number (relative to 1 with leading zeros specified and less than
4097) denoting the position in a record where the single character is located (if used with variable-length records, this position must be in the leading fixed portion of the record). hh is the hexadecimal value of the single character code.
If omitted, all records will be restored.
Abbreviation: DE=pppphh
DTape=YEs|aabbbcccdddddeeeee
Use this operand to indicate the input is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.
When the input data file contains fixed-length records, also specify the
LRECSIZE= and NRECDS= operands. When the input data file contains variable-length records, also specify the LBLOCKSIZE= operand.
Note: Only one DTAPE=YES restore can be specified per Dr.D execution. If multiple DTAPE=YES restores are required, accomplish each under a separate
Dr.D execution.
RESTORE=VSAM Page 353
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
The format DTAPE=aabbbcccdddddeeeee is used when restoring VSAM keyed files from a data tape. Parameter values are:
aa bbb ccc ddddd eeeee
= Number of cylinder overflow tracks ('00' VSAM)
= Number of logical records/physical block ('000' VSAM)
= Key length
= Logical record length
= Starting position of key (counting from 1)
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: DT=YE|aabbbcccdddddeeeee
FD=C|D|M|N|R
Use this operand in conjunction with AUTO=YES|ROTATE to identify the condition under which file definition should be accomplished. FD=R is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
C The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation increased so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.
D
M
The file is deleted and redefined.
The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation recomputed based on the high-used RBA of the so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.
N
R
The file is deleted and redefined unless it is empty or defined as reusable.
The existing definition is to be reset if the file exists (even if not defined as reusable). Otherwise, the file is defined.
This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FD=C|D|M|N|R
FInd=filename|’file-id’
Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD
NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file or the full file-id enclosed in single quotes. If this operand is not specified, Dr.D does not reposition the save file and the next saved file will be used as the input dataset.
Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’
Page 354 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FReespace=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
Use this operand to override the freespace specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: FR=cifreespace/cafreespace|N
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HIghkey=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the highest key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as HI=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the LOWKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If HI= is used by itself, it will select all records from the beginning of the file up to and including the specified key.
Abbreviation: HI=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’
IDcams=PRint
Use this operand in conjunction with the PRINT operand to cause printing of
Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature IDCAMS DELETE and DEFINE commands and their corresponding results.
Abbreviation: ID=PR
LAbel=NO
Specifies use of an unlabeled tape as input.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LBlocksize=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES operand to identify the maximum blocksize found in the input User Data File. This operand is
RESTORE=VSAM Page 355
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE required along with the VARIABLE=YES operand when restoring variable length records from a data tape.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: LB=n
LOwkey=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the lowest or only key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as LO=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the HIGHKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If LO= is used by itself, it will select records starting with the specified key and continue to end of file.
Abbreviation: LO=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’
LRecsize=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and NRECDS=n operands to identify the length of each logical record found in the input User
Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: LR=n
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MRecords=n
Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records to be restored to each file. Specify MRECORDS=0 to cause files to be defined or modified only (with no records restored), depending upon the setting of the FD operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Page 356 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: MR=n
NRecds=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LRECSIZE=n operands to identify the maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record found in the input User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as NR=10.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: NR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RCat=filename
Specify this operand to identify the Job Control DLBL statement of the VSAM catalog to receive the files to be restored. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D
request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.
This operand is required when also specifying RIDENT in place of specifying a
Job Control DLBL statement and the RFILENAME operand for the output file.
RESTORE=VSAM Page 357
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: RC=filename
RFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the VSAM file to be restored. If using RCAT and RIDENT operands, do not specify this operand.
Abbreviation: RF=filename
RIdent=’file-id’
Specify the full file-id enclosed in single quotes to indicate the name of the new file being restored.
This operand is required when also specifying RCAT in place of specifying a Job
Control DLBL statement and RFILENAME for the output file.
Abbreviation: RI=’file-id’
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
RVolid=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to override the VOLUME specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Specify up to 30 volsers
(of those assigned to the RCAT catalog) enclosed in parentheses. If a value of
NO is specified, the file definitions will exclude any data or index volume specification.
Abbreviation: RV=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
RWord=filepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character password of the VSAM file being restored to.
Abbreviation: RW=filepassword
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
Page 358 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SKip=nnn
Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION.
Abbreviation: SK=nnn
SOption=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
Use this operand to override the share option specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. The share options are entered as 2 single digit pairs, where the first digit specifies how the component is shared within a single VSE system and the second digit specifies how the component is shared across multiple VSE systems. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.
Abbreviation: SO=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
When used for tape positioning, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset. TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr
REw
Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Immediately rewind the tape.
RUn Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as input or output, then TAPEIN must be specified.
Abbreviation: TD=filename
TI=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEIN tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
RESTORE=VSAM Page 359
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
Restore processing supports Type 1 and Type 2 user exits. User Exit Type 1 may be used to Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records. This method should be used in most situations. User Exit Type 2 may be used to Inspect or Generate
logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF constant
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
mm t
processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.
is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.
zzzzzz
is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.
For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement. Refer to the section User Exits for additional details.
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz
VAriable=YEs
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LBLOCKSIZE=n operands to indicate the input User Data File contains variable-length records.
Abbreviation: VA=YE
Page 360 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VBuff=n
For potential enhanced performance, use this operand to increase the amount of internal buffer space used by Dr.D when restoring a VSAM file. The value specified indicates the number of thousands of bytes desired. For example,
VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).
Note: this operand defines the space to allocated for use as Dr.D internal buffers and not the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to be restored (to override the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to restored, see the
BUFFERSPACE operand).
Abbreviation: VB=n
VCompress=YEs
Use this operand to have the compressed attribute specified for each qualifying
VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Dr.D
accomplishes qualification for each file restored using the rules as delineated by
VSAM. This allows files to be restored into compressed format with no need to pre-qualify those files. The FD= operand should be used to assure that file redefinition is performed.
Note: the files to be restored with the compressed attribute must have been saved with FAST=NO.
Abbreviation: VC=YE
VRtype=K|E|R|N|S|P
E
R
N
Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when restoring to a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.
Value Action
K Indicates KSDS file.
S
P
Indicates ESDS file.
Indicates RRDS file.
Indicates non-CI format file.
Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.
Indicates PATH.
Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This
RESTORE=VSAM Page 361
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
WR=catalogwritepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog write or higher password.
Abbreviation: WR=catalogwritepassword
XL=YEs|NO
For VSAM restore, this operand specifies whether KSDS files are to be defined with the 'EXTRALARGEDATASET' attribute. If 'NO' is specified, then the attribute is suppressed even if it was present in the saved file. This operand is effective only if an IDCAMS define is initiated- use the FD operand to force delete/define in case the file exists in the receiving catalog.
Abbreviation: XL=YE|NO
Page 362 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Restore a VSAM file saved with SAVE=VSAM
This example will restore the file ‘OUR.VSAM.FILE’ either back to its original catalog or to a different catalog.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=OURFILE
/*
Example: Restore a VSAM file saved with SAVE=VSAM (alternative control card)
This example is the same as the previous example with the exception it uses the
RCAT and RIDENT operands to define the output file instead of the
RFILENAME operand.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=VSAM,RCAT=OURCAT,RIDENT=’OUR.VSAM.FILE’
/*
Example: Restore a VSAM file saved with SAVE=LOGICAL
This example will restore the file ‘OUR.VSAM.FILE’ either back to its original catalog or to a different catalog.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=OURFILE,FIND=OURFILE
/*
RESTORE=VSAM Page 363
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
Example: Restore a VSAM file using AUTO=OVERRIDE
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=OURFILE,AUTO=OVERRIDE,FD=D
INDEX(NAME(OUT.VSAM.FILE.INDEX))
INDEX (CISZ(512))
DATA(NAME(OUT.VSAM.FILE.DATA))
DATA(CISZ(4096) RECORDS(250 0))
DATA(VOLUMES(FBA240 FBA241 FBA242 FBA243 FBA244 FBA245))
DATA(VOLUMES(FBA251 FBA252 FBA253 FBA254 FBA255))
/@
/*
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore a unique KSDS saved with SAVE=VSAM without Automatic File
Definition
Restore a unique VSAM KSDS file. The file currently exists and, therefore, need not be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility. The file was saved with a filename of DFILE.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=UNIQUE
/*
Example: Restore a unique KSDS saved with SAVE=LOGICAL with Automatic File
Definition
Restore a unique VSAM KSDS file. The file does not currently exist as desired and, therefore, needs to be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.
The file was saved with a filename of DFILE.
// TLBL TAPEIN,...
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL UNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// DLBL DNIQUE,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
// DLBL XNIQUE,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=UNIQUE,FIND=DFILE,AUTO=YES,FD=D
/*
Page 364 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore a VSAM file using User Data File
This example restores a VSAM cluster from a User Data File. The data has variable length records and will have a maximum blocksize of 3204.
// TLBL TAPEIN,’user.data.file’
// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=OURFILE,DTAPE=YES,VA=YES,LB=3204
/*
RESTORE=VSAM Page 365
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=ALL
The SAVE=ALL command is designed to save every track/block on the disk to tape. The disk to be saved is determined by the volume assignment associated with the SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the SVOLID operand. If neither SVOLID nor SSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default SSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default SSYSNO as supplied is SYS001 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of SVOLID is recommended. When using SVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment
The SHALT operand can be used to set the upper/ending disk address to be saved. Without SHALT, the entire volume will be saved.
Save files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=ALL operations only.
Page 366 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
SAVE=ALL Operand Summary
Operand
SAVE=ALL
BLOCKSIZE=n
CK=YES|NO
CP=NO|YES
GR=nnn
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SHALT=ccchh|block
SSYSNO=SYSnnn
SVOLID=xxxxxx
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
VM=NO|YES
WAIT=n
No
No
No
No
Note 1
Note 1
No
No
No
No
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.
SAve=ALL
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=AL
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SAVE=ALL Page 367
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using
CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices),
CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
This operand is used during volume save to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. HV=NO is default.
HV=YES should be used on the first disk save within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Page 368 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job
SAVE=ALL Page 369
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SHalt=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block on the source device during a save operation. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8digit block number.
Abbreviation: SH=ccchh|block
SSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the input (source) disk during a save operation. SSYSNO=SYS001 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the save operation, it is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used in place of
SSYSNO.
Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn
SVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser during a save operation.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr
REw
Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Immediately rewind the tape.
RUn Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Page 370 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VM=NO|YEs
Use this operand when saving non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk) on CKD and
ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks. This is a global
SAVE=ALL Page 371
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Examples
Example: Save all tracks/blocks of disk to tape
This job stream saves all tracks/blocks on the volume DOSRES.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'DOSRES.SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,CP=YES
SAVE=ALL,SV=DOSRES
SA=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Selective save of all tracks/blocks of disk to tape
This job stream saves a VM sysres that occupies the first 100 cylinders of a 3380.
The disk is defined as a full/native 3380 to VSE.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'MY PACK SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,CP=YES
SAVE=ALL,SV=VMSRES,VM=YES,SHALT=9914
SA=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Page 372 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Save minidisk
This example creates a save tape from the disk on 620 which is assigned using the default SSYSNO of SYS001.
// ASSGN SYS001,620
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST
SAVE=ALL,VM=YES
SA=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Save and unload tape
These examples demonstrate a correct and incorrect approach to saving a disk on
131 to a tape on 280 and then unloading the tape.
Correct: // JOB RUN USED RIGHT
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’SAVE.TAPE’
// ASSGN SYS001,131
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=ALL
SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
/&
Incorrect: // JOB RUN USED WRONG
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’SAVE.TAPE’
// ASSGN SYS001,131
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=ALL,TAPE=RUN
/*
/&
SAVE=ALL Page 373
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Save multiple packs to different tapes
This job stream saves two disks to tape. The first disk on unit 131 is saved then the tape is closed and unloaded and the operator is then issued a message to
‘MOUNT NEXT TAPE’. The second disk on unit 132 is then saved to a new tape.
The output tapes are assigned using SYS010 (operand TO=SYS010) in place of the installed default SYS007.
// ASSGN SYS003,131
// ASSGN SYS004,132
// ASSGN SYS010,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=ALL,SSYSNO=SYS003,TO=SYS010
SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN,OPERATOR='MOUNT NEXT TAPE'
SAVE=ALL,SSYSNO=SYS004
SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Save multiple packs to same tape
This example demonstrates the use of multiple volume backups on the same tape.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’SAVE.TAPE’
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=ALL,SVOLSER=111111
SAVE=ALL,SVOLSER=222222
SAVE=ALL,SVOLSER=333333
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Page 374 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=CURRENT
The SAVE=CURRENT command is designed to save only active areas (volume id, IPL track, VTOC and data files identified via VTOC entries) to tape or disk.
The disk to be saved is determined by the volume assignment associated with the SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
SVOLID operand. If neither SVOLID nor SSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default SSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default SSYSNO as supplied is SYS001 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of SVOLID is recommended. When using SVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment
The entire volume may be saved or only selected areas. When saving CKD and
ECKD devices, the PARTIAL=REJECT operand may be used with a range of track addresses (CCCHH-CCCHH) to determine tracks will be looked at for selecting data files to save.
The PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand may be used with any device type to determine which data files will be selected. The save operation may also select or reject data files based upon their expiration date (EXPIRED operand) or based upon if they are VSAM or non-VSAM (VSAM operand).
**Warning**: SAVE|RESTORE=CURRENT will process VSAM objects and
VSE libraries listed in the VTOC correctly only when saving|restoring the entire volume. To process individual VSAM files, you should use
SAVE|RESTORE=LOGICAL|VSAM. To process individual VSE libraries, you should use SAVE|RESTORE=LIBRARY.
Save files created by this operation may be used as input to
RESTORE=CURRENT operations only.
SAVE=CURRENT Page 375
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
SAVE=CURRENT
BLOCKSIZE=n
CK=YES|NO
CP=NO|YES
EOF=YES
FAST=YES|NO
FSECURED=NO|YES
GR=nnn
SAVE=CURRENT Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
No
No
No
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
No
No
No
No
No
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
R0=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SSYSNO=SYSnnn
No
No
No
No
Note 1
No
No
No
No
No
SVOLID=xxxxxx
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
VSAM=NO|YES
WAIT=n
Note 1
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Note 1: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.
Page 376 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAve=CUrrent
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=CU
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using
CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
EOf=YEs|S
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue saving an extent on CKD and ECKD devices until a hardware EOF is detected.
Abbreviation: EO=YE|S
SAVE=CURRENT Page 377
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value
Y
Action
Select all files regardless of expiration date.
N
O
O+n
O-n
yyddd
Select only unexpired files (default).
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
yyddd+n yyddd-n
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
FAst=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical
IOCS when saving files on FBA devices. The save file is identical regardless of this operand when YES or NO is specified. FAST=YES is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO
FSecured=NO|YEs
This operand determines if data secured files should be saved. If NO, the default, is specified, an operating system message may be issued as each secured file is opened, respond with 'YES' to proceed. If YES is specified, the data secured files are automatically saved without operator intervention.
Abbreviation: FS=NO|YE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Page 378 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
The HV operand is used during volume save to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space. HV=NO is default.
HV=YES should be used on the first disk save within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be saved and/or
areas of disk to bypass. See Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page
Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This
SAVE=CURRENT Page 379
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
R0=YEs|NO
'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved. Certain file types
(COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.
Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the input (source) disk during a save operation. SSYSNO=SYS001 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the save or copy operation, it is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used in place of SSYSNO.
Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn
SVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser(s) during a save operation.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
Page 380 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw Immediately rewind the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
SAVE=CURRENT Page 381
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VSam=YEs|NO
Specify VSAM=NO to bypass VSAM objects. With VSAM=YES, the default,
VSAM objects are saved as a DA files.
**Warning**: SAVE|RESTORE=CURRENT will process VSAM objects listed in the VTOC correctly only when saving|restoring the entire volume. To process individual VSAM files, you should use
SAVE|RESTORE=LOGICAL|VSAM.
Abbreviation: VS=YE|NO
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Page 382 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Save entire pack with SAVE=CURRENT
This job stream saves the SYSWK1 disk volume by the SAVE=CURRENT method. All VSAM data spaces will be saved in addition to all non-VSAM files.
Before the save operation begins, tape positioning is assured with the
TAPE=REW operand and the tape is unloaded after the save operation is complete.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SYSWK1.SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW
SAVE=CURRENT,SV=SYSWK1,VSAM=YES
SA=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Save only used extents with SAVE=CURRENT
This job stream saves the SYSWK1 disk volume by the SAVE=CURRENT method. The save tape is compressed and the saving of each sequential (SD) file ceases after reading the end-of-file (EOF). This example will save only non-
VSAM extents which have a valid expiration date (expired files will be rejected).
Before the save operation begins, tape positioning is assured with the
TAPE=REW operand and the tape is unloaded after the save operation is complete.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SYSWK1.SAVE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW,CP=YES
SAVE=CURRENT,SV=SYSWK1,EOF=YES,EX=NO,VS=NO
SA=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
SAVE=CURRENT Page 383
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Save specific data files with SAVE=CURRENT
Save only files whose ID's are prefixed with 'SORT' or contain the word 'TEMP' on volume PCK801
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE.TAPE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW,CP=YES
SAVE=CU,SV=PCK801,PART=SELECT
SORT*
=S=TEMP
/@
SA=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Restrict to specific track/block addresses on CKD Devices.
Save a 3380 disk, volser CKD801, excluding VSAM data spaces and any files in cylinders 0-10.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE.TAPE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW,CP=YES
SAVE=CU,SV=CKD801,EX=YES,VSAM=NO,PART=REJECT
1100-999999
/@
SA=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Page 384 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=DATA
SAVE=DATA is designed to save a single non-VSAM files to tape or disk. It supports direct access (DA) files, sequential disk (SD) files and ISAM files. It used PIOCS to access the data from disk. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be saved and that filename is identified on the
Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. Each file to be saved must have its own Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statement and Dr.D control statement.
Files saved by this feature can also be saved as a User Data File (rather than a
Dr.D save file) using the User Data File feature. To create a User Data File in place of a Dr.D save file, add the DTAPE=YES operand.
Usually all sequential files and some direct access files have an EOF record after the last data record of the last prime data extent. If this is so, specifying EOF=YES will cause Dr.D to stop saving after reading an EOF record. This will result in a faster save since that entire extent does not need to be saved.
For SD files, a logical record count may be obtained through use of the LR=
(Logical Record Length) operand and specification of UPSI bit 2 (UPSI XX1) specified via Job Control, UPSI operand or default UPSI value. For variable blocked files, only the UPSI is required.
Output files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=DATA operations. Sequential disk files on a SAVE=DATA save file may also be used as input to a RESTORE=SDISK operation.
SAVE=DATA Page 385
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
SAVE=DATA
BLOCKSIZE=n
CK=YES|NO
CP=NO|YES
DTAPE=YES
EOF=YES
GR=nnn
LABEL=NO
LRECSIZE=n
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
NRECDS=nnn
SAVE=DATA Operand Summary
Operand
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
R0=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SFILENAME=filename
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename
WAIT=n
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
SAve=DAta
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=DA
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
No
Yes
Page 386 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using
CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
DTape=YEs
Use this operand to indicate the output is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: DT=YE
EOf=YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue saving until an EOF is detected. If this operand is omitted, the entire extent will be saved.
Abbreviation: EO=YE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control
SAVE=DATA Page 387
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LRecsize=n
Specifies the logical record length when saving SD files with fixed length records.
When used, it will produce a logical record count in addition to a block count.
Without this operand, fixed length records will be saved as undefined. This operand is not required for variable or spanned records.
Also used for defining the logical record length of files with fixed length records
when DTAPE=YES is specified. See User Data File Feature on page 47 for
additional information.
Abbreviation: LR=n
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
NRecds=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LR=n operands to identify the maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record found in the output User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the output user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as
NR=10.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: NR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any
Page 388 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
R0=YEs|NO
'R0=YES specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved. Certain file types
(COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.
Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be saved. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: SF=filename
SAVE=DATA Page 389
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Page 390 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
USerexit=NF/phasename
Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to
Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF
phasename
constant is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
SAVE=DATA Page 391
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Save SD and DA files
This example saves a sequential disk (SD) and a direct access (DA) file to tape. It also generates a logical record count for the SD file. Saving of the SD file will end upon encountering an EOF or end-of-extent (whichever is first).
// DLBL SEQFILE,'DISK FILE 01',,SD
// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980
// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000
// DLBL RANFILE,'DISK FILE 02',,DA
// EXTENT ,434729,1,0,20,2320
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE TAPE'
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=DATA,SFILENAME=SEQFILE,EOF=YES,LRECSIZE=100
SAVE=DATA,SFILENAME=RANFILE
/*
Example: Save file with User Data File feature
This example saves two SD files using the Data File feature.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300
// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'
// TLBL TDO0001,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
SAVE=DATA,SFILENAME=FIL1,DTAPE=YES
SAVE=DATA,SFILENAME=FIL2,DTAPE=YES
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Page 392 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=IPL
The SAVE=IPL command is used to put the standalone restore program to a save tape. It is usually followed by 1 or more SAVE=ALL|CURRENT|PHYSICAL commands to create the save data for the standalone restore. For additional detail
on standalone processing, see Stand-alone Processing on page 65.
If the LABEL=NO operand is used, the save tape will be created unlabeled and you will not need to bypass the standard labels in order to load the standalone program.
Save tapes created with the standalone program may be used in non-standalone restore operations by either forward spacing 3 tape marks (2 if LABEL=NO is used when creating the save tape) or by using a TLBL specifying file=2 for the save tape.
Control Statement Operands
SAVE=IPL Operand Summary
Operand
SAVE=IPL
GR=nnn
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
WAIT=n
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
SAve=IPl
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=IP
SAVE=IPL Page 393
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
Page 394 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for
SAVE=IPL Page 395
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Page 396 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Save DOSRES for standalone restore
This job stream saves the DOSRES for use in a possible standalone restore situation. The standalone restore program is saved followed by the
SAVE=CURRENT data from DOSRES.
// ASSGN SYS007,280
// MTC REW,SYS007
// TLBL TAPEOUT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=IPL
SAVE=CU,SV=DOSRES,EX=YES,CP=YES
SA=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
Example: Save DOSRES for standalone restore using tape manager
This job stream saves the DOSRES for use in a possible standalone restore situation. The standalone restore program is first saved to tape associated with the TAPEOUT TLBL. Following the standalone program, the SAVE=CURRENT data from DOSRES will be saved as file 2.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'DRD.STANDALONE',,,,1
// TLBL BACKUP,'DOSRES.BACKUP',,,,2
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=IPL
SAVE=CU,SV=DOSRES,EX=YES,TD=BACKUP,CP=YES
/*
SAVE=IPL Page 397
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=LIBRARY
Use the SAVE=LIBRARY command when saving a VSE library (pre-SP2 format libraries are not supported). All sublibraries and members or only selective sublibraries and members may be saved.
A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be saved and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. If SFILENAME is omitted, it will look for a DLBL statement with the filename of SYSLIB.
The MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT and TSTAMP operands may be used to selectively save sublibraries and/or members. The MEMBER operand uses library selector statements to select or reject by sublib, member type and/or member name.
The TSTAMP operand may be used to select members based upon the “last update” date and time. This allows incremental backup of libraries which greatly reduce backup time for daily backup. Incremental backups are accomplished by doing full backups periodically (weekly, monthly etc.) and then doing incremental backups more frequently (daily, twice daily, etc.). The incremental backup would use a time stamp selector that would cause all members changed since the last full backup to be saved each time the backup is run. Recovery of the library then becomes a matter of restoring the last full backup and then restoring the last incremental backup.
Listing of sublibrary and member names can be controlled by use of the
FORMAT and PRINT operands.
Page 398 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
SAVE=LIBRARY
BLOCKSIZE=n
CP=NO|YES
FORMAT=A|B|C|D|E
GR=nnn
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH|YES
RP=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SFILENAME=SYSLIB|filename
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
WAIT=n
SAVE=LIBRARY Operand Summary
Operand
TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
SAve=LIbrary
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=LI
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
SAVE=LIBRARY Page 399
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: BL=n
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
FOrmat=A|B|C|D|E
Specify this operand to control the listing of sublibrary and members names as they are being processed and where the information will be issued (SYSLOG or
SYSLST).
Value Action
A
B
Enable display of member names and sublib names on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.
Enable display of member names on SYSLST only. Sublib names are displayed on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.
C
D
E
Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLST only.
Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLOG only.
Do not display member names or sublib names on either SYSLOG and
SYSLST. This is the default.
This operand works in conjunction with the PRINT operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: FO=A|B|C|D|E
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Page 400 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MEmber=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more library selector statements immediately follow this statement. The library selector statements may be used to specify the sublibrary(s), member type(s) and/or member name(s) to be selected
(MEMBER=SELECT) or rejected (MEMBER=REJECT).
There are several types of library selector statements. Sublibrary selectors are prefixed by a ‘+’ sign. Member type selectors are prefixed by a ‘!’ sign. All other selector statements, without an above mentioned prefix, will be considered member name selectors.
All selector statements, may be either the full or generic name. When specifying a generic name, any position containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match. An asterisk (*) may be used at the end of the name to cause the matching selection to be based upon only those characters preceding the ‘*’. A single ‘*’, without any preceding characters, will result is selecting all.
An additional statement is required to terminate library selector statements. As
with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement
may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.
Abbreviation: ME=SE|RE
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|Both|YEs
LIST enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on
SYSLST only. YES enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be
SAVE=LIBRARY Page 401
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE displayed on SYSLOG. BOTH causes the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on SYSLST and the same report to be displayed on
SYSLOG. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SFilename=SYSLIB|filename
Specify the filename identifying the VSE library’s Job Control DLBL statement.
The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas. If omitted, filename defaults to SYSLIB.
Abbreviation: SF=SYSLIB|filename
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Page 402 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their “changed” time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value).
Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.
The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean
Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day
2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.
SAVE=LIBRARY Page 403
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:
TS=-0
TS=>-1.1200
TS=>-6
TS=01100
TS=>01100.1450
TS=<01100
TS=99100
TS=>99100.1450
TS=<99100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100
Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Page 404 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Save a library
This example saves the entire PROD library. No report is generated.
// ASSGN SYS007,180
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LIBRARY,SFILENAME=PROD
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Save a library with report generation
This example saves the entire PROD library. The sublibraries that are saved will be displayed on the console and both the sublib names and member names saved will be reported on SYSLST.
// ASSGN SYS007,180
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LIBRARY,SFILENAME=PROD,FORMAT=B,PRINT=YES
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Save selected members
This example saves selected members of the PROD library, but only members changed in the preceding 7 days. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.
// ASSGN SYS007,180
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’
// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'
// EXTENT ,FBA250
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LIBRARY,SF=PROD,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT,TSTAMP=>-6
+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY SELECTOR
!PHASE MEMBER TYPE SELECTOR
//////// SELECT ALL MEMBERS OF PR$260.PHASE
!E SELECT ANOTHER TYPE
DTF///// SELECT DTF'S IN PR$260.E
/@ END OF SELECTORS
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
SAVE=LIBRARY Page 405
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume
Logical Volume Save Feature
The Logical Volume Save feature allows non-VSAM files to be saved on a logical file basis without having to specify either the disk or disk track/block address, allowing users to selectively save files on one or more disks in a manner that will allow individual files to be selectively restored. Users may also reorganize the files and/or the entire disk or pool of disks.
The SVOLID operand must be entered. Up to 30 volsers may be entered to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be saved.
Alternatively, a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC pool name may be used. The
VOLSELECT operand may be used to select the volume(s) used to determine whether a file is to be saved. Any file that fully or partially resides on a selected volume is saved in its entirety.
The first backup file contains file information extracted from the VTOC(s), and is used to generate label information for the restore.
Data secured files and VSAM data spaces are automatically excluded from the save unless included by the specification of FSECURED=YES or VSAM=YES.
VSAM files should normally be saved as VSAM files using SAVE=LOGICAL
VSAM command (see page 417) or SAVE=VSAM command (see page 445), to
have any real usefulness.
The EXPIRED operand limits files based upon their expiration date.
The PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand allows files to be selected on either an
individual or generic (group) basis or by the size of their files. Refer to Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for detailed information about
the selector control statements.
The AREA operand allows you to limit the area of the disk(s) being saved. Only files whose first/only extent is within the specified disk limits are included in the file selection process.
Save files created by this operation may be used as input to Volume
RESTORE=LOGICAL and RESTORE=DATA operations. Sequential disk (SD) files may also be restored by RESTORE=SDISK operations.
Page 406 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Operand Summary
Operand Required?
SAVE=LOGICAL
Yes
AREA=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)
BLOCKSIZE=n
CK=YES|NO
No
No
No
CP=NO|YES
DM=E
EOF=YES|NO
ERROR=IGNORE
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
No
No
No
No
No
FAST=YES|NO
FSECURED=NO|YES
GENERATION=L|F|nnn
GR=nnn
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
RP=YES|NO
R0=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename
VOLSELECT=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
VSAM=NO|YES
WAIT=n
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Global?
No
No
Yes
No
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 407
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAve=LOgical
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=LO
ARea=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)
The AREA operand is used to define the area(s) of disk from which files will be saved. Each set of AREA values is a starting and ending track or FBA block number separated by a dash '-'. If the specification is a repeat of the last entered, a single 'R' may be entered. The entries are assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the SVOLID.
Note: you must also use the PARTIAL= operand when using AREA=.
Abbreviation: AR= (s1-e1,s2-e2,…)
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using
CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Page 408 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
DM=E
Use this operand to indicate the SVOLID specifies a BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC pool name.
Abbreviation: DM=E
EOf=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue saving an extent devices until a hardware
EOF is detected.
Abbreviation: EO=YE|NO
ERror=IGnore
Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316 (indicating no files are selected) is issued.
Abbreviation: ER=IG
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value Action
Y
N
O
O+n
O-n
yyddd
Select all files regardless of expiration date (default).
Select only unexpired files.
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
yyddd+n yyddd-n
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
FAst=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical
IOCS when saving files on FBA devices. The save file is identical regardless of this operand when YES or NO is specified. FAST=YES is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 409
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
FSecured=NO|YEs
This operand determines if data secured files should be saved. If NO, the default, is specified, an operating system message may be issued as each secured file is opened, respond with 'YES' to proceed. If YES is specified, the data secured files are automatically saved without operator intervention.
Abbreviation: FS=NO|YE
GEneration=L|F|nnn
Use this operand to select BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk manager files for saving by the generation number of each file. This operand requires DM=E to also be specified.
Value Action
L
F
Nnn
Save most current generation.
Save oldest generation.
Save specific generation number.
Abbreviation: GE=L|F|nnn
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
This operand is used during volume save to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. HV=NO is default.
HV=YES should be used on the first disk save within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION
Page 410 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be saved. See Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for additional details about
selector statements.
Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
R0=YEs|NO
'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved. Certain file types
(COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 411
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser(s) during a save. Specify up to 30 volsers to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be saved. Dr.D, BIM-EPIC and CA-EPIC disk pool names may also be used in place of actual disk volser(s). When using BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk pool names, you must also specify the DM=E operand.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr
REw
Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Immediately rewind the tape.
RUn Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance
Page 412 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
USerexit=NF/phasename
Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to
Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF constant
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 413
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename
VOlselect=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to select files that fully or partially reside on the specified disk(s) during the save. This operand is useful in further qualifying the volumes specified by SVOLID, especially when SVOLID references a disk pool.
Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
VSam=YEs
When VSAM=YES, is specified, VSAM data areas are saved as DA files. When
VSAM=NO, is specified, VSAM data areas are bypassed. VSAM=NO is the default. This method of saving VSAM files is not recommended as the VSAM area is saved as a DA file and must be restored as DA. Use SAVE=LOGICAL
Abbreviation: VS=YE|NO
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
Page 414 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Save all files
This example saves all the files (expired and unexpired) on volume PCK200.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SVOLSER=PCK200
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Save files selected by name
This example saves all the files (expired and unexpired) on volume PCK200 whose dataset names begin with PROD.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SVOLSER=PCK200,PARTIAL=SELECT
PROD*
/@
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Save all unexpired files
This example saves all the files, except those files that are expired, on the PCK200 and PCK201 disks.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SVOLSER=(PCK200,PCK201),EXPIRED=NO
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 415
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Save all from EPIC disk pool
Save all files residing in the EPIC disk pool POOL01. Both EPIC controlled and uncontrolled files will be saved.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SV=POOL01,DM=E
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Save selectively from pool of disks
Save the files residing in a pool of disk space on three 3380 disks having volume serial numbers VOLSR1,VOLSR2, and VOLSR3. Save only the files that fully or partially reside on VOLSR2, and VOLSR3.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SV=(VOLSR1,VOLSR2,VOLSR3),VO=(VOLSR2,VOLSR3)
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Example: Save files from selected areas on disk
Save the files residing in a pool of disk space on three 3380 disks having volume serial numbers VOLSR1,VOLSR2, and VOLSR3. The space on the first disk is in cylinder 1 through 100, the second and third, 100 through 600.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
SAVE=LOG,SV=(VOLSR1,VOLSR2,VOLSR3),AREA=(15-1500,1500-9000,R)
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Note: the AREA ranges are stated in tracks or FBA blocks, and the cylinder addresses have been converted accordingly.
Page 416 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM
VSAM Logical Save Feature
The VSAM Logical Save feature is designed to enable all or some of the files identified in a VSAM catalog (both SUBALLOCATED and UNIQUE) to be saved with a single Dr.D request. Only the VSAM catalog need be identified to Dr.D
which is used to select the files (both SUBALLOCATED and UNIQUE) to be saved - either all files or those identified through user selection criteria (refer to
Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process). No additional Job Control statements are required identifying the files to be saved. When requested, in addition to automatically saving the VSAM file definition, all associated files and their definitions (PATH’s and AIX’s) can be automatically saved.
To invoke this feature, specify SAVE=LOGICAL as the first entry on the control statement. The label identifying the VSAM catalog is required and is identified to Dr.D through the SCAT operand. No labels are required, however, for any file saved by the Dr.D VSAM Logical Save feature.
Save files created by this operation may be used as input to VSAM
RESTORE=LOGICAL and RESTORE=VSAM operations.
SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 417
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
Operand
SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM Operand Summary
Required?
SAVE=LOGICAL
ASSOCIATIONS=YES|NO
BLOCKSIZE=n
Yes
No
No
CP=NO|YES
EOF=S
ERROR=IGNORE
EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]
FAST=YES|NO|CI
GR=nnn
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MRECORDS=n
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
SCAT=filename
SEQNO=nn
SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
SWORD=filepassword
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TSTAMP=(<|>)(yyddd|-n)(.hhmm)
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename
VBUFF=n
VNULL=YES|NO|ALL
VSTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P
VUSE=CANCEL|IGNORE|NULL|OPERATOR|SAVE
WAIT=n
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Global?
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 418 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Operand
SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM Operand Summary
Required?
WS=catalogreadpassword
No
Global?
Yes
SAve=LOgical
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=LO
ASsociations=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to save all associated files (PATH’s and AIX’s). AIX clusters will be saved following their associated base cluster and PATHS will be saved following the clusters to which they relate. When ASSOCIATIONS=YES is used with the PARTIAL= operand, selection or rejection criteria is applied to the base clusters only. If a base cluster is selected or rejected, all associations will also be selected or rejected. Specifying NO will result in the associated files being bypassed. ASSOCIATIONS=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: AS=YE|NO
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
EOf=S
Specify S to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until a software EOF is found, without regard to the input file’s high used RBA (relative byte address).
SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 419
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: EO=S
ERror=IGnore
Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to operator intervention after message DOCTOR171 (indicating the file is not in the VSAM catalog) and to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316 (indicating no files are selected) is issued.
Abbreviation: ER=IG
EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]
This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.
Value Action
Y
N
O
O+n
O-n
yyddd
Select all files regardless of expiration date.
Select only unexpired files (default).
Select only expired files.
Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
yyddd+n yyddd-n
Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).
Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).
Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n
FAst=YEs|NO|CI
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical
IOCS when saving/copying VSAM files. The save file is identical regardless of this operand when YES or NO is specified. Specify CI to cause Dr.D to save
VSAM files in CI-format. Files saved in CI-format will not be reorged during a restore function. FAST=YES is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO|CI
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control
Page 420 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MRecords=n
Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records to be saved for each file. Specify MRECORDS=0 to save only the file definition (with no data records saved). This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: MR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PArtial=SElect|REject
Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.
The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be saved. For
additional information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.
Abbreviation: PA
=SE|RE
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and
SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 421
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SCat=filename
Specify this operand to identify the Job Control DLBL statement for the VSAM catalog being saved.
Abbreviation: SC=filename
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)
Use this operand to specify the source volser(s) during a save operation. Specify up to 30 volsers to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be saved. When used, it also required a PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)
SWord=filepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character file read password of the file being saved only if it has a read password defined.
Abbreviation: SW=filepassword
Page 422 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting
SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 423
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value). Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.
The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean
Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day
2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.
The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.
The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:
TS=-0
TS=>-1.1200
TS=>-6
TS=01100
TS=>01100.1450
TS=<01100
TS=99100
TS=>99100.1450
TS=<99100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100
Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Page 424 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
USerexit=NF/phasename
Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to
Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF constant
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename
VBuff=n
For potential enhanced performance, use this operand to increase the amount of internal buffer space used by Dr.D when saving a VSAM file. The value specified indicates the number of thousands of bytes desired. For example,
VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to the size needed to process a FAST=YES|CI operation.
Abbreviation: VB=n
VNull=YEs|NO|ALl
Use this operand to specify the action to be taken when a null VSAM file is encountered. Specify YES (the default) to cause Dr.D to consider null files for selection. Specify NO to cause Dr.D not to consider null files for selection (which causes message DOCTOR176 Empty Dataset... to be issued for each null dataset encountered). Specify ALL to cause Dr.D to only consider null (or unallocated) files for selection.
Abbreviation: VN=YE|NO|AL
VStype=K|E|R|N|S|P
Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when saving a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.
N
S
P
E
R
Value
K
Action
Indicates KSDS file.
Indicates ESDS file.
Indicates RRDS file.
Indicates non-CI format file.
Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.
Indicates PATH.
SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 425
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P
VUse=CAncel|IGnore|NUll|OPerator|SAve
Use this operand to specify the action to be taken when a VSAM file about to be saved is currently in use (i.e., open for update) by another task. VUSE=CANCEL is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value
CANCEL
Action
Cancel the job.
IGNORE
NULL
OPERATOR
Do not save the file.
Save the file as a null file.
SAVE
Issue message DOCTOR175 and wait for operator response
(allowed only with FAST=YES).
Save the file anyway knowing that the results are unpredictable and may cause the save or subsequent restore to fail (allowed only with FAST=YES - with FAST=NO, this value functions the same as VUSE=NULL).
Abbreviation: VU=CA|IG|NU|OP|SA
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
WS=catalogreadpassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.
Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword
Page 426 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Save contents of two VSAM catalogs
Save all the files found in two VSAM catalogs including all associated PATH’s and AIX’s.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM
// DLBL UCAT2,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.TWO’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES
SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT2,ASSOCIATIONS=YES
/*
Example: Simultaneous creation of 2 save tapes
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIRST TAPE OUT'
// TLBL TAPETWO,'SECOND TAPE OUT'
// ASSGN SYS007,180 TAPEOUT
// ASSGN SYS006,181 TAPETWO
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UP=111100000,...
SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,AS=YES
/*
Example: Simultaneous creation of 3 save tapes
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIRST TAPE OUT'
// TLBL TAPETWO,'SECOND TAPE OUT'
// TLBL TAPE003,'THIRD TAPEOUT'
// ASSGN SYS007,180 TAPEOUT
// ASSGN SYS006,181 TAPETWO
// ASSGN SYS005,182 TAPE003
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UP=111100001,...
SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES
/*
SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 427
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Selectively save by VSAM file ids
Save the file ‘A.VSAM.FILE’ and all files that start with the character string
‘PAY’. Following the save, the output tape will be unloaded. See the Logical
Selection/Rejection/Rename Process Section for additional details and examples on file selection.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,PA=SE
A.VSAM.FILE
PAY*
/@
SA=NO,TA=RUN
/*
Example: Selectively save contents of VSAM catalog
Save all unexpired files found in a VSAM catalog including all associated
PATH’s and AIX’s that have had update activity in the last 30 days but excluding any null files.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,AS=YES,EXPIRED=NO,TSTAMP=>-30,VNULL=NO
/*
Example: Selectively save contents of VSAM catalog
Save only expired files found in a VSAM catalog excluding all associated PATH’s and AIX’s.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,AS=NO,EXPIRED=ONLY
/*
Page 428 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=PHYSICAL
Dr.D enables users to SAVE portions of a disk on a physical track/block basis, independent of Volumes, Data Files, or Libraries.
This function is valuable for its ability to manipulate data at the physical level.
This poses some risk in terms of security and possible inadvertent damage to critical data. For that reason, it may be wise to limit its use to qualified authorized personnel. This can be achieved by limiting access to one DRD module - DOCTOR02. If a security package is available, the use of DOCTOR02 can be easily controlled, otherwise DOCTOR02 can be placed in a restricted library, or kept on tape and only restored by authorized persons.
The disk to be saved is determined by the volume assignment associated with the SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the
SVOLID operand. If neither SVOLID nor SSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default SSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default SSYSNO as supplied is SYS001 but may be changed by the installation
administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional
information). Use of SVOLID is recommended. When using SVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment
Dr.D uses the SBEGIN operand to determine the track/block address where the save operation will begin. The SHALT operand is used to dictate the track/block address where the save will cease. The disk addresses entered are one to eight numeric digits in length.
If the target disk is a ECKD or CKD type, the two digits at the extreme right are assumed to be the head number, with the rest of the number as the cylinder number. If the target disk is an FBA type, the whole number is the FBA block number. In any case, leading zeros are not required. If an ending address is not entered, it is made equal to the start address and a single track/FBA block operation is performed. The SBEGIN operand is always required.
Save files created by this operation may be used as input to
RESTORE=PHYSICAL operations only.
SAVE=PHYSICAL Page 429
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
SAVE=PHYSICAL
BLOCKSIZE=n
CK=YES|NO
CP=NO|YES
GR=nnn
HV=NO|YES|HOLD
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
SAVE=PHYSICAL Operand Summary
Operand Required?
Yes
No
No
No
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
No
No
No
No
No
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
SBEGIN=ccchh|block
SEQNO=nn
SHALT=ccchh|block
SSYSNO=SYSnnn
SVOLID=xxxxxx
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
VM=NO|YES
WAIT=n
No
No
Yes
No
Note 2
Note 1
Note 1
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.
Note 2: If SHALT is omitted, it will default to the SBEGIN value resulting in the saving of a single track/block.
SAve=PHysical
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=PH
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Global?
No
Yes
No
Yes
Page 430 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using
CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
HV=NO|YEs|HOld
This operand is used during volume save to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. HV=NO is default.
HV=YES should be used on the first disk save within an execution of Dr.D and
SAVE=PHYSICAL Page 431
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.
Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
Page 432 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SBegin=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where the save is to begin on the source device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder
(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.
Abbreviation: SB=ccchh|block
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SHalt=ccchh|block
Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block on the source device during a save operation. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8digit block number.
Abbreviation: SH=ccchh|block
SSysno=SYSnnn
Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the input (source) disk during a save operation. SSYSNO=SYS001 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the save operation, it is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used in place of
SSYSNO.
Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn
SVolid=xxxxxx
Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser during a save operation.
Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx
SAVE=PHYSICAL Page 433
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Page 434 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
VM=NO|YEs
Use this operand to when saving non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk) on CKD and ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks.
Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
SAVE=PHYSICAL Page 435
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Save multiple tracks/blocks via physical save
This example saves cylinder 196, head 00 through cylinder 198, head 10 from pack CKD231 to tape
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=PH,SB=19600,SH=19800,SVOLID=CKD231
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REWIND
/*
Example: Save single track via physical save
This example saves only cylinder 196, head 00 from pack CKD231 to tape
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=PH,SB=19600,SVOLID=CKD231
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REWIND
/*
Example: Save VM minidisk via physically save
This example saves areas of a disk (cuu=352) containing VM minidisks. The disk is a 3390 VM disk with a number of minidisk after the sysres area.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// ASSGN SYS001,352
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SA=NO,UPSI=111,CP=YES
SA=PH,SS=SYS001,VM=YES,SB=27100,SH=45714
SA=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Page 436 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=SDISK
SAVE=SDISK is designed to save a single sequential disk (SD) file to tape or disk.
It uses LIOCS to access the data from disk. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be saved and that filename is identified on the
Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. Each file to be saved must have its own Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statement and Dr.D control statement.
Files saved by this feature can also be saved as a User Data File (rather than a
Dr.D save file) using the User Data File feature. To create a User Data File in place of a Dr.D save file, add the DTAPE=YES operand.
Usually all sequential files and some direct access files have an EOF record after the last data record of the last prime data extent. If this is so, specifying EOF=YES will cause Dr.D to stop saving after reading an EOF record. This will result in a faster save since that entire extent does not need to be saved.
For SD files, a logical record count may be obtained through use of the LR=
(Logical Record Length) operand and specification of UPSI bit 2 (UPSI XX1) specified via Job Control, UPSI operand or default UPSI value. For variable blocked files, only the UPSI is required.
Save files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=DATA and RESTORE=SDISK operations.
SAVE=SDISK Page 437
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
SAVE=SDISK
BLOCKSIZE=n
CK=YES|NO
CP=NO|YES
DTAPE=YES
EOF=YES|NO
GR=nnn
LABEL=NO
LRECSIZE=n
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
NRECDS=n
SAVE=SDISK Operand Summary
Operand
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
R0=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SFILENAME=filename
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename
WAIT=n
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Required?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
SAve=SDisk
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=SD
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
No
Yes
Page 438 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CK=YEs|NO
Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using
CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.
Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
DTape=YEs
Use this operand to indicate the output is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: DT=YE
EOf=YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue saving until an EOF is detected. If this operand is omitted, the entire extent will be saved.
Abbreviation: EO=YE
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control
SAVE=SDISK Page 439
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LRecsize=n
Specifies the logical record length when saving SD files with fixed length records.
When used, it will produce a logical record count in addition to a block count.
Without this operand, fixed length records will be saved as undefined. This operand is not required for variable or spanned records.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: LR=n
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
NRecds=n
Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LR=n operands to identify the maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record found in the output User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the output user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as
NR=10.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: NR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Page 440 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
R0=YEs|NO
'R0=YES specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved. Certain file types
(COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.
Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be saved. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.
Abbreviation: SF=filename
SAVE=SDISK Page 441
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Page 442 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
USerexit=NF/phasename
Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to
Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF
phasename
constant is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
SAVE=SDISK Page 443
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Examples
Example: Save SD files
This example saves a sequential disk (SD) file to tape. It also generates a logical record count for the SD file. Saving of the SD file will end upon encountering an
EOF or end-of-extent (whichever is first).
// DLBL SEQFILE,'DISK FILE 01',,SD
// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980
// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE TAPE'
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=SDISK,SFILENAME=SEQFILE,EOF=YES,LRECSIZE=100
/*
Example: Save file with User Data File feature
This example saves two SD files using the Data Tape feature.
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300
// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'
// TLBL TDO0001,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111
SAVE=SDISK,SFILENAME=FIL1,DTAPE=YES
SAVE=SDISK,SFILENAME=FIL2,DTAPE=YES
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW
/*
Page 444 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAVE=VSAM
The VSAM Data File Save feature is designed to save a single VSAM file (either
SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE) per Dr.D control statement. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be saved and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. The
VSAM Catalog cluster definition is also automatically saved. Associated files
(PATH’s and AIX’s) are not saved when using this feature.
An individual VSAM file (either SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE) can also be saved as a User Data File (rather than a Dr.D save file) using the User Data File feature. To create a User Data File in place of a Dr.D save file, add the
DTAPE=YES operand. Use of this feature prevents Dr.D from saving the VSAM
Catalog cluster definition.
Save files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=VSAM operations only.
SAVE=VSAM Page 445
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Control Statement Operands
Operand
SAVE=VSAM
BLOCKSIZE=n
CP=NO|YES
DTAPE=YES
EOF=S
ERROR=IGNORE
FAST=YES|NO|CI
GR=nnn
INSEQUENCE=NO
LABEL=NO
LST=nnn|SYSnnn
MRECORDS=n
OPERATOR=’operatormessage’
PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH
RP=YES|NO
SEQNO=nn
SFILENAME=filename
SWORD=filepassword
TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN
TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
UPSI=012345678
USEREXIT=NF/phasename
VARIABLE=YES
VBUFF=n
VSTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P
VUSE=CA|IG|NU|SA|OP
WAIT=n
SAVE=VSAM Operand Summary
Required?
Yes
No
No
WS=catalogpassword
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Note 1
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note 1: VARIABLE= is required when input file is variable length.
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Global?
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Page 446 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SAve=VSam
Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.
Abbreviation: SA=VS
BLocksize=n
Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: BL=n
CP=NO|YEs
Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.
Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE
DTape=YEs
Use this operand to create a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.
See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.
Abbreviation: DT=YE
EOf=S
Specify S to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until a software EOF is found, without regard to the input file’s high used RBA (relative byte address).
Abbreviation: EO=S
ERror=IGnore
Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to operator intervention after message DOCTOR171 (indicating the file is not in the VSAM catalog) and to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316 (indicating no files are selected) is issued.
SAVE=VSAM Page 447
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: ER=IG
FAst=YEs|NO|CI
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical
IOCS when saving VSAM files. The save file is identical regardless of this operand when YES or NO is specified. Specify CI to cause Dr.D to save VSAM files in CI-format. Files saved in CI-format will not be reorged during a restore function. FAST=YES is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO|CI
GR=nnn
This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: GR=nnn
INsequence=NO
Specify NO to cause a KSDS file to be saved without using the file’s sequence set.
Specification of this operand is only effective when FAST=YES is also specified or
default. This technique is useful for recovering a file whose sequence set has been corrupted. Be aware that this operand may cause the file to be saved out of sequence and, if so, it is the user’s responsibility to rebuild the file purging duplicate records and placing the records back into ascending sequence. This task can be accomplished by either:
1. Copying the file to an ESDS, sorting it and then copying it back to the KSDS
2. Save the file to a data tape (DTAPE=YES), sorting it and then restoring it back to the KSDS.
Abbreviation: IN=NO
LAbel=NO
Used to created unlabeled tapes.
Abbreviation: LA=NO
LSt=nnn|SYSnnn
This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Page 448 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn
MRecords=n
Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records to be saved for each file. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: MR=n
OPerator=’operatormessage’
This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or
Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.
Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’
PRint=NO|LIst|BOth
Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.
BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO
RP=YEs|NO
Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO
SEqno=nn
Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.
This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.
Abbreviation: SE=nn
SAVE=VSAM Page 449
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
SFilename=filename
Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be saved.
Abbreviation: SF=filename
SWord=filepassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character file read password of the file being saved only if it has a read password defined.
Abbreviation: SW=filepassword
TApe=NOr|REw|RUn
This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.
TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value Action
NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
REw
RUn
Immediately rewind the tape.
Immediately unload the tape.
Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU
TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3
Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).
TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.
This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If
DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.
Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as
TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.
Page 450 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3
TO=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn
TT=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn
T3=SYSnnn
Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn
UPsi=012345678
Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D
UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for
details about the UPSI settings and use.
Abbreviation: UP=012345678
USerexit=NF/phasename
Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to
Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.
For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:
NF constant
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.
Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename
VAriable=YEs|NO
Dr.D considers a file to contain variable length records if the VSAM catalog definition for RECORDSIZE shows the average record length differing from the maximum record length, regardless of the length of the record(s) actually stored in the file.
SAVE=VSAM Page 451
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Specification of VARIABLE=YES is required if the file contains variable length records. Specification of VARIABLE=YES for files containing fixed length records will cause no harm when creating Dr.D save tapes. VARIABLE=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Abbreviation: VA=YE |NO
VBuff=n
For potential enhanced performance, use this operand to increase the amount of internal buffer space used by Dr.D when saving a VSAM file. The value specified indicates the number of thousands of bytes desired. For example,
VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).
Note: this operand defines the space to allocated for use as Dr.D internal buffers and not the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to be restored (to override the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to restored, see the
BUFFERSPACE operand).
Abbreviation: VB=n
VStype=K|E|R|N|S|P
N
S
P
Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when saving a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.
Value Action
K Indicates KSDS file.
E
R
Indicates ESDS file.
Indicates RRDS file.
Indicates non-CI format file.
Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.
Indicates PATH.
Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P
Page 452 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
VUse=CAncel|IGnore|NUll|OPerator|SAve
Use this operand to specify the action to be taken when a VSAM file about to be saved is currently in use (i.e., open for update) by another task. VUSE=CANCEL is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.
Value
CANCEL
IGNORE
NULL
OPERATOR
SAVE
Action
Cancel the job.
Do not save the file.
Save the file as a null file.
Issue message DOCTOR175 and wait for operator response
(allowed only with FAST=YES).
Save the file anyway knowing that the results are unpredictable and may cause the save or subsequent restore to fail (allowed only with FAST=YES - with FAST=NO, this value functions the same as VUSE=NULL).
Abbreviation: VU=CA|IG|NU|OP|SA
WAit=n
Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.
Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.
Abbreviation: WA=n
WS=catalogreadpassword
Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.
Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword
SAVE=VSAM Page 453
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
Examples
Example: Save a VSAM file
// TLBL TAPEOUT,...
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=OURFILE
/*
Example: Simultaneous creation of 2 save tapes
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIRST TAPE OUT'
// TLBL TAPETWO,'SECOND TAPE OUT'
// ASSGN SYS007,180 TAPEOUT
// ASSGN SYS006,181 TAPETWO
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UP=111100000,...
SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=OURFILE
/*
Example: Simultaneous creation of 3 save tapes
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIRST TAPE OUT'
// TLBL TAPETWO,'SECOND TAPE OUT'
// TLBL TAPE003,'THIRD TAPEOUT'
// ASSGN SYS007,180 TAPEOUT
// ASSGN SYS006,181 TAPETWO
// ASSGN SYS005,182 TAPE003
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UP=111100001,...
SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=OURFILE
/*
USERS GUIDE
Page 454 Command Reference
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Save a VSAM file to a User Data File
This example saves a cluster with variable length records to a User Data File. The
User Data File will have a maximum blocksize of 3204.
// TLBL TAPEOUT,’user.data.file’
// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE
// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM
// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=OURFILE,DTAPE=YES,VA=YES,BL=3204
/*
SAVE=VSAM Page 455
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Dr.D CICS Interface (Dr.D/ON-LINE)
Dr.D provides an interactive interface (Dr.D/ON-LINE) through CICS/VSE.
Dr.D/ON-LINE allows the user to generate job streams that will execute Dr.D in a batch environment. The user can control the type of job stream to be built and tailor the job control for their specific environment. Most Dr.D batch facilities are available through the Dr.D/ON-LINE system. Dr.D/ON-LINE also provides centralized processing for other interactive online Dr.D facilities. A main menu panel allows the user to not only select Dr.D/ON-LINE processing, but also the online DRZAP, the new improved DRDITTO, and various other online services.
How Dr.D/ON-LINE Works
Dr.D/ON-LINE is a set of programs written in CICS command level code that interactively build job streams to perform batch Dr.D services. The Dr.D/ON-
LINE programs use the CICS basic mapping facility to perform terminal displays and interact with the user.
Dr.D/ON-LINE provides panels that the user can fill out to provide information for the Dr.D job stream to be built. The user can specify I/O device information,
VSE and POWER job information, as well as the Dr.D function to be provided through these panels.
The Dr.D/ON-LINE interface does not actually perform the Dr.D function, it builds a job stream that can be submitted to a batch partition for execution. The job stream created can also be pulled into an online editor and used as a skeleton for future Dr.D processing.
Running Dr.D/ON-LINE as a Transaction
Once you have updated CICS for the Dr.D/ON-LINE transaction, programs, and maps, you can activate the Dr.D/ON-LINE interface.
A single transaction called 'DRD' will activate the CICS interface for Dr.D/ON-
LINE. Enter the 'DRD' transaction ID to bring up the main menu panel and choose the Dr.D service to be performed. Program Function key 3 will get you out of the current panel and terminate the transaction from the main menu panel.
Diagnostics and errors that occur during the Dr.D/ON-LINE interactive processing will be displayed on the terminal, usually at line 24. The Dr.D/ON-
LINE messages are documented in the Dr.D user manual and are assigned the range of 401 through 449. Transaction abends and dumps may accompany the diagnostic messages to provide useful information for system debugging. The
Dr.D/ON-LINE transaction dumps can be identified via 'DRDn'. These dumps only occur when a message will not suffice and should be sent to your Dr.D
technical support department for further action.
Page 456 Dr.D CICS Interface (Dr.D/ON-LINE)
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Running Dr.D/ON-LINE under VSE Interactive Interface
Once you have setup Dr.D/ON-LINE to run under the VSE Interactive Interface
(see page 15) you may activate it via an Interactive Interface panel. When the
Dr.D/ON-LINE interface has completed, control will be returned to the interactive interface panel.
SAVE=VSAM Page 457
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Conversion From Other Backup Software Products
Dr.D has the ability to restore backup tapes created by the following disk utility systems. Backup tapes created by other software products may be used as input to RESTORE=DATA, RESTORE=SDISK and RESTORE=VSAM operations. To indicate to Dr.D what format the tape is, use a TAPE= operand indicating the corresponding Product Identifier (F1 through F6) on a
RESTORE=NOPERATION command preceding the first
RESTORE=DATA|SDISK|VSAM command. The supported backup product formats and their corresponding Product Identifiers are:
Disk Utility System Product Identifier
Westinghouse Disk Utility System Product (DUSP)
Westinghouse Disk Utility (DUS)
Computer Associates DYNUTIL
Disk Utility System Product (DUSP 2.0.1) /MAXBACK
Computer Associates FAVER VSAM Utility
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
Computer Associates FAVER2 Disk Utility F6
File types supported are VSAM, SAM, and Direct Access. Volume backups are supported for 'F1' only, and volume backups can be restored standalone without
Dr.D involvement. VSAM files can be 'auto-defined' if produced by 'F1', 'F4', ‘F5 or 'F6', but must be user defined if produced by 'F2'. The restore of individual non-VSAM files is supported for ‘F1’, ‘F2’, ‘F3’, F4’ and ‘F6’.
Once the Product Identifier is established, all other applicable Dr.D commands and operands are effective just as though the tape was produced by Dr.D. The intent of this feature is to support all tape formats created by F1, F2, F3, F4, F5 or
F6, but due to development of those products, variations in tape format might require additional development within Dr.D.
Page 458 Conversion From Other Backup Software Products
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example 1. Restore from a Westinghouse DUSP Format tape
The following two examples illustrate using a DUSP formatted tape as input to
Dr.D. The first example restores individual VSAM and non-VSAM files. The second example restores an entire disk volume.
// ASSGN SYS008,181
// MTC REW,SYS008
// TLBL TAPEIN
// DLBL X,'IM.IM.P03.IMBCRM.V12.BCR',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSCT
// DLBL A,'F1.SD',0,SD CISIZE=30720
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,.,9435,1590
// DLBL B,'F1.SD2',0,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,7012,500
// DLBL C,'F1.SD3',0,SD
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,7512,500
// ASSGN SYS001,472
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111,TAPE=F1
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=X,AUTO=YES,FD=D
RESTORE=SD,RFILENAME=A,LR=905,NREC=8
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=B
RESTORE=DATA,RFILEMAME=C
/*
// ASSGN SYS008,181
// MTC REW,SYS008
// TLBL TAPEIN
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111,TAPE=F1
RESTORE=CURRENT,RV=DISK6T
RESTORE=NO,TA=RU
/*
Example 2. Restore from Westinghouse DUS Format tape
The following example uses a DUS formatted tape to restore individual VSAM and non-VSAM files.
// MTC REW,181
// ASSGN SYS008,181
// TLBL TAPEIN
// DLBL X,'F2.VSAM',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUJ
// DLBL A,'F2.SD',1,SD,CISIZE=30720
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,12,16000
// ASSGN SYS001,26B
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111,BLOCKSIZE=65496,TAPE=F2
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=X,FIND=SFFLE1,VRTYPE=ESDS
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=A,FIND=WISCRN,LB=2420
/*
Example 1. Restore from a Westinghouse DUSP Format tape Page 459
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example 3. Restore from Dynam DYNUTIL Format tape
The following example uses a DYNUTIL formatted tape to restore an individual non-VSAM file.
// MTC REW,181
// ASSGN SYS008,181
// TLBL TAPEIN
// DLBL A,'F3.SD',1,SD,CISIZE=30720
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,12,16000
// ASSGN SYS001,26B
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111,BLOCKSIZE=65496,TAPE=F3
RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=A,FIND='F3.SD'
/*
Example 4. Restore from Maxback 2.01+ DUSP Format tape
The following example uses a Maxback 2.01+ DUSP formatted tape to restore individual VSAM and non-VSAM files.
// ASSGN SYS008,181
// MTC REW,SYS008
// TLBL TAPEIN
// DLBL X,'IM.IM.P03.IMBCRM.V12.BCR',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSCT
// DLBL A,'F4.SD',0,SD CISIZE=30720
// EXTENT SYS001,,1,.,9435,1590
// ASSGN SYS001,472
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111,TAPE=F4
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=X,AUTO=YES,FD=D
RESTORE=SD,RFILENAME=A,LR=905,NREC=8
/*
Example 5. Restore from FAVER Format tape
The following example uses a FAVER formatted tape to restore an individual
VSAM file.
// ASSGN SYS008,181
// MTC REW,SYS008
// TLBL TAPEIN
// DLBL X,'IM.IM.P03.IMBCRM.V12.BCR',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSCT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111,TAPE=F5
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=X,FIND='AAA.DRD.TEST.FILE'
RESTORE=NO,TA=RU
/*
Page 460 Conversion From Other Backup Software Products
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example 6. Restore from FAVER2 Format tape
The following example uses a FAVER2 formatted tape to restore an individual
VSAM file.
// ASSGN SYS008,181
// MTC REW,SYS008
// TLBL TAPEIN
// DLBL X,'IM.IM.P03.IMBCRM.V12.BCR',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSCT
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111,TAPE=F6
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=X,FIND='AAA.DRD.TEST.FILE'
RESTORE=NO,TA=RU
/*
DRDCNVCU - Conversion Utility
This section describes how to use the Dr.D conversion utility that will convert
OEM Dump/Restore job control to Dr.D format. Westinghouse Disk Utility
System is a registered trademark of Westinghouse, Inc. MAXBACK and DUSP are registered trademarks of Software Diversified Software. FAVER and
FAVER2 are a registered trademarks of Computer Associates Inc.
The Dr.D Conversion Utility has been developed that will allow users of these
OEM Backup/Restore utility packages to implement Dr.D without manually converting their existing Backup/Restore job streams to the Dr.D format.
How The Conversion Utility Works
To convert existing jobs to Dr.D format, the user simply executes the Dr.D
conversion utility DRDCNVCU with the existing jobs as input. Each job supplied in the input must have an end-of-data (/*) delimiter. An end-ofprocedure (/+) statement is used to indicate end of the input file to
DRDCNVCU. The Dr.D conversion utility will read the input, convert it to Dr.D
format, and punch a new set of JCL. The Dr.D conversion utility will not read the existing JCL from any source other than SYSIPT. Several examples of how to create a conversion job stream follow. A report listing the input statements processed and the diagnostic errors generated will be produced during the conversion run.
Using The Dr.D Conversion Utility
The batch program 'DRDCNVCU' is executed to perform the actual conversion.
The jobs to be converted are placed after the // EXEC statement along with a conversion control statement. DRDCNVCU reads all of the input statements, converts the utility control statements to Dr.D format, modifies the // EXEC statements for Dr.D execution, and outputs the new job streams to SYSPCH.
Power JECL statements must be changed from '* $$' to '* **' if they are to be
Example 6. Restore from FAVER2 Format tape Page 461
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE included in the conversion job stream. SYS004 must be assigned to the reader and SYSPCH must be assigned to the punch.
Conversion Control Statement
This must be the first control statement in the conversion job stream unless specified via a // EXEC Job Control statement parm operand.
CONVERT=aaaaaa,EOD=bbb,EOJ=NO/YES,PWREOJ=NO/YES,CMS=ccc,SAVE=,TFNI=,TFNO=
CONVERT=aaaaaa
EOD=bbb
EOJ=YES
PWREOJ=YES
CMS=ccc
CMS=YES specifies the name of the OEM product to be converted:
WEST specifies Westinghouse Disk Utility
DUSP
System specifies Sotfware Diversified Disk
Utility System
MAXBACK specifies Software Diversified
Maxback System
FAVER specifies Faver System
FAVER2 specifies Faver2 System specifies the end of input delimiter statement.
The default delimiter is a /+ statement. You may specify any character string for the delimiter as long as:
• no imbedded blanks are included
• bbb doesn't start with '* $$'
• bbb doesn't exceed column 72 specifies that a /& job control statement is to be added after the end of job (/*) is encountered for each job to be converted. 'NO' is the default.
specifies that a '* $$ EOJ' Power JECL statement is to be added after the end of job (/*) is encountered for each job to be converted. 'NO' is the default.
provides a conversion interface for VM/CMS users. CMS='FN FT' specifies that the conversion output on SYSPCH be preceded with a CMS
:READ statement with a specific filename and filetype. The CMS filename and filetype specification must be enclosed within quotes.
will cause a CMS :READ statement to be generated for each job in the input stream. The filename generated will be extracted from each
// JOB statement encountered. The CMS filetype of 'JCL' will be used for each CMS file.
Page 462 Conversion From Other Backup Software Products
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
CMS=POWER
SAVE=LOGICAL
TFNI=xxxxxxx
TFNO=xxxxxxx
Performs the same function as CMS=YES except the filename will be extracted from each POWER
* $$ JOB statement encountered.
Indicates that you wish to have SAVE=LOGICAL
Dr.D statements generated for the backup/restore of VSAM files.
specifies the TLBL filename for the input tape to be used.
specifies the TLBL filename for the output tape to be used.
The following CMS commands will retrieve the SYSPCH output from the RDR and place it on CMS files:
Order RDR nnn
(place rdr file on tape of queue)
Readcard *
(build CMS files from rdr file)
DRDCNVCU - Conversion Utility Page 463
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example 1. Maxback conversion
This example illustrates the jobstream required to convert a Maxback jobstream to Dr.D:
// JOB CONVERT --- CONVERT MAXBACK TO DR.D ---
// ASSGN SYSPCH,PUNCH
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSIPT
// EXEC DRDCNVCU
CONVERT=MAXBACK,EOJ=YES,PWREOJ=YES
* ** JOB JNM=BUSYSRES,CLASS=A,DISP=L
* ** LST CLASS=A, DISP=L
// JOB MAXBAK --- BACKUP SYSRES TO TAPE ---
// ASSGN SYS000,TAPE
// ASSGN TLBL SYS000, 'SYSRES.BACKUP'
// EXEC MAXBACK
SET LOG=ON,MTC=RUN,LIST=ON,CONFIRM=ON ;
DUMP IJSYSRES(LIB) ;
/*
/+
/&
Example 2. Maxback conversion with unique EOD specification
This example illustrates the use of the EOD= specification
// JOB CONVERT --- CONVERT MAXBACK TO DR.D ---
// ASSGN SYSPCH,PUNCH
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSIPT
// EXEC DRDCNVCU
CONVERT=MAXBACK,EOJ=YES,PWREOJ=YES,EOD=%%
* ** JOB JNM=BUSYSRES,CLASS=A,DISP=L
* ** LST CLASS=A,DISP=L
// JOB MAXBAK --- BACKUP SYSRES TO TAPE ---
// ASSGN SYS000,TAPE
// TLBL SYS000,'SYSRES.BACKUP'
// EXEC MAXBACK
SET LOG=ON,MTC=RUN,LIST=ON,CONFIRM=ON ;
DUMP IJSYSRS(LIB) ;
/*
%%
/&
Page 464 Conversion From Other Backup Software Products
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example 3. Convert multiple Maxback jobs for a VM/CMS user
This example illustrates how to convert several jobs via a single execution of
DRDCNVCU, returning the punched output to the CMS users reader queue. A
CMS :READ statement will be generated for each job, using the * $$ JOB name as the filename:
* $$ JOB JNM=CONVERT,CLASS=A,DISP=D
* $$ PUN CLASS=V,DEST=(*,USER),JSEP=O
// JOB CONVERT --- CONVERT MULTIPLE MAXBACK JOBS ---
// ASSGN SYSPCH,PUNCH
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSIPT
// EXEC DRDCNVCU
CONVERT=MAXBACK,CMS=POWER
* ** JOB JNM=BUSYRES,CLASS=A,DISP=L
* ** LST CLASS=A,DISP=LUSYSRES,CLASS=A,DISP=L
* ** LST CLASS=A,DISP=L
// JOB MAXBAK --- BACKUP SYSRES TO TAPE ---
// ASSGN SYS001,TAPE
// TLBL SYS001,'SYSRES.BACKUP'
// EXEC MAXBACK
SET LOG=ON,MTC=RUN,LIST=ON,CONFIRM=ON ;
DUMP IJSYSRS(LIB) ;
/*
/&
* ** EOJ
* ** JOB JNM=RSSYSRES,CLASS=A,DISP=L
* ** LST CLASS=A,DISP=L
// JOB MAXBAK --- RESTORE SYSRES FROM TAPE ---
// ASSGN SYS000,TAPE
// TLBL SYS000,'SYSRES.BACKUP'
// EXEC MAXBACK
SET LOG=ON,MTC=RUN,LIST=ON,CONFIRM=ON ;
RESTORE IJSYSRS(LIB) ;
/*
/&
* ** EOJ
/+
/&
* $$ EOJ
DRDCNVCU - Conversion Utility Page 465
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example 4.Convert Westinghouse Dump/Restore job
This example illustrates the conversion of a Westinghouse job specifying the
Convert control statement via the // exec statement Parm :
// JOB CONVERT --- CONVERT WESTINGHOUSE TO DR.D ---
// ASSGN SYSPCH,PUNCH
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSIPT
// EXEC DRDCNVCU,PARM='CONVERT=WEST,EOJ=YES,PWREOJ=YES'
* ** JOB JNM=BUSYSRES,CLASS=A,DISP=L
* ** LST CLASS=A,DISP=L
// JOB WESTI --- BACKUP SYSRES TO TAPE ---
// ASSGN SYS000,TAPE
// ASSGN SYS003,DISK,VOL=DOSRES,SHR
// TLBL SYS000,'SYSRES.BACKUP'
// EXEC COPYDT
IJSYSRES.SD
/*
/+
/&
Example 5. Convert FAVER JCL
This example illustrates the conversion of a Faver Restore job specifying the
Convert control statement via the // EXEC statement Parm:
// JOB CONVERT --- CONVERT FAVER TO DR.D ---
// ASSGN SYSPCH,PUNCH
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSIPT
// EXEC DRDCNVCU,PARM='CONVERT=FAVER,EOJ=YES,PWREOJ=YES'
* ** JOB JNM=FAVER,CLASS=0,DISP=L
* ** LST CLASS=A,DISP=D
// JOB FAVER
// ASSGN SYS000,180
// DLBL TESTFLE,'VSAM.TEST.FILE',,VSAM
// TLBL FVRIN,'VSAM.BACKUP'
// EXEC GVRESTOR,SIZE=AUTO
RESTORE
CATDEF=USER.CATALOG.ONE
CLUSTER
CL=CICS.TEMP.STOR
CLDD=TESTFLE
/*
/+
/&
Page 466 Conversion From Other Backup Software Products
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example 6. Convert FAVER2 JCL
This example illustrates the conversion of a Faver2 Backup job specifying the
Convert control statement via the // EXEC statement Parm:
// JOB CONVERT --- CONVERT FAVER2 TO DR.D ---
// ASSGN SYSPCH,PUNCH
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSIPT
// EXEC DRDCNVCU,PARM='CONVERT=FAVER2,EOJ=YES,PWREOJ=YES'
* ** JOB JNM=FAVER2,CLASS=0,DISP=L
* ** LST CLASS=A,DISP=D
// JOB FAVER2
// ASSGN SYS000,180
// TLBL FVROUT,'VSAM.BACKUP'
// EXEC FAVER2,SIZE=AUTO
OPTION NOCOMPRESS EXO
OPEN DDN=FVROUT FOR STORE BLKSIZ=32K
STORE CATDD (IJSYSUC) DSN(P6750501.NEWBUS.OMNLOG)
CLOSE DDN=FVROUT
/*
/+
/&
DRDCNVCU - Conversion Utility Page 467
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
User Exits
User Exit Functions Overview
Two types of user exits are provided by Dr.D.
User Exit Type 1 may be used during either SAVE or RESTORE operations. It allows user programs to Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records during save or restore of files in logical record format. This method should be used in most situations.
User Exit Type 2 may be used during RESTORE operations only. If allows user programs to Inspect or Generate logical records.
For both Type 1 and Type 2 exit programs, the following rules apply:
1. If user programs use UPSI switches, the UPSI operand must be used on the
Dr.D control card to override that in the JCL.
2. Multiple Dr.D functions may be performed in one execution of Dr.D, including more than one user-exit program (or the same user-exit program more than once), with or without card data to one or more of the user-exit programs.
3. User-exit programs must not use 'STOP RUN' or ‘EOJ’ statements, use
'GOBACK' or ‘RETURN’ statements instead.
User Exit Type 1 – Inspect/Modify/Delete User Exit
Dr.D loads the user exit program into the partition (use an EXEC size large enough for both Dr.D and the user program). Before each logical record is processed by Dr.D, it is passed to the user exit along with three one-byte flags to indicate end of file, whether save or restore is in operation, and a user supplied record delete flag. The EOF flag is set to 'E' to indicate end of file, while the function flag is set to 'B' to indicate save or 'R' to indicate restore. On return to
Dr.D, the user exit may place a 'D' in the delete flag to request that the current record be deleted. (If saving, the record is not written to the tape. If restoring, the record is not restored.)
Dr.D passes five address constants to the user exit as pointers to the logical record, the 'EOF' flag, the function indicator, the delete flag, and the logical record length. This means that the user exit must have a 'USING' or 'ENTRY' type statement that establishes the addressability of these five items.
If the user exit is written in ANS COBOL, the GSIDMNS0 module supplied on the Dr.D install tape must at link edit time be substituted for the IBM supplied
ILBDMNS0 module. This is most easily achieved by adding an INCLUDE to the link edit. DO NOT REPLACE THE IBM MODULE!
Type 1 user exits require the USEREXIT operand on the SAVE|RESTORE control statements. Its format is: USEREXIT=NF/phasename where:
Page 468 User Exits
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
NF
phasename
is a constant is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
Examples of User Exit Type 1
Example: ANS COBOL
The following is an example of a Type 1 User Exit.
// JOB MYJOB
// OPTION CATAL
PHASE USERPROG,*
// EXEC FCOBOL
IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
PROGRAM-ID USERPROG.
AUTHOR.
DATE WRITTEN.
REMARKS.
ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
INPUT-OUTPUT SECTION.
FILE-CONTROL.
DATA DIVISION.
LINKAGE SECTION.
01 LOG-REC.
10 USER-DATA.
15 USER-FILED1 PIC ......
01 EOF-FLAG PIC X.
01 FUNC-IND PIC X.
01 DELETE-FLAG PIC X.
01 REC-LENGTH PIC S9(8) COMP.
PROCEDURE DIVISION USING LOG-REC EOF-FLAG FUNC-IND
DELETE-FLAG REC-LENGTH.
IF EOF-FLAG = 'E' THEN GOTO END-OF-JOB.
IF ......... THEN GO TO DELETE-RTN.
DELETE-RTN.
MOVE 'D' TO DELETE-FLAG. GOBACK.
END-OF-JOB. GOBACK.
/*
INCLUDE GSIDMNS0
// EXEC LNKEDT
/*
/&
User Exit Type 1 – Inspect/Modify/Delete User Exit Page 469
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Save with User Exit
This example performs a save operation using the user exit example from above to flag records for deletion.
// JOB U16 BACKUP WITH DELETE
// DLBL A.'VSAM.FILE'..VSAM,CAT=IJSYSCT
// TLBL TAPEOUT
// ASSGN SYS007,...
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,BLOCKSIZE=65496
SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=A,VARIABLE=YES,FAST=YES,USEREXIT=NF/USERPROG,*
DTAPE=YES
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REWIND
/*
/&
Example: Save multiple files with different User Exits
This example saves three VSAM files, with user exit processing on the second and third file. The user exits are named 'USER1' and 'USER2'.
// JOB SAVE WITH USER EXIT
// TLBL TAPEOUT
// ASSGN SYS007,... ASSGN SYS007 TO TAPE IF NECESSARY
// DLBL A,'ORDER.DATA.BASE',,VSAM
// DLBL B,'MASTER.CARTON.DATA.BASE',,VSAM
// DLBL C,'FILLED.ORDER.DATA',,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=300K
SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,BLOCKSIZE=65496
SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=A,VARIABLE=YES,FAST=YES,AUTO=YES
SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=B,VA=YES,FAST=YES,AUTO=YES,USEREXIT=NF/USER1
SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=C,VA=YES,FAST=YES,AUTO=YES,USEREXIT=NF/USER2
SAVE=NO,TAPE=REWIND
/*
/&
Page 470 User Exits
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore with User Exit
This example restores the files saved in the previous example with identical user exit processing.
// JOB RESTORE WITH USER EXIT
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,... ASSGN SYS008 TO TAPE IF NECESSARY
// DLBL A,'ORDER.DATA.BASE',,VSAM
// DLBL B,'MASTER.CARTON.DATA.BASE',,VSAM
// DLBL C,'FILLED.ORDER.DATA',,VSAM
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=300K
RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111,BLOCKSIZE=65496
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=A,AUTO=YES
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=B,AUTO=YES,USEREXIT=NF/USER1
RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=C,AUTO=YES,USEREXIT=NF/USER2
RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN
/*
/&
User Exit Type 1 – Inspect/Modify/Delete User Exit Page 471
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
User Exit Type 2 – Generate Records User Exit
If the user exit is to generate some or all of the records to be restored by Dr.D, the following format should be used. Two basic types of user exits are provided.
In 'I/O' mode, there is no Dr.D tape involved. The user program receives from or presents to the Dr.D operation the logical record and accomplishes any other desired processing.
In 'EX' mode, a Dr.D format tape is involved and the user program is presented with the logical record as it is in transit to or from the disk file.
User programs can be any mix of 'IO' or 'EX' modes in any single execution of
Dr.D.
Note: The user-exits to examine a data tape being saved or restored are not provided. Further, there is no provision for deleting or adding a logical record in
'EX' mode, and no data alteration is possible. These provisions must be made in a program to invoke user-exits:
1. An entry point named 'USEREXIT' must be provided and linkage established to a common area for Dr.D control data. This area consists of 256 bytes in the following format:
The Dr.D parameter card for this operation
DTF name
Disk file identification field
Date (current if 'IO', as saved if 'EX')
Julian Day (current if 'IO', as saved if 'Ex')
Time (current if 'IO', as saved if 'EX')
DLBL type (S=SEQ, D=DAM, C=ISC, E=ISE)
Error Flag
Reserved
-
80 bytes
7 bytes
-
44 bytes
8 bytes
-
-
3 bytes
8 bytes
1 byte
1 byte
- 104 bytes
2. A command to Dr.D in the form of a call to send, receive, or look at a record and establish linkage to the data area. 'PUTREC' sends a logical record to
Dr.D ('IO' only). 'GETREC' receives a logical record from Dr.D ('IO') or inspects a logical record being processed by Dr.D ('EX').
3. When using 'PUTREC', a signal is required to Dr.D that all is complete. This is accomplished by using 'PUTREC' to send Dr.D the data string 'END OF
DATA FILE'.
4. An exit from the user program to Dr.D.
'GETREC' and 'PUTREC' are mutually exclusive. In order for user-exit programs to execute properly, 'GETREC' or 'PUTREC' must be the first entry points in the link-edited program. This is most easily accomplished by placing 'INCLUDE
PUTREC' or 'INCLUDE GETREC' immediately after the 'PHASE...' card.
The only current use for DOCTOR-ERROR-FLAG is when an ISAM create encounters a key not greater than the previous key written. High-value is returned in the DOCTOR-ERROR-FLAG.
Page 472 User Exits
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Type 2 user exits require the USEREXIT operand on the Restore control statements. Its format is: USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz where:
phasename
is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.
t mm zzzzzz
processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.
is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.
is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.
For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement.
EXIT Parameter Statement
Following the control statement which specifies the USEREXIT operand, an
'EXIT' parameter statement is also required:
For VSAM files, the format is 'EXITVSaabbbcccdddddeeeee' where:
EXITVS constant.
aa bbb ccc ddddd eeeee
2 digit (leading zero required) number of tracks cylinder overflow ('00' VSAM)
3digit (leading zero required) number records/physical block ('000' VSAM)
3 digit (leading zero required) key length.
5 digit (leading zero required) logical record length
5 digit (leading zero required) starting position of key
(counting from 1)
For SAM or DAM files fixed blocked, the format is 'EXITFBfffffhhh' where:
EXITFB
fffff hhh
constant.
5 digit (leading zero required) physical blocksize
3 digit (leading zero required) number of logical records per block
For SAM or DAM files fixed unblocked, the format is 'EXITFUfffffccc' where:
EXITFU
fffff ccc
constant.
5 digit (leading zero required) physical blocksize
3 digit (leading zero required) key length. If a key is present, it must start in the first position of the logical record.
The 'EXIT' cards for FB/FU are for proper de-blocking and disk writing.
User Exit Type 2 – Generate Records User Exit Page 473
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Card input for user programs must follow immediately after the appropriate
'EXIT' parameter card and must be terminated by a '/*' card in addition to the
'/*' required for Dr.D.
Examples of User-Exit Type 2
Example: ANS COBOL
The following is an example of a Type 2 User Exit.
// JOB MYJOB
// OPTION CATAL
PHASE MYPROG,*
INCLUDE GETREC
// EXEC FCOBOL
IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
PROGRAM-ID. MYPROG.
.
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
77 DATA-END PIC X(16) VALUE 'END OF DATA FILE'.
01 MY-RECORD.
.
.
LINKAGE-SECTION.
01 DOCTOR-AREA.
05 DOCTOR-CARD PIC X(80).
05 DOCTOR-DTF-NAME PIC X(7).
05 DOCTOR-DISK-ID PIC X(44).
05 DOCTOR-DATE PIC X(8).
05 DOCTOR-JULIAN-DAY PIC 999.
05 DOCTOR-TIME PIC X(8).
05 DOCTOR-DLBL-TYPE PIC X.
05 DOCTOR-ERROR-FLAG PIC X.
05 FILLER PIC X(104).
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
ENTRY 'USEREXIT' USING DOCTOR-AREA.
.
.
READ-DOCTOR.
CALL 'GETREC' USING MY-RECORD.
IF MY-RECORD = DATA-END
GO TO END-OF-INPUT.
(or)
WRITE-DOCTOR.
CALL 'PUTREC' USING MY-RECORD.
IF DOCTOR-ERROR-FLAG = HIGH-VALUE
GO TO KEY-SEQUENCE-ERROR.
.
.
END-OF-JOB.
.
CALL 'PUTREC' USING DATA-END.
GOBACK.
Page 474 User Exits
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Example: Restore with User Exit
This example restores a VSAM file while invoking the type 2 user exit in the above example.
// JOB U15
// UPSI 00100000 LOG FILE COUNTS
// DLBL A,'ORDER.DATA.BASE',,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K
RESTORE=VSAM,RF=A,AUTO=YES,USER=MYPROG/IO/L104000
EXITVS000000090010100001 (USER-EXIT FILE DEFINITION)
** 06/29/01 498 1 1 (USER-EXIT PROGRAM DATA CARD)
/* (FOR USER-EXIT PROGRAM)
/* (FOR Dr.D )
/&
User Exit Type 2 – Generate Records User Exit Page 475
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
GETTAPE Sub-Program
The GETTAPE subroutine can be called from a user program to access a data file found on a Dr.D save file. The save file must be on tape – this subroutine will fail trying to open a save file stored on disk. This user program into which this subroutine is included can be relocatable, self-relocating, or linked at a fixed address as long as standard calling protocol is observed, such as produced by
COBOL and ASSEMBLER. Use of this subroutine eliminates any need to understand the complexities of the Dr.D save tape, including identification of embedded control information and compression techniques.
There are 4 functions included in the GETTAPE subroutine:
•
SETTAPE
•
PASSCARD
•
GETTAPE
•
CLOSTAPE
SETTAPE Function
The SETTAPE function provides for specifying the programmer logical unit number to be used to read the Dr.D save tape, for specifying the filename to be used to identify the save tape, and to identify the data file residing on the save tape. If used, the SETTAPE function must be called prior to the first call to the
GETTAPE function and all fields must be supplied. If no call is made to the
SETTAPE function, this subroutine will default to programmer logical unit
SYS008 for filename TAPEIN and will read the first data file found on the save tape. The data area passed when calling the SETTAPE function is as follows:
Start Position
1
7
14
Length Field Description
6 Programmer logical unit number in the form
SYSnnn where nnn is a numeric value from 000 through 255.
7 Filename of the TLBL used to identify the save tape, left justified and padded with blanks if less than 7 characters.
46 Filename or file-id of data file residing on the save tape. If specifying a filename, use only the first 7 positions of this field and pad with blanks if less than 7 characters. If specifying a file-id, place a single quote in the first position, the 44-character file-id in the next 44 positions (left justified and padded with blanks if less than 44 characters), and a single quote in the last position.
Page 476 GETTAPE Sub-Program
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Assembler Example of call to SETTAPE with FIND for File-ID:
CALL SETTAPE,(NEWOPTS)
.
.
.
NEWOPTS DS 0CL59
DC CL6’SYS010’
DC CL7’SVTAPE ’
DC C’’’’
DC CL44’MY DATASET FILE-ID’
DC C’’’’
Assembler Example of call to SETTAPE with FIND for Filename:
CALL SETTAPE,(NEWOPTS)
.
.
.
NEWOPTS DS 0CL20
DC CL6’SYS010’
DC CL7’SVTAPE ’
DC CL7’DISKFLE’
COBOL Example of call to SETTAPE with FIND for File-ID:
01 NEW-OPTIONS.
03 FILLER PIC X(6) VALUE ’SYS010’.
03 FILLER PIC X(7) VALUE ’SVTAPE’.
03 FILLER PIC X VALUE QUOTE.
03 FILLER PIC X(44) VALUE ’MY.DATASET.FILE-ID’.
03 FILLER PIC X VALUE QUOTE.
.
.
.
CALL ’SETTAPE’ USING NEW-OPTIONS.
COBOL Example of call to SETTAPE with FIND for Filename:
01 NEW-OPTIONS.
03 FILLER PIC X(6) VALUE ’SYS010’.
03 FILLER PIC X(7) VALUE ’SVTAPE’.
03 FILLER PIC X(7) VALUE ’DISKFLE’.
.
.
.
CALL ’SETTAPE’ USING NEW-OPTIONS.
Page 477
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
PASSCARD Function
The PASSCARD function provides for identifying the format of the data file to be read from the save tape. If used, the PASSCARD function must be called prior to the first call to the GETTAPE function. If no call is made to the PASSCARD function prior to the first call to the GETTAPE function, a control card will be read from SYSIPT (using a standard DTFDI) to obtain this information, using the exact same format as described below. The data area passed when calling the
PASSCARD function is as follows:
Start Position
1
5
7
Length Field Description
4
2
TAPE
Identifier
VS
IS
File Format
VSAM
ISAM
8
FB
FU
VB
Fixed Length Blocked
Fixed Length Unblocked
Variable Length Blocked
VU
UN
Variable Length Unblocked
Undefined
Identifier Value(s)
VS
IS
FB
FU
VB
VU
UN
Not used
Not used bbbbb
5-digit unsigned zoned decimal blocksize lll 3-digit unsigned zoned decimal blocking factor (i.e., number of logical records per block) bbbbb 5-digit unsigned zoned decimal blocksize kkk 3-digit unsigned zoned decimal key length (Use 000 if no key) bbbbb 5-digit unsigned zoned decimal blocksize xxx Not used bbbbb
5-digit unsigned zoned decimal blocksize kkk 3-digit unsigned zoned decimal key length (Use 000 if no key)
Not used
Page 478 GETTAPE Sub-Program
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Assembler Example of call to PASSCARD for Fixed Blocked Records:
CALL PASSCARD,(FILEINFO)
.
.
.
FILEINFO DS 0CL14
DC CL4’TAPE’
DC CL2’FB ’
DC CL5’00800’
DC CL3’010’
Assembler Example of call to PASSCARD for VSAM records:
CALL PASSCARD,(FILEINFO)
.
.
.
FILEINFO DS 0CL6
DC CL4’TAPE’
DC CL2’VS ’
COBOL Example of call to PASSCARD for Fixed Blocked Records:
01 FILE-INFO.
03 FILLER PIC X(4) VALUE ’TAPE’.
03 FILLER PIC X(2) VALUE ’FB’.
03 FILLER PIC X(5) VALUE ’00800’.
03 FILLER PIC X(3) VALUE ’010’.
.
.
.
CALL ’PASSCARD’ USING FILE-INFO.
COBOL Example of call to PASSCARD for VSAM Records:
01 FILE-INFO.
03 FILLER PIC X(4) VALUE ’TAPE’.
03 FILLER PIC X(2) VALUE ’VS’.
.
.
.
CALL ’PASSCARD’ USING FILE-INFO.
Page 479
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
GETTAPE Function
The GETTAPE function yields the next logical record from the data file identified
(or defaulted to) in a preceding call to the SETTAPE function and described either by a preceding call to the PASSCARD function or by a control card provided as SYSIPT input. The first call to the GETTAPE function will accomplish opening of the save tape without any repositioning. Therefore, the save tape must have already been properly positioned. Data from each call to the GETTAPE function is stored in your program’s receiving area in the following formats:
VSAM KSDS and ESDS with Fixed Length Records saved with SAVE=VSAM and
VARIABLE=NO
Start
1
Length
x
Field Description
Actual Record
VSAM KSDS and ESDS saved with SAVE=LOGICAL or VSAM KSDS and ESDS saved with SAVE=VSAM and VARIABLE=YES
Start Length Field Description
1
3
5
2
2
x
Actual Record Length + 4 (Binary)
Binary Zeros
Actual Record
Start
1
3
VSAM RRDS with Fixed Length Records saved with SAVE=VSAM and
VARIABLE=NO
Length
2
x
Field Description
Relative Record Number (Binary)
Actual Record
Start
1
3
5
9
VSAM RRDS saved with SAVE=LOGICAL or VSAM RRDS saved with
SAVE=VSAM and VARIABLE=YES
Length
2
2
Field Description
Actual Record Length + 8 (Binary)
Binary Zeros
4
x
Relative Record Number (Binary)
Actual Record
Start
1
Length
x
Blocked Fixed Length Records
Field Description
Actual Record
Page 480 GETTAPE Sub-Program
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Start
1
1+k
Length
k x
Unblocked Fixed Length Records
Field Description
Key (If any)
Actual Record
5
7
9
Start
1
3
9+k
Length
Blocked and Unblocked Variable Length Records
Field Description
2
2
Key Length (Zero if no key)
Binary Zeros
2
2
k x
Actual Record Length + 4 (Binary)
Binary Zeros
Key (If any)
Actual Record
Start
1
3
5
7
9
9+k
Length
2
2
2
2
k x
Undefined Length Records
Field Description
Key Length (Zero if no key)
Binary Zeros
Actual Record Length (Binary)
Binary Zeros
Key (If any)
Actual Record
Regardless of file organization or record format, end of data file is always indicated by the 16-character literal ‘
END OF DATA FILE’
placed in positions 1 through 16 of your program’s receiving area. Once end of data file has been indicated, only a single call to the CLOSTAPE function is allowed.
Assembler Example of call to GETTAPE:
CALL GETTAPE,(DATAREA)
CLC =CL16’END OF DATA FILE’,DATAREA
BE DFILEOF
.
.
.
DATAREA DS CL..
Page 481
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
COBOL Example of call to GETTAPE:
01 DATA-AREA.
.
.
.
01 FILLER REDEFINES DATA-AREA.
03 FILLER PIC X(16).
88 DA-END-OF-DATA-FILE VALUE ’END OF DATA FILE’.
03 FILLER PIC X(…).
.
.
.
CALL ’GETTAPE’ USING DATA-AREA.
IF DA-END-OF-DATA-FILE
GO TO END-OF-DATA-FILE.
CLOSTAPE Function
The CLOSTAPE function closes the save tape and should be the final call made to this sub-program. The tape is not repositioned when the close is accomplished. No data area is passed when call the CLOSTAPE function.
Assembler Example of call to CLOSTAPE:
CALL CLOSTAPE
COBOL Example of call to CLOSTAPE:
CALL ’CLOSTAPE’.
Page 482 GETTAPE Sub-Program
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
GETTAPE Example 1.
Using COBOL, read a file to display the total of the values found in a certain field. The file has been saved by Dr.D and contains fixed 100-byte logical length records blocked 4 giving 400-byte physical records.
COBOL Source:
ID DIVISION.
PROGRAM-ID. 'SUMTAPE'.
ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
DATA DIVISION.
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
01 CHANGE-THE-SYSNUM-AND-FILENAME.
02 SYSNUM PIC X(6) VALUE 'SYS003'.
02 FILENAME PIC X(7) VALUE 'MASTER'.
02 FINDNAME PIC X(7) VALUE 'DDNAME '.
01 THE-SUM PIC 9(7) COMP-3 VALUE ZERO.
01 THE-RECORD-FROM-GETTAPE.
02 A-CERTAIN-FIELD PIC 9(5).
02 OTHER-STUFF PIC X(95).
01 FILLER REDEFINES THE-RECORD-FROM-GETTAPE.
02 FILLER PIC X(16).
88 EOD VALUE 'END OF DATA FILE'.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
CALL 'SETTAPE' USING
CHANGE-THE-SYSNUM-AND-FILENAME.
GETTAPE-LOOP.
CALL 'GETTAPE' USING
THE-RECORD-FROM-GETTAPE.
IF NOT EOD
ADD A-CERTAIN-FIELD TO THE-SUM
GO TO GETTAPE-LOOP.
DISPLAY THE-SUM UPON CONSOLE.
CALL 'CLOSTAPE'.
STOP RUN.
Execution JCL:
// JOB SUMTAPE
// TLBL MASTER
// ASSGN SYS003,280
// EXEC SUMTAPE
TAPEFB00400004
/*
/&
Page 483
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
GETTAPE Example 2.
Using COBOL, read a file to display the total number of salesmen that have sold more widgets than a figure supplied on a SYSIPT input transaction. This KSDS file contains fixed 90-byte length records and has been saved by Dr.D using
SAVE=VSAM and VARIABLE=NO.
COBOL Source:
IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
PROGRAM-ID. 'CNTIT'.
ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
DATA DIVISION.
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
77 NUMBER-OF-SALESMEN PIC X(6) COMP-3 VALUE 0.
01 THE-CARD.
02 WIDGETS PIC X(5)
02 FILLER PIC X(75).
01 THE-MASTER-RECORD.
02 KEY-IS-SALESMAN PIC X(5).
02 SALESMAN-NAME PIC X(30).
02 SALESMAN-ADR PIC X(50).
02 WIDGETS-SOLD PIC X(5).
02 A-BUNCH-OF-OTHER-FIELDS PIC X(100).
01 FILLER REDEFINES THE-MASTER-RECORD.
02 FILLER PIC X(16).
88 EOD VALUE 'THE END OF DATA FILE'.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
ACCEPT THE-CARD.
CALL-GETTAPE-LOOP.
CALL 'GETTAPE' USING THE-MASTER-RECORD.
IF EOD GO TO THE-END-OF-FILE.
IF WIDGETS-SOLD GREATER THAN WIDGETS
ADD 1 TO NUMBER-OF-SALESMEN.
GO TO CALL-GETTAPE-LOOP.
THE-END-OF-FILE.
DISPLAY 'SALESMEN WHO SOLD MORE THAN'
WIDGETS 'WIDGETS IS' NUMBER-OF-SALESMEN
UPON CONSOLE.
STOP RUN.
Execution JCL:
// JOB CNTIT
// TLBL TAPEIN
// ASSGN SYS008,280
// EXEC CNTIT
07500
TAPEVS
/*
/&
Page 484 GETTAPE Sub-Program
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Messages
The following printer and console messages are issued by Dr.D. Each message includes the probable reason for the message, any action recommended, and the disposition. The messages are listed by the three-digit DOCTOR number. If return code processing is in effect, (see the RP control statement operand), then any message that would cause cancellation will cause termination with return code 128. Any other message will cause termination with a return code of 1-7 depending on the severity of the condition causing the message.
DOCTOR000 ID='file-id' NOT ON SYSxxx=cuu
Explanation: The requested file identifier is not in the DASD volume VTOC. The file identifier is obtained from the CIDENT=, RIDENT=, or SIDENT= operands or from the label referred to by the RFILENAME= or SFILENAME= operands. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
SYSxxx is the logical unit used for this assignment
file-id is the requested file identifier
cuu is the physical device address
Correct the control statement or DLBL statement. If the desired file does exist but is expired, try adding the EX=YES operand.
DOCTOR001 INVALID OPERAND ON CTLCRD operand
Explanation: A operand has been specified that is either not a Dr.D control statement operand or is not an appropriate operand for the function being attempted. The job is canceled (RC16).
operand identifies the invalid Dr.D operand
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR002 INVALID OPERAND SAVE/RESTORE=xxx
Explanation: A value was specified for the SAVE, COPY, or RESTORE operand which is not recognized.
The job is canceled (RC16).
xxx identifies the unrecognized value
Action:
Referring to the section for the table of SAVE, COPY, or RESTORE commands, correct the control statement.
DOCTOR003 INVALID OPERAND SYSNO=xxxxxx
Explanation: A programmer logical unit was specified that was not numeric or a system logical unit was specified that was not one of the following:
SYSCAT
SYSRES
SYSLST
SYSRDR
SYSLNK
SYSUSE
SYSCLB
SYSRLB
SYSPCH
SYSREC
SYSLOG
SYSVIS
SYSIPT
SYSSLB
Action:
The job is canceled (RC16).
xxxxxx is the logical unit specified in error
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR004 SYSxxx IS ASSIGNED IGN, UA, OR NON-DASD
Explanation: The logical unit number shown to be used for a SAVE, COPY, or RESTORE operation is either assigned UA, IGN, or is not assigned to a DASD device. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
SYSxxx is the logical unit assigned in error
Correct the assignment.
DOCTOR005 REST=PUTLABEL BUT filxxxx NOT SD OR DA
Explanation: The label supplied for filxxxx referred to by the RFILENAME= operand showed a file type other than DA or SD. The job is canceled (RC16).
Page 485
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
filxxxx is the filename of the label
The RESTORE=PUTLABEL can only create format-1 labels for sequential (SD) or direct access (DA) files. Correct the label.
DOCTOR006 NO DLBL/EXTENTS FOR filxxxx
Explanation: The label referred to by either the RFILENAME= or SFILENAME= operand was not found.
The job is canceled (RC16).
filxxxx is the filename of the label
Action:
Supply the missing label.
DOCTOR007 FILE NAME UNSPECIFIED FOR SAVE/RESTORE=xxx
Explanation: The Dr.D operand identifying the required label was not specified:
COPY=DATA
COPY=PC
COPY=PR
COPY=PS
COPY=REORG
RESTORE=DATA
RESTORE=LIB
RESTORE=PC
RESTORE=PR
RESTORE=PS
RESTORE=REORG
SAVE=DATA
SF= and RF= both must be specified
RF= must be specified
RF= must be specified
RF= must be specified
RF= must be specified
RF= must be specified
RF= must be specified with LIB=NEW
RF= must be specified
RF= must be specified
RF= must be specified
RF= must be specified
SF= must be specified
Action:
The job is canceled (RC16).
xxx is DATA, LIBRARY, REORG, PC, PP, PR, or PS
Supply the missing operand.
DOCTOR008 RESTORING VOLUME FROM A xxxx TO A yyyy
Explanation: A volume restore is being attempted using a saved volume of a different device type. For example, the saved 3375 volume is trying to be restored to a 3380. The job is canceled
(RC16).
Action:
xxxx is the saved device type
yyyy is the restore device type
Correctly specify the target (restore) device type.
DOCTOR009 INVALID OPERAND SAVE=xxx, BUT RESTORE=yyy
Explanation: A restore is being attempted using a saved file of a different type. For example, a
SAVE=PR is being used for a RESTORE=PS or a SAVE=ALL is being used for a
RESTORE=DATA. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xxx is the save type
yyy is the restore type
Correctly specify the restore type.
DOCTOR010 RESTORING filxxxx OVERFLOWS ALLOCATED DISK AREA
Explanation: For COPY or RESTORE=PH, Dr.D has exceeded the RH= disk address or for COPY or
RESTORE=DA, Dr.D has exceeded the allocated extent (SD or DA). The job is canceled
(RC16).
Action:
filxxxx is the filename of the failing file.
Correctly specify the target (restore) device type.
DOCTOR011 INVALID OPERAND RMODE=x
Explanation: Other than a value of A (add-on), I (image), S (squeeze), or U (update) was specified for the
RMODE operand. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
x is value specified for the RMODE= operand
Correctly specify the value for the RMODE= operand.
Page 486 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR012 INVALID PHYSICAL ADDRESSES lower,upper FOR SYSxxx=cuu A yyyy
Explanation: A physical address specified on the Dr.D control statement either exceeded the cylinder/head or block capacity of the referenced DASD unit or the upper address physically comes before the lower address. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
lower is beginning CKD cylinder/head (in the form CCCHH) or FBA block (in the form
BBBBB)
upper is ending CKD cylinder/head (in the form CCCHH) or FBA block (in the form
BBBBB)
SYSxxx is the logical unit used for this assignment
cuu is the physical device address
yyyy is the DASD device type as follows:
2311
3375
2314
3380
3330
3390
Correct the control statement values in error.
334A (M35)
FBA
334B (M70) 3350
DOCTOR013 PUTLABEL SPECIFIED IN COPY/SAVE MODE
Explanation: COPY=PUTLABEL or SAVE=PUTLABEL has been specified on a control statement. Only
RESTORE=PUTLABEL is allowed. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement to show RESTORE=PUTLABEL.
DOCTOR014 LBLTYP IS NONE,BUT SHOULD BE NSD(xx)
Explanation: No LBLTYP control statement has been specified. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xx is the minimum value to be specified as the NSD value on a LBLTYP control statement.
Add a LBLTYP control statement with the minimum NSD value as shown in the message text.
DOCTOR015 ERASE DISK SPECIFIED IN COPY/SAVE MODE
Explanation: COPY=ERASE or SAVE=ERASE has been specified on a control statement. Only
RESTORE=ERASE is allowed. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement to show RESTORE=PUTLABEL.
DOCTOR016 SAVING FROM/RESTORING TO PACK VOL SER NO volser SYSxxx=cuu
Explanation: Unless suppressed by specifying UPSI 1, this message is issued to confirm the requested action.
Action:
volser is the volume serial number
SYSxxx is the logical unit used for this assignment
cuu is the physical device address
Do one of the following:
(ENTER) to continue the requested action
C to cancel the job (RC16)
DOCTOR017 LINKED PHASE EXCEEDS LIMIT* TAPE NOT IPLABLE!!!
Explanation: During SAVE=IPL, the standalone supervisor exceeds the size limit. The job is canceled
(RC16).
Action:
Assure the tape blocksize is within limits. If not, contact Dr.D product support.
DOCTOR018 ERROR ON IPL CREATION * TAPE NOT IPLABLE!!!
Explanation: During SAVE=IPL, an error was encountered when writing to the tape. Since it is imperative that the beginning portion of the tape (which is where the IPL records are written) be error-free (there is no error recovery possible during IPL), even the most insignificant error will prompt this message. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Try a different tape output volume.
DOCTOR019 CORE DUMP DESIRED
Explanation: A questionable condition has occurred while running in diagnostic mode.
Page 487
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
Do one of the following:
N to cancel the job
Y to cause a dump to be produced
DOCTOR020 EXECUTION TO RESUME
Explanation: A questionable condition (identified by an earlier message) has occurred requiring an operator decision.
Action:
Do one of the following:
Y to ignore the error
I to ignore this error and any other out of sequence errors that may occur for that file
N to cancel the job (RC1)
DOCTOR021 RECORD DUMP DESIRED
Explanation: An ISAM sequence check or duplicate record condition has occurred. (RC1).
Action:
Do one of the following:
Y to display the current record
N to bypass displaying the current record
DOCTOR022 PAGE FIX STAT IN BYTES xxxxx FIXED yyyyy NOT FIXED
Explanation: When executing in virtual mode with PFIX support generated in the supervisor, Dr.D will attempt to PFIX some storage areas. When there is insufficient real storage available, this message is issued.
Action:
xxxxx is the number of bytes PFIXed
yyyyy is the number of bytes unable to be PFIXed
None.
DOCTOR023 SYSxxx IS ASSIGNED IGN OR UA
Explanation: An attempt to set DASD file protect limits has failed because the SYSxxx used is assigned
UA or IGN. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
SYSxxx is the logical unit used for this assignment
Correct the assignment.
DOCTOR024 SYSxxx IS ASSIGNED TO NON-DASD
Explanation: An attempt to set DASD file protect limits has failed because the SYSxxx used is not assigned to DASD. The job is canceled (RC16).
SYSxxx is the logical unit used for this assignment
Action:
Correct the assignment.
DOCTOR026 NO MATCH ON SYSRES END CYL, ALLOC=xxx BUT LABEL=yyy
Explanation: The allocated number of cylinders exceed the number of cylinders extracted from the label information. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xxx is the sum of the specified or default library allocations plus begin cylinder (subdirectories, etc.) plus end cylinder (label area)
yyy is the number of cylinders as computed from the extent card for the filename supplied in RFILENAME= operand
Correct the label information.
DOCTOR027 INVALID ALLOCATIONS CL=calloc RL=ralloc SL=salloc PL=palloc
Explanation: the allocation was not 'S' or numeric or the core image allocation was zero. The job is canceled (RC16).
calloc is the core image allocation (CKD=ccctt or FBA=bbbbbddd)
ralloc is the relo allocation (CKD=ccctt or FBA=bbbbbddd)
salloc is the source allocation (CKD=ccctt or FBA=bbbbbddd)
palloc is the procedure allocation (CKD=ccctt or FBA=bbbbbddd)
Page 488 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
Correct the allocation value(s).
DOCTOR028 PHYSICAL DISK ADDRESS MISSING/INVALID
Explanation: A function requiring the entry of disk start and end addresses is being performed and a required disk address is invalid or not entered. A disk address may be invalid for three reasons:
Action:
1) the start address exceeds the end address
2) the end address exceeds the device limit
3) for CKD disks, the head number is not within default/specified limits.
The job is canceled (RC16).
Supply or correct the disk start and end addresses.
DOCTOR029 ERROR IGNORED, FILE NOT FOUND ON volser IS file-id
Explanation: This message is issued when ERROR=IGNORE has been specified rather than canceling when the requested file identifier is not found on the Dr.D save file.
volser is the volume serial number of the save file
Action:
file-id is the requested file identifier
Processing continues with the next control statement.
DOCTOR030 REST=xxx BUT filnnnn NOT ON CYL BOUNDARY FILE START=ccchh,STOP=ccchh
Explanation: When copying/restoring either a private library (PS, PR, PC, or PP) or a SYSTEM residence file (reorg), the file must begin on a cylinder boundary. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xxx is the subject of the 'COPY/RESTORE=' operand
filnnnn is the default or explicit filename of a private library or SYSTEM residence file
ccchh represents the cylinder/head numbers
Supply or correct the disk start and end addresses.
DOCTOR031 DIRTRKS=nn NOT NUMERIC
Explanation: The specified 2-digit directory tracks is non-numeric or zero or the specified 3-digit directory blocks is non-numeric or zero. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
nnn is the subject of the 'DIRTRKS=' operand
Specify a valid DIRTRKS= value.
DOCTOR032 SAVE/REST=xxx ON SYSnnn=cuu BUT LIBRARY NON-EXISTENT
Explanation: 'REST/COPY=' with 'LIB=O', 'LIB=A' or 'SAVE=' was specified for a library, but the target library is either non-existent or not of the type specified. The job is canceled (RC16).
xxx is the subject of the SAVE/REST/COPY operand
Action:
nnn is the system or programmer logical unit number being used
cuu is the volser being used
Correctly identify the target library.
DOCTOR033 LIBRARY=x INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The value specified for the LIB= operand is not valid. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
x is the LIB= operand value specified.
Specify a valid value for the LIB= operand.
DOCTOR034 RESTORE=xx BUT LIBRARY=NEW INVALID FOR A SYSTEM LIBRARY
Explanation: LIB=N is invalid when restoring a SYSTEM library. The job is canceled.
Action:
xx is either SC, SP, SR, or SS.
Either pre-define the target SYSTEM library or use the 'REORG' function.
DOCTOR035 ENTER RESTORE DISK TYPE
Explanation: During a standalone restore, Dr.D needs to know the model of the target DASD.
Page 489
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
Respond with any of the following:
2311
2314
3330
334A
334B
3350
3375
3380
3390
FBA for 2311 for 2314 or 2319 for 3330 for 3340 M35 for 3340 M70 for 3350 for 3375 for 3380 for 3390 for FBA
DOCTOR036 ENTER RESTORE DISK cuu
Explanation: During a standalone restore, Dr.D needs to know the device address of the restore disk.
Action:
cuu is the 3-digit channel and unit number device address of the restore disk.
Respond with the device address of the restore disk. If CUU,volser is entered, the restored disk will have its VOL1 serial changed to the 'volser' value.
DOCTOR037 PROGRAM CHECK
Explanation: A software error has occurred during a standalone restore. The job enters a permanent wait state.
Action:
Rerun. If the problem reoccurs, take a standalone dump and contact Dr.D product support.
DOCTOR038 MACHINE CHECK
Explanation: An unexpected machine check has occurred during a standalone restore. The job enters a permanent wait state.
Action:
Rerun the job.
DOCTOR039 UNRECOVERABLE ERROR ON TAPE
Explanation: A tape read error occurred during a standalone restore. The job enters permanent wait state.
Action:
Clean the tape drive or use another drive and rerun.
DOCTOR040 VOLUME RESTORE COMPLETED-TYPE "END' IF THROUGH RESTORING OR PRESS ENTER OR TYPE "U" (UNLOAD
TAPE) TO RESTORE MORE VOLUMES
Explanation: The standalone restore of a disk is completed.
Action:
If more disks are to be restored, hit enter (to leave current tape mounted) or type "U" (to unload the current tape). If finished, enter "END".
DOCTOR041 UNRECOVERABLE ERROR ON DISK
Explanation: A non-correctable disk I/O error has occurred during a restore. The job is canceled.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR042 IPL SPECIFICATION IN SAVE/COPY MODE
Explanation: 'RESTORE=IPL' or 'COPY=IPL' was specified on the control statement. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct control statement to 'SAVE=IPL'.
DOCTOR043 UNABLE TO FIND SPECIFIED FILE
Explanation: During restore operation, the specified file name could not be found on the save tape.
Either the name is incorrect, precedes the point at which searching began, or the wrong tape is mounted.
Action:
If doing a 'RESTORE=LOGICAL' for VSAM operation, check to see if the 'SC=' operand needs to be added when restoring to a catalog other than the catalog saved. If doing a
'RESTORE=LOGICAL' for non-VSAM operation, check to see if the 'SV=' operand needs to be added when restoring to a volser other than the volser saved.
Page 490 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR044 CYLOFLOW=xx INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The specified 2-digit cylinder overflow value is either non-numeric or exceeds the capacity for the particular restoring disk. The job is canceled (RC16).
xx is the value specified for the CY= operand.
Disk Maximum Cyloflow
Action:
2311
2314
3330
3340
08
18
17
10
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR045 NRECDS=xx INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The specified 'NRECDS=' blocking factor is either zero or non- numeric. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xx is the value specified for the NR= operand.
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR046 DELETE CODE=pppphh INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The specified position was non-numeric, zero, or greater than 4096 the specified hexadecimal delete code contained a non-hexadecimal value. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
pppp is the position number
hh is the hexadecimal delete code
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR047 CARDCOUNT=xx INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The specified 'CARDCOUNT=' value was either zero or non-numeric. The job is canceled
(RC16).
Action:
xx is the value specified for the CA= operand.
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR048 CARDCOUNT=xx EXCEEDED
Explanation: One more than the expected number of control statements was read by Dr.D. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xx is the value specified for the CA= operand.
Correct the number of control statements or the value specified for the 'CA=' operand.
DOCTOR049 WARNING!!! CARDS MISSING FROM JCL CARDCOUNT SHOULD BE xx BUT WAS yy
Explanation: The actual number of control statements read by Dr.D was less than the value specified for the 'CARDCOUNT=' operand. The job is canceled (RC16).
xx is the value specified for the CA= operand.
Action:
yy is the actual number of control statements read since and including the control statement where the 'CARDCOUNT=' operand was specified but not included the end-offile ('/*') indicator.
Replace yy with xx.
DOCTOR050 SEQNO=xx INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The specified 'SEQNO=' value was either zero or non-numeric. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xx is the value specified for the SE= operand.
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR051 SEQNO=xx BUT FILE IS ACTUALLY yy ON INPUT|OUTPUT
Explanation: The specified and actual sequence numbers do not match. For restores this indicates a tape positioning problem. For saves or copies this indicates one or more control cards out of sequence. The job is canceled (RC16).
xx is the value specified for the SE= operand.
Page 491
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
yy is the sequence number internally generated by Dr.D.
As determined through problem resolution.
DOCTOR053 TAPE=xxx INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The value specified for the 'TAPE=' operand is invalid. The valid values for tape positioning are REW, RUN, or NOR. The valid values for other backup software product tape identifiers are F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, and F6. The job is canceled (RC16).
xxx is the value specified for the TA= operand
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR055 SKIP=xxx INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The value specified for the 'SKIP=' operand is not numeric. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xxx is the value specified for the SK= operand
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR056 ISAM RESTORE filxxxx DASD ERROR at MBBCCHHR=mmbbbbcccchhhhrr
Explanation: ISAM LIOCS detected a disk error at the specified location. The job is canceled (RC16).
filxxxx is the filename of the restored/copied ISAM file.
mm is the extent sequence number
Action:
bbbb is the bin number
cccc is the cylinder number
hhhh is the head number
rr is the record number
Rerun the job possibly relocating to a different DASD address.
DOCTOR057 ISAM RESTORE filxxxx WRONG LENGTH RECORD at MBBCCHHR=mmbbbbcccchhhhrr
Explanation: ISAM LIOCS detected a wrong length record at the specified location. The job is canceled
(RC16).
filxxxx is the filename of the restored/copied ISAM file.
mm is the extent sequence number
Action:
bbbb is the bin number
cccc is the cylinder number
hhhh is the head number
rr is the record number
Rerun the job possibly relocating to a different DASD address.
DOCTOR058 ISAM RESTORE filxxxx PRIME DATA AREA FULL
Explanation: The prime data area is too small to contain all of the file. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
filxxxx is the filename of the restored/copied ISAM file.
Enlarge the prime data area and rerun the job.
DOCTOR059 ISAM RESTORE filxxxx CYLINDER INDEX AREA FULL
Explanation: The cylinder index area is too small to contain all of the cylinder index entries. The job is canceled (RC16).
`
Action:
filxxxx is the filename of the restored/copied ISAM file.
Enlarge the cylinder index area and rerun the job.
DOCTOR060 ISAM RESTORE filxxxx MASTER INDEX AREA FULL
Explanation: The master index area is too small to contain all of the master index entries. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
filxxxx is the filename of the restored/copied ISAM file.
Enlarge the master index area and rerun the job.
Page 492 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR061 ISAM RESTORE filxxxx PRIME DATA AREA OVERFLOW
Explanation: The prime data area is just one track too small (it can't contain the EOF record. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
filxxxx is the filename of the restored/copied ISAM file.
Enlarge the prime data area and rerun the job.
DOCTOR062 ISAM RESTORE filxxxx DUPLICATE RECORD
Explanation: A duplicate key was encountered when restoring or copying an ISAM file.
Action:
filxxxx is the filename of the restored/copied ISAM file.
Message DOCTOR021 and DOCTOR022 follow.
DOCTOR063 ISAM RESTORE filxxxx SEQUENCE CHECK
Explanation: An out-of-sequence key was encountered while restoring or copying an ISAM file.
Action:
filxxxx is the filename of the restored/copied ISAM file.
Message DOCTOR021 and DOCTOR022 follow.
DOCTOR064 BLOCK SIZE=xxxxx INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The value specified for the 'BLOCKSIZE=' operand was not numeric or the 'LBLOCKSIZE=' has been specified in an attempt to reblock a spanned file. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xxxxx is the value specified for the BL= or LB= operand
Correct the control statement. Note that reblocking of spanned files is not supported.
DOCTOR065 UNPAIRED QUOTE ON CONTROL CARD
Explanation: A '/*' was encountered while scanning for the ending single quote. The job is canceled
(RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement(s).
DOCTOR066 SAVE TAPE CREATED ON mm/dd/yy AT hh-mm-ss
Explanation: When restoring, the date and time that the save tape was created is logged.
Action:
mm/dd/yy is the date the save tape was created
hh-mm-ss is the time-of-day the save tape was created
Hit ENTER/EOB to continue or respond with 'C' to cancel Dr.D (RC16).
DOCTOR067 MEMBERLIST=x INVALID OPERAND
Explanation: The value specified for 'MEMBER=' operand is invalid. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
x is the value specified for the ME= operand
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR068 PARTITION TOO SMALL FOR MEMBERLIST PARTITION TOO SMALL FOR PARTIAL SELECTION/REJECTION LIST
PARTITION TOO SMALL FOR VSAM CATALOG OBJECT LIST
Explanation: Insufficient partition storage is available to table the selectors supplied for the 'PARTIAL=' or 'MEMBER=' operands or to table the all the objects found in the VSAM catalog. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Run in a larger partition or reduce the number of selectors submitted.
DOCTOR070 ISAM DLBL FOR xxxxxxx NOT ISC
Explanation: 'RESTORE=DATA' is specified but the DLBL type for the ISAM file is not 'ISC'. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xxxxxxx is the DLBL filename
Correct the DLBL type to read ISC.
DOCTOR071 RTRACK nn NON-NUMERIC STRACK nn NON-NUMERIC
Explanation: The specified two decimal digit lower head limit is non-numeric. The job is canceled
(RC16).
Page 493
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
nn is the specified lower head limit.
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR072 RUPPER nn NON-NUMERIC SUPPER nn NON-NUMERIC
Explanation: The specified two decimal digit upper head limit is non-numeric. The job is canceled
(RC16).
Action:
nn is the specified upper head limit.
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR073 INVALID OPERAND RTRACK=nn RUPPER=mm FOR SYSxxx=cuu dddd INVALID OPERAND STRACK=nn
SUPPER=mm FOR SYSxxx=cuu dddd
Explanation: A lower or upper head value has been specified that exceeds the capacity of the disk or the lower head value exceeds the upper head limit. The job is canceled (RC16).
nn is the specified lower head limit.
Action:
mm is the specified upper head limit.
xxx is the programmer logical unit number
cuu is the DASD address dddd is the type of disk:
2311
2314
3330
334A
334B
3350
3375
3380
3390 for 2311 for 2314 or 2319 for 3330 for 3340 M35 for 3340 M70 for 3350 for 3375 for 3380 for 3390
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR074 LIBRARY FILLED UP WITH MEMBER=mmmmmmmm FOR RESTORE=xxx
Explanation: While restoring/copying the indicated library, Dr.D ran out of room in the library area.
The indicated member was the first one that could not fit. The job continues but the indicated member and all following members for that library are not restored/copied
(RC2).
mmmmmmmm is the first member that would could not fit
Action:
xxx is the filled library
Enlarge the library and rerun the restore/copy process.
DOCTOR075 DIRECTORY FILLED UP WITH MEMBER=mmmmmmmm FOR RESTORE=xxx
Explanation: While restoring/copying the indicated library, Dr.D ran out of room in the directory area.
The indicated member was the first one that could not fit. The job continues but the indicated member and all following members for that library are not restored/copied
(RC2).
Action:
mmmmmmmm is the first member that would could not fit
xxx is the filled library
Enlarge the library and rerun the restore/copy process.
DOCTOR076 RECORD rrr ON TRACK CYL-ccc HEAD-hh THINKS IT IS ON CYL-xxx HEAD yy
Explanation: While saving/copying a disk, Dr.D has encountered a record whose count area does not reflect the actual cylinder/track it resides on. While the incorrect count area remains on the save disk, the correct count area is reflected on the save tape or copied disk. Note that
DITTO may not always report the bad record(s). The job continues (RC2).
rrr is the record number containing the error
ccc is the cylinder number containing the error record
hh is the track number containing the error record
xxx is the cylinder number reflected in the error record
yy is the track number reflected in the error record
Page 494 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
None.
DOCTOR077 RESTORE TAPE NOT A Dr.D TAPE
Explanation: The tape input to Dr.D is not recognizable as a Dr.D tape. Either the wrong tape is mounted, or the right tape is positioned wrong. If processing a save tape produced by certain other disk utility systems (identified by the presence of the TAPE=Fn operand), then this message indicates that the tape input to Dr.D was not recognizable as a tape produced by the other disk utility.
Action:
Mount the correct tape and hit enter or type cancel (RC16).
DOCTOR078 INPUT BLOCKSIZE=xxxxx EXCEEDS Dr.D BLOCKSIZE=yyyyy
Explanation: An input file's blocksize is larger than Dr.D's buffer. The job is canceled (RC16)
Action:
xxxxx is the blocksize of the input tape.
yyyyy is the current blocksize of the Dr.D program.
Correct the control statement to reflect a sufficient BL= value.
DOCTOR083 RESTORE=REORG filxxxx DOES NOT BEGIN ON FIRST TRACK OF DISK
Explanation: The file specified in the 'RF=' operand does not begin on relative track one of the CKD disk or relative block 2 of the FBA disk. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
filxxxx is the filename specified at the RF= operand.
Correct the extent card and rerun.
DOCTOR084 RESTORING ISAM/VSAM DATA TAPE PARAMETERS NON-NUMERIC DT=aabbbcccdddddeeeee
Explanation: The specified data tape parameter is non-numeric. The job is canceled (RC16).
aa = NO. Tracks cylinder overflow ('00' VSAM)
bbb = NO. Logical records/physical block ('000' VSAM)
ccc = Key length
Action:
ddddd = Logical record length
eeeee = Starting position of key (relative to 1)
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR085 DATE=nnnnn INVALID, NON-NUMERIC OR OMITTED
Explanation: During a 'RE=EXPIRDATE' function, the required DATE= operand was either omitted or invalid. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
nnnnn is the value entered for the DA= operand
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR086 DISK READ ERROR DOCTOR086 DISK READ ERROR IGNORED
Explanation: A disk read error has occurred (the job is canceled RC16), or has occurred and been ignored
(the job continues RC2).
Action:
None.
DOCTOR087 CONTROL CARD TABLE OVERFLOW
Explanation: UPSI bit 6 (// UPSI XXXXXX1) is on and more control cards have been submitted than will fit in memory. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Either remove UPSI bit 6 setting or reduce the number of control cards by splitting the population among several Dr.D job steps.
DOCTOR088 CONTROL CARD HAS NEITHER FIND= NOR RF=
Explanation: UPSI bit 6 (// UPSI XXXXXX1) is on and a control card was entered that specified neither the FIND= nor RF= operand. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement.
Page 495
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR089 Dr.D SOFTWARE ERROR
Explanation: Dr.D has detected an illogical condition during processing. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
If option dump was not in effect, re-submit the job with the PARTDUMP option. After the dump has been produced, contact your Dr.D representative.
DOCTOR090 INSUFFICIENT LIBRARY WORK SPACE
Explanation: There is not enough space in the library to store a member. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Take whatever steps are necessary to assure sufficient library space is available or restore to a different library that already has sufficient library space available.
DOCTOR091 ASSUMED/SPECIFIED BLOCK SIZE (aaaaa) LESS THAN BLOCK SIZE(bbbbb) found at cylinder cccc, head hh, record r
Explanation: Dr.D has encountered a physical block greater than the default or specified blocksize. The job is canceled (RC16).
ccc is the cylinder
hh is the track
Action:
r is the record
Increase the blocksize to at least track capacity (using BL=) and rerun. In case of some disk errors, a count area may be read that indicates a physical block exceeding track capacity, usually in an unused area of the disk. The erase function can, in some cases, be used to clear the bad count area.
DOCTOR092 LOGICAL RECORD TOO LARGE FOR SPECIFIED BLOCK SIZE
Explanation: Dr.D has encountered a physical block greater than the default or specified blocksize. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Increase the blocksize to at least track capacity (using BL=) and
DOCTOR093 BLOCK SIZE NOT EVENLY DIVISIBLE BY SPECIFIED LOGICAL RECORD LENGTH
Explanation: The block size is not an even multiple of the specified logical record size. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR094 UPSI XXXXXX1X IS SPECIFIED, BUT SAVE AND RESTORE BOTH SPECIFIED
Explanation: The UPSI setting indicates that a 'MATCHING RESTORE' is to be performed, but a mixture of restore/save/copy control cards have been entered. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement population.
DOCTOR095 LIBR UNABLE TO DEFINE SPECIFIED LIBRARY
Explanation: The LIBR program has failed trying to define a library (LIB=NEW). The job is canceled
(RC16).
Action:
Review LIBR output on SYSLST.
DOCTOR096 LIBRARY DISK ERROR/INVALID LIBRARY FORMAT
Explanation: An unformatted track has been detected or an unrecoverable disk error has occurred within an area of the library being read or written. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Run the IBM LIBR test function.
DOCTOR097 DIRECTORY ERROR PROCESSING SUBLIBRARY ssssssss
Explanation: An error has been detected in a sublibrary directory. Processing of that sublibrary is terminated and processing continues with the next sublibrary, if possible (RC2).
Action:
ssssssss is the sublibrary with the failing directory
Run the LIBR test function.
Page 496 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR098 BACKUP NOT SAVE ALL/CUR OR WRONG DEVICE TYPE
Explanation: During standalone restore, DR.D has found tape data not consistent with the required backup type or device type.
Action:
Make sure that the correct tapes are mounted in the right order. If the problem persists, try using different tape drives. If the VSE system is operational, try the restore under VSE. If a
VM operating system is available, try the standalone under VM.
DOCTOR099 INADEQUATE MEMORY ALLOCATED TO PARTITION
Explanation: Insufficient partition memory is available to allow allocation of required buffers and tables for the specified function. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Run in a larger partition or adjust or specify the SIZE= operand on the EXEC Job Control statement.
DOCTOR100 SAVE/RESTORE ...
Explanation: This is a SYSLOG informational message, produced if UPSI bit 2 or PRINT=YES|BOTH has been specified, for reporting statistics and may include one or more of the following entries:
Function:
DATA=DA
DATA=ISAM
DATA=LOGICAL
DATA=SD
DATA=VSAM
LIB=LI
LIB=PC
LIB=PP
LIB=PR
LIB=PS
LIB=SC
LIB=SP
LIB=SR
LIB=SS
PHYSICAL
VOL=ALL
VOL=CUR
Statistic:
ACTIVE BLKS
BLKS
CL
CYLOFLOW
DATALEN
DELETED BLKS
DIRTRKS
EOF
ID
KEYLEN
KEYLOC
LABCYL
LIBCYL
LOG RECDS
MEMBERS
MEMBER BLKS
MAX RECSIZE
NRECDS
NUMBER SYNONYM BLKS
NUMBER SYNONYMS
PL
RFILE
RL
SEQUENCE ERRORS
Blocks occupied by members
Physical blocks read/written (w/EOF)
CORE library allocation (cyl + dir)
Cylinder overflow
Data length
Blocks that can be recovered by condense
Tracks in directory
EOF address (cuu and cccchhr) read/written
File-ID
Key length
Key location
Label cylinder address
Cylinders in library
Logical records deleted/read/written
Members read/written
Member blocks read/written
Maximum AIX record size
Blocking factor
Blocks occupied by synonyms
Members replaced by LIB=A
PROC library allocation(cyl + dir)
Dtfname of restored file
RELO library allocation (cyl + dir)
Number of key sequence errors
Page 497
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
None.
SFILE
SL
Dtfname of saved file
SOURCE library allocation (cyl + dir)
DOCTOR101 ...
Explanation: Continuation of message DOCTOR100. See DOCTOR100 explanation.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR102 ...
Explanation: Continuation of message DOCTOR100. See DOCTOR100 explanation.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR105 SD-TO-ISAM PARAMETERS MISSING / INVALID
Explanation: The parameter record passed to the DOCTOR98 load module was missing one or more entries or reflected invalid value(s).
Action:
Correct the entries in the parameter record.
DOCTOR106 UNABLE TO ACCESS LIBRARY/SUBLIBRARY
Explanation: The library or sublibrary is not accessible for restore by LIBR. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Assure the correct library or sublibrary is being accessed and/or no other task has exclusive control of the target library or sublibrary.
DOCTOR107 UNABLE TO CREATE SUB-LIB
Explanation: LIBR has failed to successfully define a sublibrary. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Assure no other task has exclusive control of the target library or sublibrary and that adequate space exists to accommodate a new sublibrary.
DOCTOR109 SPECIFIED BLOCK SIZE EXCEEDS TRACK CAPACITY
Explanation: While restoring a 'Data Tape', the specified physical block size exceeds the track capacity of the target disk. This blocksize is either the result of multiplying the logical record size by the number of records per block ('LR' times 'NR') or the maximum blocksize specified for variable blocked format ('LB'). The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR110 BLOCK COUNT ERROR-BLOCKS READ=mmmmmmm, BLOCK CONTROL=nnnnnnn, FILE=fffffff,'file-id'
Explanation: While reading a backup tape, a block count error was detected in the file and file-ID indicated. This is usually the result of a hardware or tape media failure. Processing continues with message DOCTOR20 (RC2).
Action:
mmmmmmm number of blocks actually read
nnnnnnn number of blocks expected
fffffff filename of the file where the error occurred
file-id is the file-id of the file where the error occurred
None.
DOCTOR111 VSAM RECORD COUNT DISCREPANCY DATASET='file-d' SAVED=mmmmmm CATALOG=nnnnnn
Explanation: Fast VSAM backup saved record count disagrees with the catalog. The job continues but the discrepancy should be investigated (RC1).
Action:
file-id is the file-id of the file where the error occurred
mmmmmmm number of records actually saved
nnnnnnn number of records expected as stated in the catalog
None.
Page 498 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR112 VSAM SEQUENCE ERROR
Explanation: A VSAM save function with FAST=YES specified has detected a key out of sequence in a
KSDS file. This condition can occur when the VUSE=SAVE has also been specified and the file is open for update to another task. The save continues (RC2).
Action:
Retry the save function changing to FAST=NO and VUSE=CANCEL.
DOCTOR113 INCONSISTENT OPERANDS SPECIFIED
Explanation: Operands have been specified that do not logically go with the function being performed.
An example would be specifying file type operands with non-file type operations. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR114 LIBRARY HAS OVER 16 EXTENTS
Explanation: Proceeding with the library create/extend feature would cause the target library to exceed the limit of 16 extents.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR115 LIBRARY HAS NO ADDITIONAL EXTENTS
Explanation: The library extend feature has determined that the target library cannot be extended. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
If the library is in VSAM space, a listcat will show how many extents exist. If the Library is in non-VSAM space, list the VTOC and compare with the JCL EXTENT cards.
DOCTOR116 CONTROL INTERVAL FORMAT ERROR IN FILE (file id)
Explanation: While saving a VSAM file, one or more control intervals have been found to be in an incorrect format, possibly due to VSAM CI split processing. The job continues (RC2).
Action:
Check to see that the file is valid. If the file is usable, the backup can be used to restore the file, reorganizing and correcting any format errors that previously existed.
DOCTOR119 RMODE=UPDATE SPECIFIED BUT NO RECORD FOUND
Explanation: COPY/RESTORE=PHYSICAL WITH RM=U has been specified but no disk block has been found on the CKD disk at the specified cylinder-head-record. The job is canceled (RC255).
Action:
Check the disk address to see that it is correct. If it is, then print the disk track to insure that a block exists at that location.
DOCTOR120 NO AIX DD-NAME/NUMBER ENTERED FOR AIX BUILD FUNCTION (AF=)
Explanation: FUNCTION=BUILD has been invoked but no AF= operand has been specified.
Action:
Add the AF= operand and rerun the job.
DOCTOR121 NEITHER SFNAME NOR RFNAME ENTERED FOR AIX BUILD FUNCTION
Explanation: FUNCTION=BUILD has been invoked, but the base cluster has not been specified by either
'SF=' or 'RF='. The job is canceled.
Action:
Add the SF/RF= operand(s) and rerun the job.
DOCTOR122 BUILD INDEX FUNCTION ABNORMAL TERMINATION ERROR CODE=xxx
Explanation: Abnormal termination of build AIX function has occurred. The job is canceled. The error code (xxx) specifies the cause as follows:
002 Invalid cluster type
003 AIX is not defined in VSAM catalog
004 JCL or CATALOG error Check to see that 'AF=' operand matches the DLBL for the AIX
005 Build file specified not defined as AIX
006
007
AIX open error
The AF= operand specifies more than 99 files
008 Sort initialization error
009 Invalid AIX key length
010 GETVIS failed
Page 499
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
011 VSAM AIX write (put) error
012 AIX maximum record length exceeded
013 VSAM AIX MODCB failure
014 VSAM AIX OPEN/CLOSE failure
015 Product Expired
016 VSAM Catalog read error
017 VSAM Catalog write error
018 AIX key defined to small
019 Invalid KEY= control statement
020 Invalid UNIQUE= control statement
021 Invalid SELECT statement record field
022 Invalid SELECT statement expression
023 Invalid SELECT statement compare field
024 Invalid SELECT statement equation symbol
025 Select statement group compare not ended
Correct as indicated.
DOCTOR123 NONUNIQUE KEY FOUND FOR AIX=aaaaaaa
Explanation: The VSAM AIX build function has found non-unique keys while building an AIX defined for unique keys. This AIX is not created and processing continues.
Action:
aaaaaaa is the filename of the failing AIX
Assure the AIX is defined correctly.
DOCTOR124 MISSING AIX KEY FIELD, AIX=aaaaaaa
Explanation: The VSAM AIX build function has read a logical record that is too short to contain the specified keys. Processing continues, but records may be dropped from the AIX.
aaaaaaa is the filename of the failing AIX
Action:
Assure the AIX is defined correctly and that the correct base cluster is used. If a compression package is in use, see that decompressed records are passed to DR.D.
DOCTOR125 ENTERED WORK= PARAMETER INVALID
Explanation: The parameter entered by the 'WORK' operand is not valid.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR126 FILE SELECTION COMPLETE, OK TO INTERRUPT
Explanation: A RESTORE=LOGICAL function with PARTIAL=SE/RE is being performed and the file selection process is complete. Processing continues. This message can be suppressed by setting the DOCTOR126 PRINT OPTION to NO in the Dr.D default options.
Action:
If you wish to skip to a new tape volume, you can now request end-of-volume processing
(see DOCTOR616 message).
DOCTOR130 DEVICE nnnn SUBCHANNEL NUMBER NOT KNOWN
Explanation: During standalone restore a subchannel is specified that is invalid or not available.
Action:
nnnn is the subchannel number
Restart the standalone process entering a usable number.
DOCTOR131 SUBCHANNEL nnnn DEVICE NUMBER NOT KNOWN
Explanation: During standalone restore a subchannel is specified that is invalid or not available.
Action:
nnnn is the subchannel number
Restart the standalone process entering a usable number.
DOCTOR132 SUBCHANNEL IS DISABLED FOR DEVICE
Explanation: During standalone restore a subchannel is specified that is not enabled.
Action:
Restart the standalone process entering a usable number.
Page 500 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR133 DISK COMMAND REJECT I/O FAILURE
Explanation: During standalone restore, a disk I/O has failed. The most likely cause is that the receiving disk is too small to contain the disk being restored.
Action:
Check to see that the receiving disk is at least as large as the saved disk and that the device type and model number are the same. If restoring under VM, see that the virtual disk is defined at least as large as the saved disk.
DOCTOR146 BIM-EPIC CATALOG NOT UPDATED FOR volser - RC=nnn
Explanation: While restoring data specifying AREA=COMPACT,DM=E, the BIM-EPIC catalog was not updated. The return code (nnn) specifies the reason as follows:
001: Invalid TSIDSRV function code
002: Insufficient GETVIS for TSIDSRV
003: BIM-EPIC not active (per TSIDSRV)
004: TSIDSRV not authorized
Action:
005: TSIDSRV no function data area address
101: Unable to CDLOAD the BIM-EPIC TSIDSYS2 phase
102: Not running BIM-EPIC or running BIM-EPIC prior to release 6.1B
103: Unable to CDLOAD the BIM-EPIC TSIDSRV phase
The volume is correctly restored but the extent information for the restored BIM-EPIC catalog versions is not correctly reflected in the BIM-EPIC catalog. The files are still accurately accessible through BIM-EPIC even with this inconsistency.
DOCTOR147 TRACK CAPACITY EXCEEDED AT CYLINDER ccc, HEAD hh, RECORD r
Explanation: While restoring data to a CKD type disk, a block being restored will not fit in the remaining space on the track. The job is canceled (RC16).
ccc is the cylinder
hh is the track
Action:
r is the record
If the backup is from a disk of the same type and track capacity, check to see that the tape has no errors and that the correct backup is on the tape by running the Dr.D
FUNCTION=LTAPE.
DOCTOR148 FILE SAVED FROM FBA DISK IN NON-CI FORMAT CANNOT BE RESTORED TO CKD DISK- NO DATA RESTORED
Explanation: A file saved from a FBA disk was in non-CI format so the logical blocksize cannot be determined for restore to a CKD disk. The file is opened, creating a format 1 label in the
VTOC, but no data is restored and processing continues (RC2). As an alternative, it may be possible to restore this file to a CKD disk using the 'DATA TAPE' feature.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR149 LAST EXTENT FOR DISK FILE 'TAPEOUT', AT DISK ADDRESS low-disk-address high-disk-address, LAST
ADDRESS WRITTEN IS last-disk-address
Explanation: The tape file 'TAPEOUT' has been directed to disk and, at end of job, this message allows the user to see how much of the last (or only) extent has been used (before truncation by a disk management system, if any). Normal end of job follows. This message can be suppressed by setting the DOCTOR149 PRINT OPTION to NO in the Dr.D default options.
Action:
low-disk-address is the beginning of the last (or only) extent high-disk-address is the end of the last (or only) extent last-disk-address is the address of the EOF record
None.
DOCTOR150 UNABLE TO OPEN VSAM FILE. VSAM ERR CODE=xxx
Explanation: The VSAM file could not be opened. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xxx is the VSE/VSAM error code (in decimal)
See VSE/VSAM Return and Error Codes in the VSE Messages and Codes manual or use the VSE/ESA Explain facility for message VSAMOPEN.
Page 501
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR151 UNRECOVERABLE ERROR ON VSAM FILE. (VSAM CODE=xxx RETURN CODE FROM GET|PUT yyy) FILE file-id
Explanation: An unrecoverable error was returned from a VSE/VSAM request function. The VSAM
CODE and RETURN CODE FROM GET|PUT are included in the message text only when available. The job is canceled (RC16).
xxx is the VSAM error code (in decimal)
Action:
yyy is the VSAM return code (in decimal)
file-id is the file-id of the file where the error occurred
See VSE/VSAM Return and Error Codes in the VSE Messages and Codes manual or use the VSE/ESA Explain facility for message VSAMREQU.
DOCTOR152 VSAM FILE IS VARIABLE, BUT VA=YES NOT SPECIFIED
Explanation: While saving a VSAM file, a logical record is encountered whose length varies from the defined size, but the backup is defined for logical records whose length is always equal to the defined size. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Add the VS=YES operand on the Dr.D control statement or change the default VARIABLE
OPTION default to YES.
DOCTOR153 GETVIS UNABLE TO ALLOCATE
Explanation: Insufficient memory is available to satisfy a GETVIS request. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Resubmit the job in a partition allocated with more memory or specify/reduce the SIZE= operand.
DOCTOR154 SA/RE=LO SPECIFIED WITHOUT SVOL/RVOL OR SCAT/RCAT
Explanation: The SV/RV and SC/RC operands are used to determine whether SA/RE= LOGICAL is to be driven by a VTOC or VSAM catalog. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Add the appropriate SV/RV or SC/RC operand.
DOCTOR159 NUMBER OF TRACKS TO BE SAVED- NNNNNNN NOT EQUAL TO NUMBER SAVED- NNNNNNN
Explanation: The number of tracks to be saved in an extent is not equal to the number of tracks actually saved. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
This is probably due to a disk I/O failure. Rerun to see if the failure is consistent. Run the
ICKDSF ANALYZE function if the problem reoccurs.
DOCTOR160 INVALID TIME STAMP ENTERED
Explanation: The time stamp entered (TSTAMP=) for file or member selection is either invalid or inconsistent with the IPL date. If a relative Time Stamp value is entered (TS=> or TS=<), the value entered must not reference a date prior to January 1st. of the prior year. If an absolute Time Stamp value is entered (TS=yyddd), the value entered must not reference a future date or a date prior to January 1st. of the 5th year prior to the machine IPL date. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the TS= operand value.
DOCTOR161 INVALID EXPIRATION OPERAND ENTERED
Explanation: The value entered for the Expiration (EX=) operand is not valid. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the EX= operand value.
DOCTOR170 CATALOG ERROR WHILE DEFINING DATASET 'xxxx'
Explanation: VSAM returned an error to Dr.D while defining a VSAM cluster. The job is canceled
(RC16).
xxxx is the cluster name of the failing file
Action:
Consult the VSE Messages and Codes manual for an explanation of the IDC message(s) that follow or use the VSE/ESA Explain facility for message VSAMRESN.
Page 502 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR171 NO CATALOG INFORMATION FOR VSAM FILE xxxx CAT=yyyy
Explanation: Dr.D could find no entry in the VSAM catalog for the VSAM file. If a 'SAVE=VSAM' function is used, a JCL error is the likely cause. If a 'SAVE=LOGICAL' function is used, the file has probably been deleted by another job or task.
xxxx is the cluster name of the failing file yyyy is the catalog filename containing the failing file
Action:
Unless ERROR=IGNORE has also been specified, Dr.D will wait for a response of either
IGNORE (to treat the file as null and which will also cause the file to be skipped during restore) or CANCEL (to cancel the job RC16). If ERROR=IGNORE has been specified for
SA=LO, the job will proceed as though IGNORE was the response.
DOCTOR172 NO LABEL INFORMATION FOR VSAM FILE xxxx
Explanation: Dr.D was unable to locate any label information for the referenced VSAM file. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xxxx is the filename of the failing file
Supply a label for the referenced VSAM file.
DOCTOR173 UNSUPPORTED VSAM OBJECT TYPE x
Explanation: Dr.D encountered a VSAM object that it did not recognize. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
x is the single character identifying the VSAM object, such as:
A Non-VSAM
C Cluster
D Data
E Extension
F Free
G Alternate Index
I Index
L Control Record
R Path
U User Catalog
V Volume Extension
Y Upgrade Set
Generate an IDCAMS LISTCAT for the failing cluster and call Dr.D product support.
DOCTOR174 VSAM CATALOG OPEN ERROR
Explanation: VSAM returned an error when Dr.D tried to open the catalog for read only. The job is canceled (RC16)
Action:
See VSE/VSAM Return and Error Codes in the VSE Messages and Codes manual or use the VSE/ESA Explain facility for message VSAMOPEN for the VSAM message that precedes this message.
DOCTOR175 DATASET 'xxxx' IN USE
Explanation: During a VSAM logical save Dr.D encountered a file open in another partition.
Action:
xxxx is the file-id of the failing file
Depending upon the specified or default setting for the VUSE operand:
CANCEL:
IGNORE:
NULL:
SAVE:
The job is canceled (RC16).
The file is ignored and not saved.
The file is saved as a null file.
The file is saved as anyway even though errors may be encountered.
OPERATOR: The operator is given the opportunity to respond with CANCEL, IGNORE,
NULL, or SAVE.
DOCTOR176 DATASET 'xxxx' EMPTY - IGNORED
Explanation: The 'VNULL' operand in a VSAM logical save was set to 'IGNORE' Dr.D encountered an empty file. The file is ignored and processing continues.
xxxx is the file-id of the null file
Page 503
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
None.
DOCTOR179 DEFINING VSAM DATASET 'xxxx' DOCTOR179 DELETING VSAM DATASET 'xxxx'
Explanation: This is an information message issued when invoking VSAM for a DELETE or DEFINE function. Processing continues.
Action:
xxxx is the file-id of the VSAM Dataset.
None.
DOCTOR181 NO AVAILABLE PROGRAMMER LOGICAL UNITS
Explanation: A temporary assignment cannot be made due to lack of any unassigned programmer logical units. If 'SAVE/RESTORE= LOGICAL' (VTOC) is in operation, a contiguous set of permanently unassigned programmer logical unit numbers (SYS numbers) are required, one for each disk volume (either specified directly as a real volser or indirectly by specifying a disk pool, at the 'SV/RV' operand. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Use the VSE LISTIO command to display the partition assignments. Assure enough programmer logical units are available.
DOCTOR182 VSAM VOLUME 'XXXXXX' REQUIRED
Explanation: SAVE has determined that this volume contains data for the cluster being saved, but the volume is not currently mounted. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Mount the correct volume and press 'ENTER' or enter 'CANCEL' to cancel (RC16) the job.
DOCTOR183 NON-EXISTENT VOLSER ENTERED
Explanation: A disk VOLSER entered via SVOL= or RVOL= cannot be located. The job is canceled
(RC16).
Action:
Check to see that the VOLSER(s) entered by 'SV', 'RV' are valid, online and ready.
DOCTOR184 CATALOG ERROR nn DETECTED, TYPE C TO CANCEL I TO SKIP FILE-mmmm
Explanation: THE VSAM catalog being accessed appears to be corrupted and required information cannot be found. The job is canceled.
nn identifies the catalog error encountered:
Action:
05
06
07
08
01
02
03
04
11
12
13
14
Catalog record access error
Index extent error
Data extent error
No data catalog record
No data AMDSB
No index catalog record
No index AMDSB
Volume not found
Unexpected spanned record
Spanned buffer full
MODCB error
GENCB error
mmmm identifies the object name
Type C to cancel the job (RC16) or I to ignore the file and continue with the backup.
DOCTOR186 xxxxxx CANDIDATE OR SPECIFIED VOLUME DOES NOT EXIST OR IS NOT ONLINE. ENTER "R" TO RETRY AFTER
READYING, "D" TO DROP VOLSER FROM FILE CANDIDATES, OR "C" TO CANCEL
Explanation: A disk VOLSER, referenced in the file candidates, cannot be located.
xxxxxx is the volser of the candidate volume
Action:
Enter 'R' to RETRY after readying, 'D' to DROP volser from file candidates, or 'C' to cancel
(RC16)..
Page 504 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR187 WARNING - VTOC ON DISK VOLSER xxxxxx IS ABOUT TO BE MOVED TO (OR RESIZED AT) DISK ADDRESS nnnnnnnn. IS THIS CORRECT?
Explanation: This message is a warning to assure that the disk listed is not being used in any way that would cause the VTOC to be updated while it is being moved or resized (this could happen anytime a file is opened or closed).
Action:
xxxxxx volser where VTOC resides
nnnnnn target disk address
Reply 'YES' if the move or resizing can be safely accomplished, or 'NO' to abort (RC16).
DOCTOR188 NEW LOCATION SPECIFIED FOR VTOC IS INVALID OR ALREADY ALLOCATED OR NEW SIZE IS IMPROPER
Explanation: The VTOC move Function has discovered that the new VTOC location is occupied by a file, the current VTOC, the VOL1 of the disk, or is outside the range of the disk. If the size of the VTOC is being reduced, there could be labels in the VTOC that would be lost. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Check a VTOC list to see if a file occupies the new location and either move the file or delete it (see DELETE FUNCTION). Otherwise, choose a new location for the VTOC. If the size of the VTOC is being reduced, dump the VTOC to see if labels exist in the part of the
VTOC being dropped.
DOCTOR189 EARLY EOF OCCURED WHILE PROCESSING FILE file-id
Explanation: A control interval has been read that is not in proper CI format, possibly due to file corruption or the file was not successfully closed (RC2).
Action:
file-id is the file-id being processed
The SAVE/COPY continues but the file should be checked for validity.
DOCTOR190 WARNING - MINI-DISK nnnnnn, ON DISK VOLSER mmmmmm IS ABOUT TO BE CREATED AT DISK ADDRESS yyyyyy, IS THIS CORRECT?
Explanation: This message is a warning to verify that minidisk nnnnnn should be created on real disk mmmmmm at the specified disk address.
Action:
nnnnnn is the minidisk volser
mmmmmm is the real disk volser
yyyyyy is the real disk address
Assure the correct real volser and disk address are displayed. If so, reply 'YES' to proceed.
Reply 'NO' to abort (RC16).
DOCTOR199 INVALID AREA=COMPACT VALUES ENTERED
Explanation: The Area Compact function has found that a file extent will overlap the limits of the area being compacted. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Check to see that the area(s) specified are correct, i.e., no file within the area extends beyond that area.
DOCTOR200 WORD 'EXIT' NOT IN COLUMNS 1-4
Explanation: The user's first call to either GETREC or PUTREC caused a control statement to be read from SYSIPT that did not contain the word 'EXIT' in positions 1 through 4. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the SYSIPT control statement.
DOCTOR201 RECFORM UNRECOGNIZED IN COLUMNS 5-6
Explanation: A control card for either GETREC, GETTAPE, or PUTREC has an illegal record format code. The job is canceled. The only valid record format codes are:
VS
IS
FB
FU
VB
VU
VSAM
VSAM
Fixed Blocked
Fixed Unblocked
Variable Blocked
Variable Unblocked
UN Undefined
Page 505
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR202 FIX/UNB-DATA SIZE WRONG
Explanation: GETTAPE/GETREC has encountered a record that is not the length specified on the control statement. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR203 FIX/UNB-KEY SIZE WRONG
Explanation: GETTAPE/GETREC has encountered a record whose key is not equal to the length on the control statement. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR204 INVALID PHASE NAME USEREXIT=xxxxx
Explanation: The specified phase name is missing or does not conform to VSE rules. The job is canceled.
Action:
xxxxx is the phase name found
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR205 INVALID TYPE EXIT USEREXIT=xx
Explanation: The specified type of exit is neither IO nor EX. The job is canceled.
Action:
xx is the exit type found
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR206 INVALID LOAD ADDRESS USEREXIT=xnnnnnn
Explanation: The specified load information is invalid. The first character must be an 'A' (for absolute address programs) or 'L' (for relocatable or self-relocating programs). The remaining six digits must be the decimal size of 'L' programs or the hexadecimal load address for 'A' programs. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR207 INVALID FORMAT/SOFTWARE ERROR
Explanation: This error is typically the result of an error in user exit code possibly due to processing of an unexpected input file. The job is canceled.
Action:
Take corrective measures as applicable.
DOCTOR208 USER NOT FINISHED READING FILE
Explanation: The EXIT code is failing to read to end of the input file before returning to the Dr.D
interface. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct processing to continue until end-of-data is indicated. Save
DOCTOR209 USER CALLING FOR MORE RECORDS AFTER FILE END
Explanation: The EXIT coded requested another input record after end of the input file was indicated.
The job is canceled.
Action:
Processing should continue only until end-of-data is indicated.
DOCTOR210 FIX/BLK BLOCK SIZE NOT EVENLY DIVISIBLE BY BLOCKING FACTOR
Explanation: The fixed-blocked block size, when divided by the blocking factor, yields a fractional number. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR211 FIX/BLK RECORD WITH KEY ENCOUNTERED
Explanation: Fixed-blocked format was indicated but a record key was found. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the control statement or save file.
Page 506 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR212 NO RECORD FOUND AT DASD ADDRESS
Explanation: An expected record was not found in the ISAM overflow area. The job is canceled.
Action:
Rebuild the file.
DOCTOR213 NON-NUMERIC FIELD ON CONTROL CARD
Explanation: A non-numeric value was encountered where a numeric value was expected. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR214 VAR/UNB TOO LARGE A RECORD READ
Explanation: A variable unblocked record was read that exceeds the maximum record length specified.
The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR215 VAR/UNB WRONG LENGTH KEY
Explanation: A variable unblocked record key disagrees with the value specified on the control statement. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR216 VAR/UNB BLOCK PREFIX NOT EQUAL ACTUAL BLOCK SIZE
Explanation: A variable unblocked record prefix value does not reflect the true record length. The job is canceled.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR217 VAR/UNB RECORD PREFIX INCORRECT
Explanation: A variable unblocked logical record prefix value does not reflect the value of the block length less 4. The job is canceled.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR221 USER PARAMETER PASSED TO SETTAPE INVALID
Explanation: An invalid parameter was passed to the SETTAPE routine. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR222 PARTIAL SELECT/REJECT SPECIFIED, BUT NO SELECTION DATA ENTERED
Explanation: PA=SE or PA=RE was specified but no selection data was submitted. The job is canceled
(RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR223 LOAD FAILED FOR USER EXIT PHASE xxxxx
Explanation: The phase specified at the USEREXIT= operand was not found. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
xxxxx is the phase name
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR250 BACKUP FILE DISK TO TAPE- BACKUP FILE WAS CREATED ON mm/dd/yy AT hh:mm:ss
Explanation: This informational message indicates that a save file previously written to disk is now being copied from that disk to tape. The job continues.
Action:
mm/dd/yy is the date the save disk was created
hh-mm-ss is the time-of-day the save disk was created
None.
DOCTOR251 SAVE=aa bbbb SF=cccc|VOL=dddd XXXX ID=eeee START=cc:hh STOP=cc:hh
Explanation: This informational message is printed when a save file previously written to disk is being copied from that disk to tape to identify each saved object. The job continues.
aa
type of save (PH, CU, AL, DA, VS, LI, etc.)
Page 507
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
bbbb cccc dddd eee cc:hh
None.
type of file (SAM, DAM, ISAM, VSAM, LIB, etc.) filename volser file-id
cylinder and track
Action:
DOCTOR252 TOTAL NUMBER OF FILES SAVED-nnn
Explanation: This informational message is printed when a save file previously written to disk is being copied from that disk to tape to indicate completion. The job terminates normally.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR300 SYS001 IS NOT VALID DEVICE
Explanation: SYS001 is not assigned to a disk device. The job is canceled.
Action:
Correct the assignment for SYS001.
DOCTOR304 SA/RE LOGICAL xx OPERAND INVALID/OMITTED
Explanation: A Dr.D control statement for SA/RE=LO is either missing a required operand or reflects an invalid operand and/or value. The job is canceled.
Action:
xx is the invalid or omitted operand
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR306 ISAM FILE NOT SAVED DUE TO MULTI-VOL EXTENTS FILE ID IS xxxxx
Explanation: An ISAM file resides on multiple volumes and the operand 'AV' was not specified or was specified but the missing extents were not found on the alternate volume. The job continues.
Action:
xxxxx is the file-id
If a pool of disks are being saved, check to see that all the disks in the pool have been specified. Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR307 VOLUME SEQUENCE ERROR PROCESSING FILE xxxx
Explanation: During SAVE=LOGICAL (VTOC) a file has been selected for backup but since not all the extents can be found, the file cannot be saved.
Action:
Respond 'eob' and the job will continue (RC1) or enter 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.
DOCTOR308 RESTORE OVERFLOWS DISK OR DISK POOL
Explanation: During a reorganizing RESTORE=LOGICAL (VTOC) the current file being restored cannot fit into the available space. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Increase the disk space or reduce the space required.
DOCTOR310 INVALID OPERAND/OPERAND VALUE
Explanation: SAVE/RESTORE LOGICAL (VTOC) has detected an invalid operand-operand combination. Usually this is the result of an invalid value for one of the operands. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR311 DUPLICATE VOLSER ENTERED
Explanation: A duplicate volser was entered for the SV or RV operand. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DOCTOR312 NO OUTPUT VOLSER ENTERED
Explanation: The 'RV' operand was not specified with an output volser. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct the control statement.
Page 508 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR313 ERROR IN FILE SEQUENCE SET-file-id
Explanation: The VSAM save has failed due to an error in the file's sequence set. The job is canceled
(RC16). sequence set.
Action:
xxxxx is the file-id
Rebuild the file.
DOCTOR316 NO FILES SELECTED FOR BACKUP/RESTORE
Explanation: Save/Restore Logical (VSAM or VTOC) has selected no files. The job is canceled (RC16).
Action:
Correct selection criteria.
DOCTOR317 WARNING- UNMATCHED SELECTOR(S) ENTERED
Explanation: A function using selector cards has one or more selectors that are unmatched. The unmatched selectors are printed on the report for analysis. This message will appear on the log along with the report if a save/restore/copy function is in use. If ERROR=IGNORE is specified, the log output is suppressed. Processing continues (RC1).
Action:
If necessary, correct the selector cards.
DOCTOR401 DR.D/ON-LINE INTERFACE TERMINATED
Explanation: The current function completed or was terminated.
Action:
The Dr.D ON-LINE transaction terminates.
DOCTOR402 BMS MAP FAIL OCCURED
Explanation: An I/O error occurred during the sending/receiving of a Dr.D ON-LINE BMS map.
Action:
Retry Dr.D ON-LINE transaction on another terminal. If the problem continues, contact
Dr.D Technical Support.
DOCTOR403 BMS MAP WAS NOT FOUND
Explanation: A Dr.D ON-LINE BMS map is unknown to this CICS system.
Action:
Make sure the CICS installation procedures have been followed and the library containing the Dr.D ON-LINE feature is available.
DOCTOR404 BMS LOGIC ERROR OCCURED
Explanation: A CICS error occurred during a Dr.D ON-LINE mapping function.
Action:
This is probably a CICS failure. Make sure the appropriate CICS BMS support has been generated.
DOCTOR405 PROGRAM CONTROL LINK FAILED FOR xxxxxxxx
Explanation: The program named in the message cannot be located.
Action:
xxxxxxxx is the program name not located
Make sure the program is in the PPT and the library containing the program is available to
CICS.
DOCTOR406 TERMINAL RESET NOT ALLOWED HERE
Explanation: A request to reset the terminal has been made.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR407 TERMINAL RESET FAILURE nnn
Explanation: An error occurred during the terminal reset processing.
nnn is the terminal reset reason code
Action:
Contact the Dr.D technical support group.
DOCTOR408 SELECTION NOT VALID-PLEASE RETRY
Explanation: An incorrect function selection was entered.
Action:
The system waits for another selection to be made.
Page 509
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR409 HIGHLIGHTED FIELDS ARE INVALID
Explanation: Invalid field(s) have been entered in the selection map.
Action:
Correct the field(s).
DOCTOR410 NO DATA ENTERED IN PANEL-PLEASE RETRY
Explanation: There was no data entered in the selection panel.
Action:
Enter selection data.
DOCTOR411 DUPLICATE FILENAMES HAVE BEEN SPECIFIED
Explanation: Two or more file selection entries have the same filename. Each filename must be unique.
Action:
Correct the duplicate filename.
DOCTOR412 NO DYNAMIC USER STORAGE AVAILABLE
Explanation: A request for dynamic CICS storage failed.
Action:
Wait for dynamic CICS storage to become available or increase the dynamic CICS storage size.
DOCTOR413 FUNCTION IS NOT AVAILABLE
Explanation: The code for the function is not available with this release.
Action:
Select another function.
DOCTOR414 ERROR DURING Dr.D CTL STMT BUILD
Explanation: An internal logic error occurred during the building of the Dr.D control statements in module DRD$BDRD. A CICS transaction dump will occur with a dump code of 'DRD2'.
Action:
Contact the Dr.D technical support. Please have a dump available for problem analysis.
DOCTOR415 ERROR DURING JOB STREAM BUILD
Explanation: A logic error occurred during the building of the VSE job stream in module DRD$BJOB.
Action:
Contact the Dr.D technical support. Please have a dump available for problem analysis.
DOCTOR416 JOB SUBMIT FAILURE, FUNCTION nnn RC=xxx/yyy
Explanation: A CICS/POWER error occurred during the submit of the Dr.D VSE job stream in module
DRD$BJOB.
nnn is the requested function
xxx is the VSE/POWER return code
Action:
yyy is the VSE/POWER feedback code
Contact the Dr.D technical support.
DOCTOR417 JOB HAS BEEN SUBMITTED
Explanation: The Dr.D Batch job stream has been submitted to power. Processing continues.
Action:
None.
DOCTOR418 DUPLICATED VOLIDS HAVE BEEN SPECIFIED
Explanation: A volser has been specified more than once in the DASD volume copy information panel.
Volsers must be unique.
Action:
Correct the duplicate volser.
DOCTOR419 NO COPY INFORMATION TO PROCESS
Explanation: The PF5 key has been depressed yet no copy information has been supplied.
Action:
Either enter copy information on the current panel or use the PF5 key to exit this function.
Page 510 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR420 SOURCE/TARGET LIBRARIES ARE THE SAME
Explanation: The filename of the target library is identical to the filename of the source filename. Dr.D
does not support copying to the same library.
Action:
Correct the panel or press PF3 to cancel the function.
DOCTOR421 NO SELECT STATEMENTS SPECIFIED
Explanation: No selection criteria was specified but the command being performed requires selection criteria.
Action:
Correct the panel or press PF3 to cancel the function.
DOCTOR422 CICS POWER SPOOL SUPPORT MISSING
Explanation: The CICS system spool interface to VSE/POWER is not active.
Action:
Add SPOOL=YES to the CICS initialization (SIT).
DOCTOR423 INSUFFICIENT PARTITION GETVIS STORAGE
Explanation: Dr.D attempted to CDLOAD a module and was unable to as a result of insufficient partition getvis.
Action:
Increase partition storage by increasing the virtual size of the partition and/or decreasing the SIZE= specification on the EXEC statement when CICS is started.
DOCTOR426 PHASE phasename NOT FOUND
Explanation: The phase identified in the message could not be found.
Action:
Check LIBDEF PHASE,SEARCH= specification (both permanent in the partition and the statement in the CICS startup) to insure all the appropriate libraries are defined. Once corrected, restart CICS.
DOCTOR427 TRANSACTION CANNOT RUN FROM CONSOLE
Explanation: An attempt has been made to execute a Dr.D program or CICS transaction from either the operator console or ICCF pseudo partition but that program/transaction cannot be executed from there.
Action:
Execute the correct program from the console or CICS transaction.
DOCTOR609 ASSIGNMENTS INCORRECT FOR TAPE TEST FUNCTION
Explanation: The tape assignments for tape testing are incorrect.
Action:
Assure that SYS007 is assigned to the proper tape and, if UPSI XXX1 is set, SYS006 is assigned to a different tape.
DOCTOR 610 *WARNING* TAPE COPYING ABOUT TO BEGIN- TAPES WILL NOT BE OPENED, AND OUTPUT TAPES ARE
OVERWRITTEN DESTROYING ALL DATA ON THEM. YOU ARE SET TO USE INPUT TAPE DRIVE cuu1 AND
OUTPUT TAPE cuu2 AND cuu3 IS THIS CORRECT?
Explanation: The TAPECOPY FUNCTION is about to start.
cuu1 is the tape address of the input tape
Action:
cuu2 is the tape address of the first output tape
cuu3 is the tape address of the alternate output tape
Enter 'YES' to begin copying or 'NO' to cancel.
DOCTOR611 ASSIGNMENTS INCORRECT FOR TAPE COPY FUNCTION
Explanation: The tape assignments for tape copying are incorrect.
Action:
Assure that SYS008 is assigned to the input tape, SYS007 is assigned to the output tape, and, if UPSI XXX1 is set, SYS006 is assigned to the second copy output tape.
DOCTOR612 IMAGE TAPE COPY TERMINATED DUE TO TAPE ERROR ON INPUT TAPE
Explanation: An error was encountered while reading the input tape. The tape copy is terminated and processing continues with the next control statement.
Action:
As deemed necessary.
Page 511
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR613 END OF OUTPUT TAPE REACHED BEFORE END OF INPUT TAPE- HIT ENTER TO CONTINUE ON ANOTHER TAPE
OR TYPE END TO TREAT AS END OF INPUT.
Explanation: While copying a tape in image mode, end of tape was reached on the output tape before it was reached on the input tape.
Action:
If you determine that all needed data was copied, type 'END', otherwise hit enter to continue on another tape.
DOCTOR614 TAPE COPY FUNCTION nnn BLOCKS AND TAPEMARK COPIED
Explanation: This is an informational message indicating that the tape copy function has completed.
Action:
nnn is the number of data blocks copied
None.
DOCTOR615 *WARNING* TAPE TESTING ABOUT TO BEGIN- TAPES WILL NOT BE OPENED, AND ARE OVERWRITTEN
DESTROYING ALL DATA ON THEM. YOU ARE SET TO USE TAPE DRIVE cuu1 AND cuu2 IS THIS CORRECT?
Explanation: The TAPETEST FUNCTION is about to start.
cuu1 is the tape address of the first tape
Action:
cuu2 is the tape address of the second tape
Enter 'YES' to begin copying or 'NO' to cancel.
DOCTOR616 ENTER YOUR REQUEST
Explanation: The operator has entered the VSE MSG command to partition.
Action:
Early EOV (end of volume) can be requested for any input or output tape by entering 'EOV
TAPEIN', 'EOV TAPEOUT' or 'EOV TAPETWO'. For save operations, this will invoke an end-of-volume condition on the current output volume and processing will continue on the next output volume. For RESTORE=LOGICAL operations, once the VTOC or VSAM catalog contents has been read (each of which are the first file on the first volume), this will invoke an end-of-volume condition and processing can continue with the volume that contains the first of the requested saved file(s). An (eob) response causes processing to continue as though no interruption occurred.
DOCTOR 617 UNRECOVERABLE ERROR HAS OCCURRED ON OUTPUT TAPE WHILE SAVING .......(OBJECT BEING SAVED).....
CAT=CCCCCC (CUU=VVVVVV)
Explanation: An unrecoverable error has occurred while trying to write to the output tape.
Action:
Any reply will cause the job to be cancelled. The reason that a reply is required is to allow automatic job schedulers the opportunity to take any desired action.
DOCTOR666 WARNING - PRODUCT AUTHORIZATION EXPIRES IN 30 DAYS OR LESS
Explanation: This message is displayed if the copy of BIM-Dr.D you are using is about to expire.
Action:
Contact your BIM product sales representative for a new Expiration Password.
DOCTOR667 PRODUCT AUTHORIZATION HAS EXPIRED
Explanation: BIM-Dr.D is protected with an Expiration Password. This message is displayed if that
Password has expired.
Action:
Contact your BIM product sales representative for a new Expiration Password.
DOCTOR991 ENTER INPUT TAPE DRIVE CUU, OR CUU,CUU IF USING ALTERNATE
Explanation: Inquiry by the standalone restore function.
Action:
Enter the primary tape address and optionally an alternate tape address to be used during this standalone restore.
DOCTOR992 INTERVENTION REQUIRED ON cuu, READY DEVICE AND PRESS ENTER
Explanation: A required device must be readied so that the standalone restore can continue.
Action:
cuu is the device that must be readied
Ready the device and then press the enter key.
Page 512 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
DOCTOR993 STANDALONE RESTORE PROCESSING COMPLETED
Explanation: All standalone restore processing is complete.
Action:
No more restores can be invoked without a re-IPL of the DR.D standalone supervisor.
DOCTOR994 NEED TAPE VOLUME SEQUENCE xx, TAPE MOUNTED WAS yy
Explanation: During standalone restore, a tape was mounted that was not the next tape in volume sequence order. The rejected tape is unloaded.
Action:
xx is the expected volume sequence
yy is the mounted volume sequence
Mount the correct tape volume.
DOCTOR996 ENTER VOLSER OF DISK TO RESTORE
Explanation: Inquiry by the standalone restore function.
Action:
Enter the volser of the saved disk to be restored or hit enter if the disk is the next on the tape.
DOCTOR997 ENTER ALTERNATE TAPE CUU IF DESIRED
Explanation: Inquiry by the standalone restore function.
Action:
Hit enter if no alternate tape is to be used, or enter 'cuu' (the alternate), 'cuu,cuu' (primary, alternate), or 'cuu,' (primary, no alternate) if a drive other than the IPL'd drive is to be used for restoring. See standalone restore section for more explanation.
DOCTOR998 STANDALONE RESTORE- MOUNT nn
Explanation: During a standalone restore, end of the current volume has been reached and the next volume is needed.
Action:
nn identifies the next volume sequence
Mount the next tape volume. If an alternate tape drive is in use, be sure to use the correct drive. Hit enter when the next tape is mounted. If the tape label volume sequence number does not match the expected volume sequence, the message is repeated.
DOCTOR999 xxxxxxxx PROGRAM LOGIC ERROR
Explanation: Dr.D has diagnosed an internal error.
Action:
xxxxxxxx is the phase were the logic error was discovered
Call Dr.D software support.
Page 513
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Conversion Utility Messages
The following messages are produced by the Dr.D Conversion Utility:
DRDCNVCU01 CONVERT CONTROL STATEMENT MISSING
Explanation: The mandatory Convert control statement is not the first input statement or was not passed via the EXEC PARM= parameter facility.
Action:
Supply the mandatory Convert control statement.
DRDCNVCU02 INPUT I/O ERROR OCCURRED
Explanation: A physical I/O error occurred during the reading of the input statements.
Action:
Assure job stream is properly configured.
DRDCNVCU03 INVALID CONVERSION TYPE
Explanation: The specification for the CONVERT= parameter is unknown.
DRDCNVCU04 LOAD FAILURE FOR xxxxxxxx
Explanation: The indicated phase name is not resident in any of the current libraries referenced.
Action:
xxxxxxxx is the phase name that could not be located
Correct LIBDEF's.
DRDCNVCU05 INVALID COMMAND OPERAND POS nnn
Explanation: An invalid value was specified for one of the CONVERT operands.
Action:
nnn is the position in the control statement where the invalid value was detected
Correct the control statement.
DRDCNVCU06 OPEN FAILED FOR xxxxxx
Explanation: An OPEN request failed for the file xxxxxx.
xxxxxx is the failing file
Action:
Correct job stream for SYSPCH or SYSIPT
DRDCNVCU07 NO INPUT RECORDS PROCESSED
Explanation: No control statements were found in the input file.
Action:
Correct job stream.
DRDCNVCU08 CONVERSION FAILED RC=nnn
Explanation: Based upon the indicated RC=nnn code.
Action:
nnn
001
002
Invalid calling function
Insufficient virtual storage
003 Conversion module failed
004 No control statements to convert
005
006
007
// EXEC statement conversion failure
Unknown conversion error code
Print I/O error occurred
As deemed necessary.
DRDCNVCU10 INVALID CONVERT STATEMENT KEYWORD
Explanation: An invalid keyword was specified in the Convert control statement.
Action:
Correct the control statement.
DRDCNVCU11 INPUT RECORDS READ: nnn
Explanation: This is an informational message indicating that all of the input records have been read.
Page 514 Messages
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Action:
nnn number of input records read
None.
DRDCNVCU12 OUTPUT RECORDS WRITTEN: nnn
Explanation: This is an informational message indicating that the conversion has successfully completed.
Action:
nnn number of output records written
None.
DRDCNVRS01 END-OF-DATA FILE (/*) MISSING FROM LAST JOB STEP
Explanation: The end-of-data statement (/*) is missing from the last job step submitted for conversion.
Action:
Correct last job step of submitted jobs.
DRDCNVRS02 INVALID STATEMENT FORMAT
Explanation: The format of this statement is not valid.
Action:
Correct statement format.
DRDCNVRS03 INVALID COMMAND NAME - ccc
Explanation: The command is not valid for this type of conversion.
Action:
ccc is the invalid command
Correct the control statement.
DRDCNVRS04 INVALID SPEC, FIELD=xxxx
Explanation: An invalid specification was encountered in this control statement.
Action:
xxxx is the invalid field
Correct the control statement.
DRDCNVRS05 CONVERT LOGIC ERROR nnn
Explanation: A logic error occurred during the conversion.
Action:
nnn identifies the type of logic error encountered
Contact Dr.D technical support.
DRDCNVRS06 UNSUPPORTED CONVERSION OPTION=xxx
Explanation: The conversion system cannot determine how to convert the specified statement or statement option.
Action:
As deemed necessary.
Conversion Utility Messages Page 515
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
Sample Reports
USERS GUIDE
1V66B DR.D LIST VTOC DOSRES SYSWK1 12/11/1998 PAGE 001
01:46 PM
TIME STAMP SELECTOR:NONE --FILE-- LAST BLK OR ------------EXTENT INFORMATION------------
------------FILE IDENTIFICATION----------- TYPE SEC CREATED EXPIRES ACCESSED CISIZE VOLSER START END START SIZE SEQ
VSE.LABEL.FILE.FF230FFF7490.AREA1 DA N 1/13/1998 1999/366 421376 DOSRES 59136 59455 59136 320 1
VSE.PAGING.FILE.FF230FFF7490 DA N 1/14/1998 1999/366 421376 DOSRES 125568 142463 125568 16896 1
DOSRES 315072 331455 315072 16384 2
DOSRES 331456 446143 331456 114688 3
SYSWK1 376704 393599 376704 16896 4
FILE TOTAL 164864
ICCF.LIBRARY DA N 1/13/1998 1999/366 2048 SYSWK1 306688 376703 306688 70016 1
INFO.ANALYSIS.DUMP.MGNT.FILE SD N 1/13/1998 1/13/1998 512 SYSWK1 478912 479103 478912 192 1
INFO.ANALYSIS.EXT.RTNS.FILE SD N 1/13/1998 1999/366 512 SYSWK1 479104 479167 479104 64 1
SYS.NEW.RES DA N 8/17/1998 8/24/1998 512 SYSWK1 2 59135 2 59134 1
VSE.DUMP.LIBRARY SD N 1/13/1998 1999/366 512 SYSWK1 196672 233727 196672 37056 1
VSE.HARDCOPY.FILE.DEVTEPIC.ESA23 DA N 4/06/1998 1999/366 512 SYSWK1 485168 488167 485168 3000 1
VSE.HARDCOPY.FILE.DEVTEPI2.ESA23 DA N 4/06/1998 1999/366 512 SYSWK1 482168 485167 482168 3000 1
VSE.HARDCOPY.FILE.DEVTEPI3.ESA23 DA N 4/30/1998 1999/366 512 SYSWK1 479168 482167 479168 3000 1
VSE.HARDCOPY.FILE.TECHEPIC.VSE23 DA N 5/12/1998 12/31/1999 512 SYSWK1 754048 759103 754048 5056 1
VSE.HARDCOPY.FILE.VSE22.111111 DA N 4/06/1998 1999/366 512 SYSWK1 467776 472831 467776 5056 1
VSE.POWER.ACCOUNT.FILE DA N 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 SYSWK1 465600 467647 465600 2048 1
VSE.POWER.DATA.FILE DA N 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 SYSWK1 393600 465599 393600 72000 1
VSE.POWER.QUEUE.FILE DA N 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 DOSRES 59456 59839 59456 384 1
VSE.RECORDER.FILE DA N 5/12/1998 1999/366 512 SYSWK1 472832 473855 472832 1024 1
VSE.SYSRES.LIBRARY DA N 8/24/1998 1999/366 512 DOSRES 2 59135 2 59134 1
VSE.SYSTEM.HISTORY.FILE DA N 8/24/1998 1999/366 2048 DOSRES 310016 315071 310016 5056 1
VSESP.JOB.MANAGER.FILE SD N 8/17/1998 1999/366 1024 SYSWK1 467648 467775 467648 128 1
VTAM.TRACE.FILE SD N 9/17/1998 1999/366 2560 SYSWK1 473856 476855 473856 3000 1
WORK.HIST.FILE DA N 8/24/1998 8/31/1998 2048 SYSWK1 59136 64191 59136 5056 1
Z9999992.VSAMDSPC.TAFDB902.TB9BE89D VSAM 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 DOSRES 63104 125503 63104 62400 1
Z9999992.VSAMDSPC.TAFDB902.TCA5F0CE VSAM 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 SYSWK1 236608 306623 236608 70016 1
Z9999992.VSAMDSPC.TAFDB902.T7B50BCE VSAM 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 DOSRES 142464 297983 142464 155520 1
Z9999992.VSAMDSPC.TAFDB902.T834F4BA VSAM 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 SYSWK1 64192 196671 64192 132480 1
Z9999992.VSAMDSPC.TAFDB902.T9082927 VSAM 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 SYSWK1 489088 754047 489088 264960 1
Z9999994.VSAMDSPC.TAFDB902.TA4631FF VSAM 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 SYSWK1 233728 236607 233728 2880 1
Z9999996.VSAMDSPC.TAFDB902.T65B6CD8 VSAM 1/13/1998 1999/366 0 DOSRES 60224 63103 60224 2880 1
FILES LISTED= 28 1189724
1V66B DR.D LIST VTOC DOSRES SYSWK1 12/11/1998 PAGE 002
01:46 PM
SPACE MAPS ---DISK--- ------VTOC------ DISK GAP ---GAP START--- ----GAP END----
VOLSER CUU START END SIZE SIZE TRK/BLK CYL-HD TRK/BLK CYL-HD
DOSRES 140 921570 921599 921600 384 59840 60223
64 125504 125567
12032 297984 310015
475426 446144 921569
TOTAL FREE SPACE ON DOSRES 487906 52%
SYSWK1 141 921722 921751 921752 64 306624 306687
2056 476856 478911
920 488168 489087
162618 759104 921721
TOTAL FREE SPACE ON SYSWK1 165658 17%
TOTAL FREE SPACE ON FBA DISK 653564 35%
Page 516 Sample Reports
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
1V66B DR.D LISTCAT LISTING OF VSAM CATALOG-VSESP.USER.CATALOG 12/11/1998 PAGE 001
TIME STAMP SELECTOR:NONE 01:46 PM
SHR --KEY--- ---LRECL--- ---ALLOCATIONS--- -FREE-SPACE- SPLITS --------LOGICAL RECORDS--------- ----EXTENT INFORMATION----
OPT LEN RKP AVERAGE MAX CISIZE PRIMARY SECONDRY CI CA KBYT CI CA TOTAL DELETD INSRTD UPDTED READ VOLSER START SIZE %USD #
CICS.AUTO.STATS.A (MSAM,CREATED-1998/013 EXPIRES-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/013 00:00AM)
1,3 0 0 304 304 2048 64B0 64B0 0 0 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOSRES 78208 64 1
REUSE SPEED 99% EXCPS=0 BUFFSPACE= 4096
CICS.AUTO.STATS.B (MSAM,CREATED-1998/013 EXPIRES-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/013 00:00AM)
1,3 0 0 304 304 2048 64B0 64B0 0 0 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOSRES 78272 64 1
REUSE SPEED 99% EXCPS=0 BUFFSPACE= 4096
CICS.CSD (KSDS,CREATED-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/344 10:07PM)
2,3 22 0 100 500 2048 1024B0 256B0 0 0 0 121 2 1760 1582 2982 24 75678 DOSRES 79744 1024 99 1
1024I 64B0 64B0 % EXCPS=12080 BUFFSPACE= 5120 DOSRES 80768 64 16 1
INDEX LEVELS= 002
CICS.DUMPA (MSAM,CREATED-1998/013 EXPIRES-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/229 03:54PM)
1,3 0 0 7161 7161 7168 4800B0 B0 0 0 2444 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOSRES 80832 4800 1
REUSE SPEED 99% EXCPS=0 BUFFSPACE= 14336
SYSWK1 NO ALLOCATION
CICS.DUMPB (MSAM,CREATED-1998/014 EXPIRES-1998/014 TIME STAMP-1998/229 04:33PM)
1,3 0 0 7161 7161 7168 1920B0 B0 0 0 974 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SYSWK1 236736 1920 1 1
REUSE SPEED 99% EXCPS=0 BUFFSPACE= 14336
DOSRES NO ALLOCATION
CICS.RSD (KSDS,CREATED-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/229 04:33PM)
2,3 22 0 2000 2000 2048 1344B0 448B0 20 20 229 56 1 1299 604 1902 35948 72901 DOSRES 78336 1344 67 1
1536I 64B0 64B0 33% EXCPS=43380 BUFFSPACE= 5632 DOSRES 79680 64 14 1
INDEX LEVELS= 002
CICS.TD.INTRA (ESDS,CREATED-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/229 04:33PM)
2,3 0 0 4089 4089 4096 832B0 832B0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOSRES 76544 832 99 1
% EXCPS=138 BUFFSPACE= 8192
DEFAULT.MODEL.ESDS.SAM (MSAM,CREATED-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/013 00:00AM)
1,3 0 0 2000 2000 2048 111B0 111B0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOSRES NO ALLOCATION
REUSE FIXBLKSPEED NOALOC % EXCPS=0 BUFFSPACE= 4096 SYSWK1 NO ALLOCATION
DFHTEMP (ESDS,CREATED-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/229 04:33PM)
2,3 0 0 4089 4089 4096 832B0 832B0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOSRES 77376 832 99 1
% EXCPS=192 BUFFSPACE= 8192
DRD.MASTER.WORK (MSAM,CREATED-1998/261 EXPIRES-1991/033 TIME STAMP-1998/261 04:17PM)
1,3 0 0 16000 16000 32768 6720B0 1920B0 0 0 983 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOSRES 85696 6720 82 1
REUSE SPEED 18% EXCPS=0 BUFFSPACE= 65536 DOSRES 92416 1920 2
DOSRES 94336 1920 3
SYSWK1 NO ALLOCATION
VSAM.COMPRESS.CONTROL (KSDS,CREATED-1998/013 EXPIRES-1999/366 TIME STAMP-1998/261 04:17PM)
4,4 44 0 128 500 2048 64B0 64B0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 SYSWK1 236608 64 99 1
512I 64B0 64B0 % EXCPS=20 BUFFSPACE= 4608 SYSWK1 236672 64 2 1
INDEX LEVELS= 001
VSE.CONTROL.FILE (KSDS,CREATED-1998/013 EXPIRES-1999/366 TIME STAMP-1998/229 04:33PM)
4,3 12 0 100 1000 4096 64B0 64B0 0 0 0 11 1 199 1 191 1 723 DOSRES 71424 64 99 1
512I 64B0 64B0 % EXCPS=1261 BUFFSPACE= 8704 DOSRES 85632 64 2
1V66B DR.D LISTCAT LISTING OF VSAM CATALOG-VSESP.USER.CATALOG 12/11/1998 PAGE 002
TIME STAMP SELECTOR:NONE 01:46 PM
SHR --KEY--- ---LRECL--- ---ALLOCATIONS--- -FREE-SPACE- SPLITS --------LOGICAL RECORDS--------- ----EXTENT INFORMATION----
OPT LEN RKP AVERAGE MAX CISIZE PRIMARY SECONDRY CI CA KBYT CI CA TOTAL DELETD INSRTD UPDTED READ VOLSER START SIZE %USD #
INDEX LEVELS= 2 DOSRES 71488 64 5 1
VSE.MESSAGE.ROUTING.FILE (KSDS,CREATED-1998/013 EXPIRES-1999/366 TIME STAMP-1998/229 04:33PM)
2,3 16 0 500 4080 4096 256B0 256B0 15 7 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 DOSRES 76224 256 99 1
512I 64B0 64B0 % EXCPS=27 BUFFSPACE= 8704 DOSRES 76480 64 2 1
INDEX LEVELS= 001
VSE.ONLINE.PROB.DET.FILE (KSDS,CREATED-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/229 04:33PM)
2,3 2 0 4000 4089 4096 2496B0 832B0 0 0 425 0 0 202 0 0 58 5974 DOSRES 68864 2496 67 1
1024I 64B0 64B0 33% EXCPS=6182 BUFFSPACE= 9216 DOSRES 71360 64 9 1
INDEX LEVELS= 002
VSE.PRIMARY.LIBRARY (MSAM,CREATED-1998/013 TIME STAMP-1998/013 10:54PM)
3,3 0 0 4089 4089 4096 5760B0 17280B0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOSRES 63104 5760 99 1
SPEED % EXCPS=0 BUFFSPACE= 8192
SYSWK1 NO ALLOCATION
VSE.TEXT.REPSTORY.FILE (KSDS,CREATED-1998/013 EXPIRES-1999/366 TIME STAMP-1998/229 04:33PM)
2,3 12 0 500 4080 4096 4608B0 256B0 0 0 917 2 2 2712 0 0 2709 2919 DOSRES 71552 4608 61 1
512I 64B0 64B0 39% EXCPS=3288 BUFFSPACE= 8704 DOSRES 76160 64 19 1
INDEX LEVELS= 002
FILES/OBJECTS LISTED- 16 35200
Page 517
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
1V66B DR.D LISTCAT ***SPACE MAP*** LISTING OF VSAM CATALOG-VSESP.USER.CATALOG 12/11/1998 PAGE 003
TIME STAMP SELECTOR:NONE 01:46 PM
DISK EXTENT ---TRACKS OR BLOCKS--- -------------------------------------G A P M A P--------------------------------------
VOLSER BEGIN TOTAL AVAILABLE (LISTING OF GAP SIZE X NUMBER OF OCCURENCES OF THAT SIZE)
DOSRES 63104 62400 29248 46% 29248X1
DISK TOTAL 62400 29248 46%
SYSWK1 233728 2880 0 0% 67968X1
236608 70016 67968 97%
DISK TOTAL 72896 67968 93%
CATALOG TOTAL 135296 97216 71%
1DR.D V66B LIBRARY DIRECTORY LISTING FOR 12/11/98 PAGE 001
TIME STAMP SELECTOR:NONE BIM.LIBRARY.CURRENT.VERSION 01:46 PM
LIBRARY SIZE (BLOCKS) 40320 20636(51.1%) FREE
-----MEMBER----- ---------DATE-TIME----------- --BLOCKS-- -----MEMBER----- ---------DATE-TIME----------- --BLOCKS--
NAME TYPE ...CREATED.... ...CHANGED.... TOTAL CNTG SIZE NAME TYPE ...CREATED.... ...CHANGED.... TOTAL CNTG SIZE
***************BIM.LIBRARY.CURRENT.VERSION.DRD******************* DOCTOR45 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1920
DOCTOR PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/09/18 8:57 71 71 69888 DOCTOR46 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 4 4 2980
DOCTORCN PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 7 7 6240 DOCTOR47 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 13 13 11981
DOCTORMS PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 10 10 8956 DOCTOR48 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 13 13 12464
DOCTORPC PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 47 47 46096 DOCTOR49 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4528
DOCTORSF PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 2 2 1966 DOCTOR50 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 14 14 13495
DOCTORTC PHASE S 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 2 2 1224 DOCTOR51 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 8 8 7604
DOCTORUP PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 73 73 71925 DOCTOR52 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2859
DOCTORVL PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 33 33 32294 DOCTOR53 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 9 9 8168
DOCTORWW PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 1 1 152 DOCTOR54 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4499
DOCTORZZ PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 5 5 4388 DOCTOR55 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1976
DOCTOR00 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/14 7:45 71 71 69888 DOCTOR56 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1504
DOCTOR01 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:00 3 3 2312 DOCTOR57 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 7 7 6482
DOCTOR02 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 20 20 19140 DOCTOR58 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2288
DOCTOR03 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2952 DOCTOR59 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 69 69 68012
DOCTOR04 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 1 1 604 DOCTOR60 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 1 1 712
DOCTOR05 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1320 DOCTOR61 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 1 1 672
DOCTOR06 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 9 9 8776 DOCTOR62 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 9 9 8168
DOCTOR07 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1922 DOCTOR63 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 16 16 15668
DOCTOR08 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 20 20 19140 DOCTOR64 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 8 8 7792
DOCTOR09 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 4 4 3872 DOCTOR65 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 1 1 870
DOCTOR10 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4568 DOCTOR66 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2593
DOCTOR11 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 1 1 760 DOCTOR67 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 7 7 6288
DOCTOR12 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2537 DOCTOR68 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1076
DOCTOR13 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 8 8 7550 DOCTOR69 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 9 9 8101
DOCTOR14 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 27 27 25780 DOCTOR70 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1437
DOCTOR15 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/14 7:45 17 17 16384 DOCTOR71 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 13 13 12214
DOCTOR16 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/14 7:45 18 18 17653 DOCTOR72 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 7 7 6828
DOCTOR17 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 10 10 9588 DOCTOR73 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4744
DOCTOR18 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 7 7 6316 DOCTOR74 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 10 10 9456
DOCTOR19 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 7 7 6672 DOCTOR75 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 4 4 3808
DOCTOR20 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 1 1 48 DOCTOR76 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4760
DOCTOR21 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2024 DOCTOR78 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 8 8 7444
DOCTOR22 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4000 DOCTOR80 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 13 13 12056
DOCTOR23 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2576 DOCTOR81 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2672
DOCTOR24 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 1 1 478 DOCTOR82 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 7 7 6064
DOCTOR25 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 9 9 8696 DOCTOR85 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 8 8 7504
DOCTOR26 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2340 DOCTOR86 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 10 10 9740
DOCTOR27 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4094 DOCTOR87 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2869
DOCTOR29 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 4 4 3271 DOCTOR88 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2395
DOCTOR31 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 4 4 3948 DOCTOR93 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 4 4 3272
DOCTOR32 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 8 8 7589 DOCTOR97 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 6 6 5150
DOCTOR33 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 6 6 5183 DOCTOR98 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4726
DOCTOR34 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 13 13 11981 TYPE TOTAL MEMBERS= 96 924
DOCTOR35 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 1 1 464 SUB-LIBRARY:DRD MEMBERS= 96 924
DOCTOR36 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1152
DOCTOR37 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1680 REPORT TOTAL MEMBERS= 96 924
DOCTOR38 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 6 6 5127
DOCTOR39 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2447
DOCTOR40 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 2 2 1104
DOCTOR41 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 3 3 2751
DOCTOR42 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4332
DOCTOR43 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 9 9 8040
DOCTOR44 PHASE 98/08/13 9:59 98/08/13 10:01 5 5 4660
Page 518 Sample Reports
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
1DR.D V66B LIBRARY DIRECTORY LISTING FOR 12/11/98 PAGE 002
TIME STAMP SELECTOR:NONE BIM.LIBRARY.CURRENT.VERSION 01:46 PM
LIBRARY SIZE (BLOCKS) 40320 20636(51.1%) FREE
SUB MEMBER MEMBER BLOCK LIBRARY
**LIBRARY RECAP** LIBRARY TYPE COUNT COUNT SHARE
CONFIG PHASE 4 9 .0%
CONFIG *TOTAL* 4 9 .0%
CURRPTF A 27 72 .1%
CURRPTF C 10 71 .1%
CURRPTF E 9 43 .1%
CURRPTF OBJ 10 73 .1%
CURRPTF PHASE 153 5125 12.7%
CURRPTF PROC 6 2724 6.7%
CURRPTF SAMPJOB 185 610 1.5%
CURRPTF Z 13 472 1.1%
CURRPTF *TOTAL* 413 9190 22.7%
DRD A 4 14 .0%
DRD PHASE 214 2314 5.7%
DRD *TOTAL* 218 2328 5.7%
DRDOBJ OBJ 569 6719 16.6%
DRDOBJ PHASE 1 71 .1%
DRDOBJ *TOTAL* 570 6790 16.8%
DRT A 35 122 .3%
DRT C 5 19 .0%
DRT E 26 90 .2%
DRT OBJ 21 35 .0%
DRT PHASE 82 778 1.9%
DRT *TOTAL* 169 1044 2.5%
LIBRARY TOTAL 1374 19361 48.0%
LIBRARY OVERHEAD BLOCKS 323 .8%
1DR.D V66B LIBRARY DIRECTORY LISTING FOR 12/11/98 PAGE 003
TIME STAMP SELECTOR:NONE BIM.LIBRARY.CURRENT.VERSION 01:46 PM
LIBRARY SIZE (BLOCKS) 40320 20636(51.1%) FREE
MEMBER MEMBER BLOCK LIBRARY
**LIBRARY RECAP** TYPE COUNT COUNT SHARE
A 66 208 .5%
C 15 90 .2%
E 35 133 .3%
OBJ 600 6827 16.9%
PHASE 454 8297 20.5%
PROC 6 2724 6.7%
SAMPJOB 185 610 1.5%
Z 13 472 1.1%
LIBRARY TOTAL 1374 19361 48.0%
LIBRARY OVERHEAD BLOCKS 323 .8%
LIBRARY EFFICIENCY RATING 92
Page 519
BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)
USERS GUIDE
Page 520 Sample Reports
Index
!
! ...........................................104, 197, 278, 401
$
$$$$$$..................................................23, 50, 77
/
&
& ...................................................104, 197, 278
/ 26, 30, 31
/@ ........................................................................
22, 25, 50, 77, 82, 104, 133, 157, 198, 221,
237, 247, 250, 279, 323, 351, 401
@
@filename@....................................................250
@RENAME@ ....................................31, 34, 317
@REVERSE@ ............................25, 32, 183, 296
+
+ ...........................................104, 197, 278, 401
=
=P.........................................31, 33, 34, 297, 317
=S ........................... 26, 30, 33, 34, 297, 317, 384
=T...............................................31, 34, 297, 317
A
Abbreviations.................................................24
ABUF.............................................................151
ABUFF...........................................................145
AFILE ............................................145, 146, 151
AIX.......................................................................
52, 53, 145, 215, 302, 306, 316, 346, 417,
419, 427, 428, 445
ALIGN...........................................................247
ALL
Copy ......................................................59, 80
Restore.................................................58, 235
Save .....................................................57, 366
ALLOCS....................................................26, 32
AREA ..................................................................
62, 80, 81, 110, 204, 205, 235, 236, 244, 245,
247, 248, 286, 287, 289, 290, 321, 323, 406,
408, 416
ASSOCIATIONS....................18, 215, 306, 419
AUTO..................................................................
128, 130, 133, 136, 145, 151, 154, 302, 304,
306, 308, 346, 347, 348, 351, 354
BIM-Dr.D
Automatic Definition Feature ..........................
47, 55, 56, 128–30, 133, 137, 145, 151, 157,
302, 301–3, 304, 306, 346–47, 348, 351
Automatic Definition Override Feature .........
...........................129, 130, 303, 304, 347, 348
B
BAM.......................................274, 275, 284, 285
BIM-Epic .............................................................
19, 60, 62, 63, 179, 187, 204, 205, 208, 217,
245, 248, 256, 290, 299, 406, 409, 410, 412
Compacting pool space...........................256
BLDINDEX .............................................54, 145
BLOCKSIZE........................................................
16, 38, 47, 54, 95, 102, 122, 141, 151, 158,
161, 202, 237, 240, 248, 252, 260, 264, 276,
280, 289, 293, 307, 312, 314, 323, 327, 336,
340, 352, 359, 361, 367, 377, 386, 399, 408,
419, 431, 438, 447, 452
BUFFERSPACE129, 134, 141, 151, 161, 303,
307, 314, 347, 352, 361, 452
Build alternate index .............................54, 145
BUILDAIX ..............................................54, 145
C
CA-Dynam....................19, 60, 62, 63, 245, 290
CA-Epic...............................................................
19, 60, 62, 63, 179, 187, 204, 205, 208, 217,
245, 248, 256, 290, 406, 409, 410, 412
Compacting pool space...........................256
CARDCOUNT ...................................50, 51, 77
CASPLIT ...................................................27, 32
CA-System Manager ...19, 60, 62, 63, 245, 290
CBEGIN.................................111, 112, 114, 116
CDATA ......... 129, 134, 152, 303, 307, 347, 352
CFACTOR...........................................................
... 129, 134, 152, 289, 300, 303, 307, 347, 352
CHALT..................................111, 112, 114, 116
Change VTOC expiration date...................185
Checking control card count ........................50
Checking control card sequence ..................51
CICS...................................................15, 16, 456
CICS CSD..................................................11, 15
CICS initialization..........................................15
CICS transaction ..........................................456
cisize ..............................134, 152, 308, 318, 353
CISIZE .......................................................27, 56
CISPLIT .......................................27, 32, 34, 194
Page 521
Index
CK .......................................................................
82, 88, 95, 112, 122, 368, 377, 387, 408, 431,
439
CLOSTAPE ...................................476, 481, 482
CNSIZE .........129, 134, 152, 303, 308, 347, 353 compacting ........................................................
7, 62, 63, 113, 238, 245, 248, 249, 291, 324,
379
Compacting disk volume or pool............. 245
Compacting EPIC pool space.................... 256 compression.......................................................
39, 54, 152, 368, 377, 387, 400, 408, 419,
431, 439, 447, 476
Configure System Options .....................16–18
Continuation statements.............................. 23
Control spacing on reports .................192, 208
Control statements........................................ 23
Conversion
Other backup software product JCL utility
............................................................... 461
SAM to VSAM........................................... 54
VSAM to SAM........................................... 54
Copy
Command overview................................. 75 disk volume ..................................80, 87, 109
Disk volumes........................................59–60
Libraries ..............................................71, 101 non-VSAM data files ...................62, 93, 120
Tape to tape ........................................72, 169
VSAM data files .................................54, 128
Copy data in Addon mode ....................................... 115 in Image mode......................................... 114 in Squeeze mode ..................................... 114 in Update mode....................................... 114
Copy file in Image mode....................................97, 124 in Squeeze mode ................................97, 124
COPY=ALL...................................45, 59, 75, 80
COPY=CURRENT .............................59, 75, 87
COPY=DATA.....................................62, 75, 93
COPY=LIBRARY .............................71, 75, 101
COPY=NOPERATION ...............24, 39, 75, 77
COPY=PHYSICAL.....................60, 64, 75, 109
COPY=SDISK ...................................62, 75, 120
COPY=VSAM.....................54, 56, 75, 128, 145
CP........................................................................
17, 39, 54, 152, 368, 377, 384, 387, 400, 408,
419, 431, 439, 447
Create DLBL/EXTENT from VTOC ...63, 214
Page 522
Create VM minidisk ............................. 72, 210
Create VSAM delete/define statements55,
214
Creating multiple save tapes....................... 37
CSYSNO ................................111, 112, 115, 116
CTAPE.......................................................... 169
CURRENT
Copy...................................................... 59, 87
Restore .......................................... 58, 61, 244
Save..................................................... 57, 375
CVOLID...........................38, 111, 112, 115, 116
CX...................129, 135, 153, 303, 308, 347, 353 cylinder aligned........................................... 247
D
DA.......................................................................
8, 61, 62, 93, 99, 253, 257, 260, 293, 330,
332, 385, 386, 392
DATA
Copy...................................................... 62, 93
Restore ................................................ 61, 257
Save............................................................. 60
Data File Restore Feature non-VSAM data files ................ 61, 257, 333
VSAM ................................................. 53, 345
Data File Save Feature
Non-VSAM data files ............... 60, 385, 437
VSAM ................................................. 53, 445 data secured files..........178, 186, 378, 406, 410
Dataset Functions
Build alternate index ........................ 54, 145
Change VTOC expiration date........ 62, 185
Copy non-VSAM......................... 62, 93, 120
Copy non-VSAM file ................................ 93
Copy VSAM....................................... 54, 128
Delete........................................................ 176
Delete non-VSAM data file...................... 63
Delete VSAM ............................................. 55
Extract data file from save file......... 72, 221
Rebuild format-1 VTOC label.......... 64, 330
Restore non-VSAM ..................... 61–62, 286
Restore Non-VSAM ........................ 257, 333
Restore VSAM ..................... 53–54, 301, 345
Save non-VSAM .................. 60–61, 385, 437
Save non-VSAM data files ..................... 406
Save VSAM .......................... 52–53, 417, 445
Sort data file from save file.............. 72, 221
Verify/Reset VSAM.......................... 56, 228
Dataset names.................................... 26, 30, 31
BIM-Dr.D
Index
DATE...................................................................
129, 135, 153, 248, 260, 289, 303, 308, 336,
347, 353
DD= .....................................................28, 30, 32
Default options ..............................................16
DELETE ........ 135, 153, 260, 289, 296, 336, 353
Delete non-VSAM data files.................63, 176
Delete VSAM data files.........................55, 176
Delete VSAM data spaces...........................176
Device volume copy..................59, 80, 87, 109
Device Volume Restores...............58, 235, 244
Device Volume Saves....................57, 366, 375
DFIX ........................................................62, 185
Disk pools ...........................18, 19, 60, 245, 286
Backup and Restore.................................406
Disk Reorganization....................................287
DM.......................................................................
205, 208, 248, 286, 290, 291, 292, 409, 410,
412
DOCTOR02...........................................320, 429
DOCTOR58.....................................................46
DRD.................................................................22
DRD transaction ..........................................456
DRD$PCT.A .............................................11, 15
DRD$PPT.A..............................................11, 15
DRDCNVCU ........................................461, 465
DRDEXAMP.Z...............................................21
DRDITTO......................................................456
DRDPOOLS........................................18, 19, 60
DRZAP........................................16, 18, 19, 456
Display System Options ...........................18
Pools ............................................................19
System Configuration .........................16–18
DTAPE ................................................................
47, 48, 49, 54, 137, 259, 260, 261, 262, 266,
335, 336, 337, 338, 342, 350, 353, 355, 356,
357, 360, 385, 387, 388, 437, 439, 440, 445,
447, 448
DUS .................................................78, 458, 459
DUSP ....................... 78, 458, 459, 460, 461, 462
DYNUTIL .......................................78, 458, 460
E
EB...................................................286, 287, 290
EOF......................................................................
57, 59, 89, 93, 95, 99, 120, 122, 126, 135,
153, 377, 383, 385, 387, 392, 409, 419, 437,
439, 444, 447, 468
Erasing a disk volume...........................63, 270
Erasing disk files............................................63
BIM-Dr.D
ERROR ..................206, 290, 308, 409, 420, 447
Examples
ANS Cobol user exit........................469, 474
Build alternate index during copy ..........................................165
during restore.......................................165
during save ...................................164, 165 multiple aix during save.....................166
using record selection .........................167
via multiple builds...............................166
with non-contiguous keys ..................168
call CLOSETAPE subprogram...............482
call GETTAPE subprogram....481, 483, 484 call PASSCARD subprogram.................479
call SETTAPE subprogram.....................477
Change expiration date of existing files188
Checking control card count ....................51
Checking control card sequence ..............51
Compacting EPIC pool space.................256
Control statement continuations .............23
Conversion from other backup software products ......................................................
458–61, 458–61, 458–61, 458–61, 458–61,
458–61
Convert
FAVER JCL ...........................................466
FAVER2 JCL .........................................467
MAXBACK JCL............................464, 465
Westinghouse dump/restore JCL .....466
Copy all tracks ..................................................86
an existing VSE library........................107
current tracks/blocks ............................92
cylinders physically.............................119
DA file .....................................................99
disk using save and restore ..................45
entire VSE library.................................107
Image tape to tape ...............................174
Logical tape to tape .............................173
Logical tape to tape with reblock ............
....................................................173, 174 multiple extents to single extent..............
....................................................100, 126
SD file ..............................................99, 126 selective tracks .......................................86
selectively a VSE library .....................108
single extent to multiple extents........127
single extent to multiple tracks..........100
Specify disk volser.................................38
Tape to tape with data modification .175
Page 523
Index
tracks physically in addon mode...... 118 tracks physically in update mode..... 119 tracks/blocks physically.................... 118
VSAM file............................................. 142
VSAM file with overrides .................. 143
VSAM unique file ............................... 144 with extent synchronization.......100, 127
Create a VSE library ........................284, 285
Create and copy to a new VSE library . 107
Create CMS saved segment..................... 68
Create data files from save file.............. 224
Create mini disk...................................... 213
Create multi-file save tape....................... 43
Create multiple save files simulateneously
................................................................. 37
Define alternate index and path ........... 164
Delete all files................................................... 183 expired files ......................................... 184 expired VSAM files............................. 184 selective files........................................ 183 selective VSAM files ........................... 182
VSAM data space................................ 183
VSAM files........................................... 182
DOCTOR58 utility .................................... 46
Erasing a Disk.......................................... 273
Extend a VSE library .............................. 285
Extract data files from save file............. 224
FAVER conversion.................................. 466
FAVER2 conversion................................ 467
Issue operator message .......................44, 79
List all changed members in VSE library 199 all members in VSE library................ 199 all objects in a VSAM catalog ............ 194 all VTOC entries of a disk.................. 209 contents of save tape .......................... 203 files for delete ...................................... 182 select VTOC entries by size ............... 209 selected members in VSE library ............
....................................................200, 201 selected objects in a VSAM catalog .. 194 selective files for delete ...............182, 183 specific files on a VTOC ..................... 209
VSAM catalog........................................ 34
VSAM catalog space map .................. 194
VTOC space map ................................ 209
MAXBACK conversion ...................464, 465
Move and resize a mini-disk VTOC ..... 213
Move and resize a VTOC....................... 234
Page 524
Move VTOC on a CKD device .............. 234
Move VTOC on a FBA device ............... 234
Position tape .............................................. 79
Position using the FIND operand ..... 41, 42
Position using the SKIP operand ............ 41
Post message to operator ......................... 35
Print VSE library recap report............... 201
Punch DLBL/EXTENT from VTOC...........
....................................................... 219, 220
Punch IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE from catalog................................................... 219
Rebuild Format-1 label........................... 332
Rename during restore....................... 33, 34
Rename non-VSAM file during restore 297
Rename SD file during restore .............. 342
Rename VSAM file during restore........ 317
Reorganize disk....................................... 298
Reorganizing CKD disk ......................... 256 reset VSAM file ....................................... 182
Resize a VTOC......................................... 234 restart restore after interruption ........... 298
Restore all files in VSAM catalog.................... 316 all non-VSAM files.............................. 296 all tracks ............................................... 242 all tracks and set new volser.............. 242 an existing VSE library....................... 283
CA-System Manager........................... 300 create and restore a new VSE library .....
........................................................... 283
Entire Pack With SAVE=CURRENT save file............................................. 254
EPIC catalog controlled files.............. 299 files using SKIP operand.................... 344 files using the FIND operand ............ 343 files using the FIND parameter......... 268 files using the SKIP parameter.......... 269 from DUS tape..................................... 459 from DUSP tape .......................... 459, 460 from DYNUTIL tape........................... 460 from FAVER tape................................ 460 from FAVER2 tape.............................. 461 from IPLable save file......................... 254 from MAXBACK tape ........................ 460 from multi-file save tape...................... 43 from multipack save file .................... 243 individual file on CKD from
SAVE=CURRENT save file............ 255 individual file on FBA from
SAVE=CURRENT save file............ 255
BIM-Dr.D
Index
Individual file using SAVE=LOGICAL save file .............................................343
invoking user exit ........................471, 475 mini disks .............................................243
Multiple tracks via physical image mode..................................................328
non-VSAM files to contiguous area ..297
partial VSAM catalog..........................319
position using the FIND operand..41, 42 position using the SKIP operand.........41
rename non-VSAM files during restore
............................................................297
rename VSAM files..............................317
reorganize disk.....................................298
SD and DA files............................267, 268
SD files ..................................................342
SD files with file rename.....................342
selective tracks/blocks........................242
Single track via physical mode ..........328
specific file in VSAM catalog .............317
specific non-VSAM files......................296
to different device type via physical image mode ......................................329
unique VSAM file ................................319
Unique VSAM KSDS...........................364
User data file to non-VSAM...............269
User Data File to non-VSAM .......49, 344 user data file to VSAM........................365
User Data File to VSAM........................48
VM minidisks using physical mode..329
VSAM data file.....................................363
VSAM data file using
AUTO=OVERRIDE .........................364
VSAM file eliminating secondary extents ...............................................318
VSAM file using automatic definition overrides ...........................................318
VSE library............................................283
VSE library selectively ........................284
Restore using CMS saved segment ...69, 70
Rewind tape ...............................................44
Sample JCL books......................................21
Save
All from EPIC disk pool......................416
All non-VSAM files .............................415
all tracks/blocks ..................................372
Create multiple save tapes .................454
Entire pack............................................383
entire VSE library ................................405
invoking user exit ................................470
BIM-Dr.D
multiple packs to different tapes .......374
multiple packs to same tape...............374
Multiple tracks/blocks via physical save ....................................................436
non-VSAM files from selected areas on disk ....................................................416
Non-VSAM files selected by name....415
non-VSAM to User Data File....................
..............................................49, 392, 444
Only used extents ................................383
partial a VSE library ............................405
Restrict to specific track addresses....384
SD and DA files....................................392
SD files...................................................444
selective all tracks/blocks...................372
Selective objects of VSAM catalog.....428
Selectively by VSAM fileids ...............428
Selectively from disk pool ..................416
setup for standalone restore...............397
Simultaneous creation of 2 tapes.......427
Simultaneous creation of 3 tapes.......427
Single track via physical save ............436
Specific non-VSAM files .....................384
Specify disk volser.................................38
Unexpired non-VSAM files................415
unloading tape .....................................373
VM minidisks...............................373, 436
Vsam catalogs.......................................427
VSAM data file.....................................454
VSAM to User Data File................48, 455
Selective save..............................................32
Selective save or restore......................32, 33
Sort data files from save file ...................224
Stack multiple files ....................................43
Standalone restore under VM/CMS...........
................................................67, 68, 69, 70
Tape compression......................................39
Test tape for errors...................................227
Unload tape ................................................44
User data file ........................................48, 49
User exit - type 1 ................................468–71
User exit - type 2 ................................474–75
User exits...................469, 470, 471, 474, 475
Using multiple commands .......................42
Verify VSAM files....................................231
VSAM delete data space..................................183
file delete...............................................182
file reset.................................................182
list catalog .............................................194
Page 525
Index
list catalog space map......................... 194 list files for delete................................ 182 list selective files for delete................ 182 selective file delete.............................. 182
Westinghouse dump/restore conversion
............................................................... 466
Executing DRD.............................................. 20
Exit parameter............................................. 473 expiration date ..................................................
57, 59, 62, 87, 89, 135, 153, 177, 185, 188,
190, 204, 206, 215, 228, 248, 260, 289, 290,
298, 308, 336, 353, 375, 378, 383, 406, 409,
420
EXPIRED ............................................................
87, 89, 176, 177, 185, 189, 190, 204, 206,
214, 215, 228, 244, 375, 378, 406, 409, 420
Extract data file from save file .................. 221
F
FAQSMSG...................................................... 11
FAST ...................................................................
17, 135, 137, 142, 154, 162, 315, 361, 378,
409, 420, 425, 426, 448, 453
FAVER.....................78, 458, 460, 461, 462, 466
FAVER2...........................78, 458, 461, 462, 467
FD........................................................................
17, 129, 133, 136, 138, 141, 142, 154, 161,
163, 176, 178, 302, 303, 308, 310, 315, 346,
347, 351, 354, 356, 361, 362
FILESIZE .................................................28, 209
FILETYPE....................................................... 28
FIND ...................................................................
36, 39, 40, 41, 42, 150, 154, 221, 222, 237,
248, 257, 260, 261, 267, 268, 277, 333, 336,
337, 343, 350, 354
FORMAT............................................................
101, 103, 169, 170, 189, 190, 196, 197, 204,
206, 274, 277, 398, 400
FREESPACE ......................................................
28, 129, 133, 136, 155, 303, 309, 347, 351,
355
FSECURED ........................................................
...........176, 178, 181, 186, 187, 378, 406, 410
Function Command overview .................... 76
Function selector statements ....................... 26
FUNCTION=BUILDAIX.........54, 76, 145, 146
FUNCTION=CTAPE.......................72, 76, 169
FUNCTION=DELETE......................................
... 26, 27, 28, 55, 63, 76, 80, 87, 176, 235, 244
FUNCTION=DFIX...........................62, 76, 185
FUNCTION=LCAT .......26, 27, 28, 55, 76, 189
FUNCTION=LDIR.......................... 71, 76, 196
FUNCTION=LTAPE ............................ 72, 202
FUNCTION=LVTOC ..................... 63, 76, 204
FUNCTION=MC............................. 72, 76, 210
FUNCTION=PUNCH .............. 55, 63, 76, 214
FUNCTION=SORT................... 47, 72, 76, 221
FUNCTION=TAPETEST ............... 72, 76, 225
FUNCTION=VERIFY....26, 27, 28, 56, 76, 228
FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE.... 64, 76, 210, 232
G
GENERATION .................................... 291, 410
Generic dataset names...................... 26, 30, 31
GETREC ....................................................... 472
GETTAPE..................................... 476, 478, 480
Global operands ............................................ 24
GR .......................................................................
18, 82, 89, 95, 103, 113, 122, 136, 155, 170,
178, 186, 191, 197, 202, 207, 211, 215, 222,
226, 229, 232, 238, 249, 261, 271, 277, 291,
309, 324, 330, 337, 355, 368, 378, 387, 394,
400, 410, 420, 431, 439, 448
GSIDMNS0 .................................................. 468
H
HIGHKEY ..........................................................
...........136, 137, 155, 156, 309, 310, 355, 356
Hold VTOC........................................................
83, 113, 238, 249, 291, 324, 368, 379, 410,
431
HV.......................................................................
80, 83, 87, 113, 238, 245, 249, 256, 291, 324,
368, 379, 410, 431
I
ICCF................................................................ 15
ICCF transaction ......................................... 457
IDCAMS.............................................................
...128, 137, 155, 214, 219, 302, 310, 346, 355
Auto Definition overrides.............. 130, 133
BLDINDEX ........................................ 54, 145
Delete/Define........................ 8, 55, 215, 318
Listcat.................................................. 55, 189 override parameters ............................... 347
Punch delete/define from catalog........ 219
Verify .................................................. 56, 228
IDRC ...................................................................
39, 153, 368, 377, 387, 400, 408, 419, 431,
439, 447
Page 526 BIM-Dr.D
Index
IESMSGS.........................................................11
ILBDMNS0 ...................................................468
Image Tape Copy Feature ..........................169
Initialize VM minidisk ................................210
INSEQUENCE .....................................137, 448
Installation......................................................10
Configuration.......................................16–19
DrD Pools ...................................................19
MVT.............................................................13
Sample Jobstreams ....................................21
System Configuration .........................16–18
VSE ........................................................11–12
ISAM ..... 7, 8, 61, 62, 93, 94, 257, 258, 385, 472
J
JCL
Create DLBL/EXTENT from VTOC .....214
EXEC ...........................................................22
Restore Requirements ...............................22
Sample books .............................................21
Save Requirements ....................................21
UPSI.............................................................36
L
LABEL.................................................................
65, 155, 170, 235, 238, 244, 249, 261, 278,
291, 310, 324, 337, 355, 369, 379, 388, 393,
394, 400, 410, 421, 432, 440, 448
LBLOCKSIZE .....................................................
47, 171, 257, 259, 261, 333, 335, 337, 350,
353, 355, 360
LCAT.......................................................55, 189
LDIR ........................................................71, 196
LIBRARY ...... 103, 274, 275, 276, 278, 279, 283
Copy ....................................................71, 101
Restore.................................................71, 274
Save .............................................................71
Library Functions
Copy ....................................................71, 101
Create library ...........................................274
Extend library...........................................274
List directory ......................................71, 196
Restore.................................................71, 274
Save .....................................................71, 398
Library space considerations .....................275
List library directory .............................71, 196
List save file............................................72, 202
List VSAM catalog.................................55, 189
List VTOC...............................................63, 204
Listcat report ................................................195
Lock VTOC .........................................................
........... 238, 249, 291, 324, 368, 379, 410, 431
Logical File Restore Feature non-VSAM data files .........................61, 286
VSAM ..................................................53, 301
Logical File Save Feature
Non-VSAM .........................................60, 406
VSAM ..................................................52, 417
Logical Tape Copy Feature ........................169
Logical Volume Restore Feature..........59, 286
Logical Volume Save Feature...............57, 406
LOWKEY ......137, 155, 156, 309, 310, 355, 356
LRECSIZE ...........................................................
47, 49, 95, 120, 123, 171, 257, 259, 261, 333,
335, 337, 350, 353, 356, 357, 388, 440
LST.......................................................................
18, 83, 89, 96, 104, 113, 123, 138, 156, 171,
179, 186, 191, 197, 203, 207, 211, 216, 222,
226, 229, 233, 238, 249, 262, 271, 278, 291,
310, 324, 330, 338, 356, 369, 379, 388, 394,
401, 410, 421, 432, 440, 448
LTAPE .........................................40, 72, 76, 202
LVTOC ....................................................63, 204
M
MAXBACK .....................78, 458, 460, 461, 462
MAXBACK JCL conversion .......................464
MC ...........................................................72, 210
MEMBER ...... 101, 104, 197, 274, 278, 398, 401
Message to Operator .....................................35
Messages .......................................................485
Migrating to different device types.......55, 64
Minidisk create function:............................210
MODIFY................................................169, 171
Move VTOC:...........................................64, 232
MRECORDS .........138, 156, 310, 356, 421, 449
MSHP ..................................................10, 12, 16
Multi-file tapes...............................................42
Multiple commands ......................................42
Multiple save tapes........................................37
MVT
Installation ..................................................13
N
NAME .............................................31, 303, 310
NO REWIND..................................................44
Non-VSAM data files
Change VTOC expiration date.........62, 185
Copy ..............................................62, 93, 120
Delete...................................................63, 176
BIM-Dr.D
Page 527
Index
Examples.............................................266–69
Copy ..................................98–100, 125–27
Restore.............................295–300, 342–44
Save............................392, 414–16, 443–44 file selection/rejection.............................. 25
Rebuild format-1 VTOC label ..........64, 330 rename........................................................ 31
Restoring .......................61–62, 257, 286, 333
Saving ....................................60–61, 385, 437 selection/rejection by filesize.................. 28 selection/rejection by name .........26, 28, 30
NRECDS.............................................................
47, 49, 171, 257, 259, 262, 333, 335, 338,
350, 353, 356, 357, 388, 440
O
OPERATOR .......................................................
35, 44, 77, 83, 90, 96, 104, 113, 123, 138,
156, 172, 179, 186, 191, 198, 203, 207, 211,
216, 223, 226, 229, 233, 238, 249, 262, 271,
279, 292, 311, 324, 331, 338, 357, 369, 379,
388, 394, 401, 411, 421, 432, 440, 449
P
P.DRDCSD..................................................... 15
PARTIAL............................................................
25, 26, 27, 30, 146, 148, 156, 176, 178, 179,
185, 187, 189, 191, 197, 204, 205, 206, 207,
214, 215, 216, 228, 229, 244, 247, 250, 255,
286, 290, 292, 308, 311, 313, 375, 379, 406,
408, 409, 411, 419, 420, 421, 422, 447
PASSCARD...................................476, 478, 480
PATH..................................................................
52, 53, 215, 306, 316, 417, 419, 427, 428, 445
PHYSICAL
Copy ....................................................60, 109
Restore.................................................59, 320
Save......................................................58, 429
PID .........................................286, 290, 292, 300
Pools
DrD ........................................................19, 60
Dynam........................................................ 60
Epic ............................................................. 60
System Manager........................................ 60
Positioning save file.................................40, 44
PRINT.................................................................
16, 36, 83, 90, 96, 101, 103, 105, 113, 123,
138, 157, 172, 203, 211, 223, 239, 250, 262,
271, 274, 277, 279, 292, 302, 311, 325, 331,
338, 357, 369, 379, 389, 394, 398, 400, 401,
411, 421, 432, 441, 449
PUNCH ........................................................ 214
Punch DLBL/EXTENT from VTOC........... 63
Punch VSAM delete/define statements55,
214
PUTLABEL ............................................ 64, 330
PUTREC ....................................................... 472
R
R0 ........................................................................
63, 97, 124, 251, 263, 270, 339, 380, 389,
411, 441
RBEGIN ..............................................................
109, 110, 111, 114, 115, 116, 210, 212, 233,
270, 271, 320, 321, 322, 325, 326
RCAT ..................................................................
128, 132, 138, 139, 301, 311, 312, 345, 350,
357, 358, 363
Reject library members............................... 104 rename.....25, 179, 187, 191, 216, 229, 292, 311
Rename..................................................... 33, 34
Rename statements ....................................... 31
Reorganize disk........................................... 287
Reorganize disk volume or pool............... 245
Reorganize EPIC pool space...................... 256 reorganizing............................. 62, 63, 248, 293
Reports
List contents of save file ................... 72, 202
List library directory......................... 71, 196
List VSAM catalog .................... 55, 189, 195
List VTOC .......................................... 63, 204
Tape integrity .................................... 72, 225
Resize VTOC.......................................... 64, 232
Restore
Command overview................................. 74 disk pools ................................................... 60
Disk pools................................................. 286
Disk volumes ........58–59, 235, 244, 286, 320
Format-1 label.................................... 64, 330
JCL Requirements ..................................... 22
Libraries.............................................. 71, 274
Non-VSAM data files ..61–62, 257, 286, 333 selective ................................................ 32, 33 selector statements.................................... 30
VSAM catalogs .................................. 52, 301
VSAM data files ...................................... 345
VSAM data files .......................... 53–54, 301
Restore mode ......................................... 93, 120
RESTORE=ALL ..................57, 58, 74, 235, 366
Page 528 BIM-Dr.D
Index
RESTORE=CURRENT ......................................
..................... 57, 58, 61, 62, 74, 244, 375, 382
RESTORE=DATA..............................................
47, 57, 60, 61, 62, 74, 78, 257, 268, 385, 406,
437, 458
RESTORE=ERASE...........................63, 74, 270
RESTORE=LIBRARY ......................71, 74, 274
RESTORE=LOGICAL
Volume...... 31, 57, 59, 60, 61, 63, 64, 74, 245
VSAM.................. 31, 52, 53, 56, 74, 301, 417
RESTORE=NOPERATION ..24, 39, 44, 74, 77
RESTORE=PHYSICAL58, 59, 64, 74, 320, 429
RESTORE=PUTLABEL.........................64, 330
RESTORE=SDISK ..............................................
47, 57, 60, 61, 62, 74, 78, 333, 385, 406, 437,
458
RESTORE=VSAM..............................................
............. 47, 52, 53, 56, 74, 145, 345, 417, 458 return code .........................................................
83, 90, 97, 105, 115, 124, 139, 157, 172, 179,
187, 191, 198, 207, 212, 216, 223, 226, 230,
233, 239, 250, 263, 272, 279, 292, 311, 326,
331, 339, 358, 369, 380, 389, 395, 402, 411,
422, 432, 441, 449, 485
Rewind............................................................44
REWIND...................................................42, 44
RFILENAME ......................................................
36, 93, 96, 101, 105, 120, 123, 128, 132, 138,
139, 145, 150, 157, 221, 223, 244, 247, 250,
251, 257, 263, 267, 274, 275, 276, 279, 331,
333, 339, 342, 345, 350, 357, 358
RHALT................................................................
109, 110, 111, 114, 116, 118, 119, 210, 212,
233, 270, 272, 320, 321, 322, 325
RIDENT...............................................................
... 128, 132, 138, 139, 345, 350, 357, 358, 363
RMODE...............................................................
64, 93, 94, 97, 99, 109, 110, 112, 114, 116,
120, 124, 126, 257, 258, 263, 320, 321, 325,
333, 339
RP.........................................................................
18, 83, 90, 97, 105, 115, 124, 139, 157, 172,
179, 187, 191, 198, 207, 212, 216, 223, 226,
230, 233, 239, 250, 263, 272, 279, 292, 311,
326, 331, 339, 358, 369, 380, 389, 395, 402,
411, 422, 432, 441, 449, 485
RSYSNO..............................................................
17, 80, 81, 84, 87, 88, 90, 109, 111, 115, 235,
236, 239, 243, 244, 246, 251, 270, 272, 320,
322, 326
BIM-Dr.D
RVOLID ..............................................................
19, 38, 80, 81, 84, 87, 88, 90, 109, 111, 115,
129, 130, 139, 157, 176, 177, 179, 185, 187,
212, 234, 235, 236, 239, 244, 246, 251, 270,
272, 286, 289, 293, 303, 304, 312, 320, 322,
326, 347, 348, 358
RWORD ................................139, 158, 312, 358
S
Sample JCL .....................................................21
Sample Reports ............................................516
Save
Command overview..................................73
disk pools....................................................60
Disk volume .........57–58, 366, 375, 406, 429
JCL Requirements......................................21
Libraries ......................................................71
library ........................................................398
Non-VSAM ...........................................60–61 non-VSAM data files ...............................406
Non-VSAM data files ......................385, 437 selective.................................................32, 33 selector statements.....................................26
standalone program ................................393
volume logical..........................................406
VSAM catalogs...........................................52
VSAM data files .......52–53, 52, 53, 417, 445
SAVE=ALL .........................................................
38, 40, 57, 58, 65, 66, 73, 235, 242, 243, 366,
393
SAVE=CURRENT..............................................
26, 40, 57, 58, 61, 65, 66, 73, 244, 254, 255,
256, 375, 393, 397
SAVE=DATA . 40, 47, 60, 61, 73, 257, 333, 385
SAVE=IPL...................65, 67, 73, 235, 244, 393
SAVE=LIBRARY..............................71, 73, 398
SAVE=LOGICAL
Volume............................................................
.. 28, 40, 57, 59, 60, 61, 63, 64, 73, 257, 406
VSAM ........ 26, 27, 28, 40, 52, 53, 56, 73, 345
SAVE=NOPERATION..........24, 39, 44, 73, 77
SAVE=PHYSICAL.............................................
................. 40, 58, 59, 64, 65, 66, 73, 393, 429
SAVE=SDISK..40, 47, 60, 61, 73, 257, 333, 437
SAVE=VSAM .......40, 47, 53, 73, 345, 406, 445
SBEGIN .................111, 114, 115, 429, 430, 433
SCAT ...................................................................
176, 177, 180, 189, 192, 214, 215, 216, 230,
301, 311, 312, 417, 422
Page 529
Index
SD........................................................................
8, 61, 62, 93, 95, 97, 99, 120, 122, 124, 126,
257, 263, 293, 330, 333, 339, 344, 383, 385,
388, 392, 406, 437, 438, 440, 444
SDISK
Copy ....................................................62, 120
Restore.................................................61, 333
Save............................................................. 60 security ....................................63, 109, 320, 429
Select library members............................... 104
Selector statements ....................................... 23
AREA operand ..............................................
....................81, 82, 236, 237, 247, 248, 323
Buildaix record selector.......................... 145
BUILDAIX relcord selector...................... 54
MEMBER operand........................................
................101, 104, 197, 274, 278, 398, 401
PARTIAL operand........................................
25–34, 179, 187, 191, 207, 216, 229, 250,
292, 311, 379, 411, 421
SEQNO...............................................................
51, 84, 90, 98, 105, 116, 125, 139, 239, 251,
264, 272, 280, 293, 312, 326, 340, 358, 369,
380, 389, 395, 402, 412, 422, 433, 441, 449
SETTAPE...............................................476, 480
Setting Default Options................................ 16
Setting UPSI Bits ........................................... 36
SFILENAME......................................................
93, 98, 101, 105, 120, 125, 128, 140, 145,
150, 158, 198, 385, 389, 398, 402, 437, 441,
445, 450
SHALT................................................................
80, 84, 111, 114, 116, 118, 119, 235, 366,
370, 429, 430, 433
SIDENT .................................244, 247, 250, 251
SKIP ....................................................................
39, 40, 41, 42, 158, 240, 252, 257, 264, 267,
269, 280, 293, 312, 327, 333, 340, 344, 359
SOPTION ......129, 140, 158, 303, 312, 347, 359
SORT........................................................72, 221
Sort Function for save files ...................72, 221
SPACE ...................................................192, 208
SPLIT ............................................................ 293
SSYSNO..............................................................
17, 80, 81, 84, 85, 87, 88, 91, 111, 116, 366,
367, 370, 373, 375, 376, 380, 429, 430, 433
Stack multiple files........................................ 42 standalone..........................................................
.......7, 8, 57, 58, 202, 235, 244, 393, 397, 458
Standalone restore ...................................... 393
Page 530
Standalone Restore ................................. 65–70
Standalone restore under VM/CMS .... 67–70
Starting DRD ................................................. 20
SUBALLOCATED.............................................
.........................52, 53, 54, 128, 228, 417, 445
Subprograms
GETTAPE................................................. 476
SVOLID ..............................................................
19, 38, 80, 81, 84, 85, 87, 88, 91, 111, 116,
176, 180, 189, 192, 204, 205, 208, 214, 215,
217, 228, 230, 286, 293, 297, 313, 366, 367,
370, 375, 376, 380, 406, 408, 409, 412, 414,
422, 429, 430, 433
SWORD .................................140, 158, 422, 450
SYNC .........94, 98, 121, 125, 258, 264, 334, 340
System options .............................................. 16
System Options
Changing.............................................. 16–18
Display........................................................ 18
T
T3 ........................................................................
17, 21, 160, 371, 382, 391, 396, 404, 413,
424, 435, 443, 451
TAPE...................................................................
16, 42, 44, 45, 78, 159, 240, 252, 254, 264,
267, 268, 280, 294, 313, 327, 340, 343, 359,
370, 380, 390, 395, 402, 412, 423, 434, 442,
450, 458
Tape compression ......................................... 39
Tape Copy Feature........................................ 72
Tape Functions
List contents of save file ................... 72, 202
Tape to tape copy.............................. 72, 169
Test tape for errors.................................. 225
Test test feature ................................. 72, 225
Tape positioning ..................................... 40, 44
TAPES................................................... 225, 226
TAPETEST ............................................. 72, 225
TDDNAME ........................................................
16, 17, 21, 22, 37, 47, 159, 240, 252, 265,
280, 294, 313, 327, 340, 359, 370, 381, 390,
395, 403, 412, 423, 434, 442, 450
TI ........................................................................
16, 22, 159, 240, 252, 265, 280, 294, 313,
327, 341, 359
TO........................................................................
17, 21, 82, 159, 237, 243, 248, 323, 329, 371,
374, 381, 390, 396, 403, 413, 423, 434, 442,
451
BIM-Dr.D
Index
TSTAMP .............................................................
101, 105, 176, 180, 189, 192, 198, 214, 217,
228, 230, 274, 281, 398, 403, 423
TT.........................................................................
17, 21, 160, 371, 381, 390, 396, 404, 413,
424, 434, 442, 451
Tuning VSAM Files .......................................56
U
Unattended Backup.......................................46
UNIQUE .............................................................
. 52, 53, 54, 128, 148, 160, 168, 228, 417, 445 unlabeled ............................................................
155, 170, 238, 249, 261, 278, 291, 310, 324,
337, 355, 369, 379, 388, 393, 394, 400, 410,
421, 432, 440, 448
Unlabeled tape .............................................235
Unload.............................................................44
UNLOAD........................................................44
UPSI.....................................................................
16, 17, 36, 37, 80, 85, 87, 91, 93, 98, 106,
117, 120, 125, 140, 159, 160, 172, 212, 221,
223, 227, 235, 240, 244, 252, 265, 272, 281,
294, 313, 321, 327, 331, 341, 360, 371, 381,
382, 385, 390, 391, 396, 403, 404, 413, 423,
424, 434, 435, 437, 442, 443, 450, 451, 468
UPSI bit settings.............................................36
User Data File.....................................................
38, 47, 53, 60, 62, 257, 260, 261, 262, 266,
269, 333, 336, 337, 338, 342, 344, 345, 353,
355, 356, 357, 365, 385, 387, 437, 439, 440,
445, 447, 455
Examples
Create from non-VSAM......................444
Create from VSAM file .......................455
Restore non-VSAM..............................344
Restore to non-VSAM ...........................49
Restore to VSAM ...................................48
Save non-VSAM to User Data File ...........49
Save non-VSAM...................................392
Save VSAM.............................................48
User Data Files .............................................259
User exit
Type 1 Examples................................468–71
Type 2 Examples................................474–75
User exits ......................................................468
USEREXIT...........................................................
265, 294, 314, 341, 360, 391, 413, 425, 443,
451, 468, 471, 472, 473
Utilities
DOCTOR58.................................................46
DRD .............................................................22
DRZAP ........................................................16
V
VARIABLE..........................................................
17, 47, 132, 140, 150, 160, 257, 259, 261,
266, 333, 335, 337, 342, 350, 356, 360, 446,
451
VBUFF ...........141, 145, 161, 314, 361, 425, 452
VCOMPRESS......................................................
................... 129, 141, 161, 303, 314, 347, 361
VERIFY....................................................56, 228
VM .......................................................................
. 7, 8, 65, 66, 85, 117, 241, 327, 371, 435, 436
Create minidisk..................................72, 210
Directory ...................................................210
Examples
Create mini disk...................................213
restore minidisk ...................................243
minidisk ..........................................................
8, 57, 58, 59, 60, 72, 80, 82, 85, 88, 95, 110,
112, 117, 122, 213, 235, 241, 243, 321, 327,
368, 371, 377, 387, 408, 431, 435, 439
Standalone restore ...............................67–70
VOLOUT.............................................................
80, 85, 87, 91, 210, 212, 235, 240, 242, 244,
252, 254
VOLSELECT.......................................................
................... 204, 208, 218, 287, 295, 406, 414
VOLSER ........................................................227
Volume Functions
Compacting/Reorganizing ....................245
Compacting/Reorganizing disk..............62
Copy ......................................................59–60
Copy individual file ....................62, 93, 120
Copying.....................................................235
Copying disk volume..................80, 87, 109
Create CM minidisk ..................................72
Create DLBL/EXTENT statements from
VTOC...............................................63, 214
Create VM minidisk ................................210
Delete individual files .............................176
Erase disk....................................................63
Erasing a disk ...........................................270
List VTOC ...........................................63, 204
Move/Resize VTOC..........................64, 232
Restore...................58–59, 235, 244, 286, 320
Restore individual file.....................257, 333
BIM-Dr.D
Page 531
Index
Restoring .................................................. 235
Save........................57–58, 366, 375, 406, 429
Save individual non-VSAM file60–61, 385,
437
Save standalone program ...................... 393
Saving ....................................................... 235
VRTYPE.................................................161, 361
VSAM .................................................................
7, 61, 78, 166, 176, 181, 187, 218, 231, 253,
350, 375, 382, 414, 458, 470, 473
Saving data files .................................. 417
AIX Record Selection.............................. 146
Automatic Definition Feature .....................
47, 55, 56, 128–30, 133, 137, 145, 151, 157,
302, 301–3, 304, 346–47, 348, 351
Automatic Definition Override Feature
........................129, 130, 303, 304, 347, 348
Automatice Definition Feature ............. 306
BUFFERSPACE ................................303, 347
Build AIX complex record selection..... 147
Build AIX logical operators ................... 147
Build alternate index .........................54, 145
Build Alternate Index Feature............... 145
Catalog space and gap map report....... 195
Cisize .........................................129, 303, 347
Compressed ..............................129, 303, 347
Convert to SAM ........................................ 54
Copy data files....................................54, 128
Create delete/define statements......55, 214
Create IDCAMS delete/define ............. 214 data allocation classes ..................................
................129, 134, 152, 303, 307, 347, 352 data files ....................................................... 8 data space..........................................383, 406 data spaces............................................... 183
Delete data files....................................... 176 delete data spaces ................................... 176
Delete objects............................................. 55
Device independence ......................304, 348
Examples
Build alternate index ................................
............................164, 165, 166, 167, 168
Copy data files................................142–44 delete data space ................................. 183 delete expired files.............................. 184 file deletion .......................................... 182 file reset ................................................ 182 list catalog ............................................ 194 list catalog space map......................... 194 list files for deletion ............................ 182
Page 532 list selected files for deletion ............. 182
Rename files during restore............... 317
Restore all files..................................... 316
Restore catalog .............................. 315–19
Restore data file..................... 362–65, 363
Restore data file using
AUTO=OVERRIDE......................... 364
Restore data files ........................... 315–19
Restore eliminating secondary extents
........................................................... 318
Restore file with user exit........... 471, 475
Restore partial catalog........................ 319
Restore specific file ............................. 317
Restore unique file .............................. 319
Restore unique KSDS.......................... 364
Restore unique VSAM KSDS............. 364
Restore using automatic definition overrides........................................... 318
Restore VSAM from user data file.... 365 save catalog.......................................... 427
Save data files ................................ 453–55
Save file with user exit ....................... 470
Save selective objects .......................... 428 selective save by fileid........................ 428
Verify .................................................... 231
Extralargedataset ..........................................
................129, 142, 163, 303, 315, 347, 362 file selection/rejection.............................. 25
FREESPACE..................................... 303, 347 libraries..................................................... 274
List catalog ......................................... 55, 189
Listcat.......................................................... 34
Listcat report............................................ 195
Migrating Files and Catalogs .................. 55
Punch IDCAMS delete/define.............. 219 rename ........................................................ 31 reorganization ........................................... 46
Restore from User Data File..................... 48
Restoring catalogs ............................. 52, 301
Restoring data files ............. 53–54, 301, 345
Save selectively.......................................... 32
Save to User Data File............................... 48
Saving catalogs.......................................... 52
Saving data files ...............52–53, 52, 53, 445 selection/rejection by CA splits.............. 27 selection/rejection by CI splits................ 27 selection/rejection by cisize .................... 27 selection/rejection by filesize.................. 26 selection/rejection by freespace.............. 28 selection/rejection by name ........ 26, 28, 30
BIM-Dr.D
Index
selection/rejection by type.......................28
Shareoption ..............................129, 303, 347
Space allocation........................129, 303, 347
Tuning Features .........................................56
Verify...........................................................56
VSAM Functions
Build alternate index .........................54, 145
Copy data files ...................................54, 128
Create IDCAMS delete/define from catalog .............................................55, 214
Delete.........................................................176
Delete data file ...........................................55
List catalog..........................................55, 189
Reset data file .............................................55
Restore catalog ...................................52, 301
Restore data files..........................53–54, 301
Restore VSAM data files.........................345
Save catalog................................................52
Save data file ........................52–53, 417, 445
Verify data file ...................................56, 228
VSE Installation........................................11–12
VSTYPE.................................141, 162, 425, 452
VTOC expiration date modify ...................185
VTOC hold .............................................83, 113
VTOCMOVE ..........................................64, 232
VUSE ............................... 17, 141, 162, 426, 453
W
WAIT...................................................................
162, 241, 253, 266, 281, 295, 315, 328, 342,
361, 372, 382, 391, 396, 404, 414, 426, 435,
443, 453
Westinghouse Dump/Restore JCL conversion................................................466
WORK ...........................................................163
WR .........................................163, 181, 315, 362
WS.................................. 163, 193, 218, 426, 453
X
XL................... 129, 142, 163, 303, 315, 347, 362
XS...................................................................295
BIM-Dr.D
Page 533
Download
Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Document public link
Advertisement
Key features
Saving disk volumes
Restoring disk volumes
Copying disk volumes
Saving VSAM catalogs
Restoring VSAM catalogs
Saving individual VSAM files
Restoring individual VSAM files
Saving VSE libraries
Restoring VSE libraries
Copying VSE libraries
Frequently asked questions
BIM-Dr.D is a fast and flexible disk utility system. It provides fast save (backup) and restore functions for volumes, logical disk files, and libraries. It offers several miscellaneous functions for a variety of tasks, such as relocating the VTOC, creating a VM minidisk, and clearing disk.
BIM-Dr.D provides Save, Restore, and Copy functions for volumes, logical disk files (VSAM or non-VSAM), and VSE libraries. It also offers miscellaneous functions such as creating VM minidisks, clearing disk, creating VTOC label entries, and more.
To save a disk volume, you can use Dr.D's SAVE command with appropriate operands. You can save the entire volume or just specified portions of it. The saved volume can later be restored to another disk volume.
BIM-Dr.D offers multiple types of saves, including Device Volume Saves, Logical Volume Saves, and Physical Volume Saves. These options allow you to save different components of a disk volume based on your needs.
